/

I '

/) ,. -,~ ,~,, u

I
I

:;

/ / -

or:

/ ,f J ~ ,"/.
. ._J
,, ; '}f
,?--.

I
-----------

TRICTE
------RES

D---------

,---------AN 01 -75 FF -2

ON LY
FOR OFFICIAL USE

o. 0, o
(.l !

....
c-:, N
-.J - . .>c.n _...

-n
-n
~

TENANCE
IN
A
M
D
N
A
N
IO
T
C
ERE
IN S T R U C T IO N S

\
:C
f"1i
fT1

'

...

'\.

I
I

FO R

ARMY MODEL

P-3 SL-I
~

A I R P L A N E --.

'

PROPERTY OF
USEUM
AIR FORCE CENTRAL Mn
lvlsio
Technical Services D.
Reference Branch
ree l?...sG.
Wright-Patterson Afr. Eo

O.

y Air
man din g Gen era l, Arm
aut hor ity of the Com
ncil of
Cou
Pub lish ed und er ioin l
Air
the
and
s,
ulic
lh Bur eau ol Aer ono
For ces, lh Chi ef of
m.
the Uni led Kin gdo
de/ ens
affe ctin g the not ion al
con loin s info rma tion.
U. S. C.,
50
,
NOTICE: This doc um enl
Act
og
ion
Esp
hin the mea nin g of the
ct>
of lhe Uni led Sto les wit
lh rev elat ion of its
ed. Its tran smi ssio n or
end
am
os
b"
31 and 32,
ited
hib
pro
is
per son
r to. on uno11thori:ed
t~~ ls in any ma nne

./

II

-. 7
! - . - - -. . .
t- :; ' ~ :- . ) l:
-. , .
...
:
.
. ~ ~ -:. /: ... :: .. . . -'.. :.~
...'.~- '":.: ._;:-..
:~
,
.:.=
s
.
. -1o., 1
-
, . . - .-:., .
(

,:...
. : :-.:i: i\... / :.~~-.. ;.. .--

- !~

.e-.-=: :;: ~~-::.

.-.:;r

LOUIS, MO.-lZ / ~4- 12

ROSS-COULD CO ., ST.

---

..
_ ,
- '

en ts
Ta bl e of Co nt

P<1ge

Page
ENSIONS,
SCRIPTION, DIM
1
SECTION I - DE
. .. . . .. . .. ...
AR
PARTICUL S
AN D LE AD IN G
1
..............
.. . ... . .. ... . ..
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
1. De sc rip tio n
.
.
.
.
. . . . .. .. . :
..
..
..
..
.
ns
1
sio
2. Di m en
.......
.. .. .. . . . . . . . . .
s
lar
cu
rti
Pa
1
g
in
3. Le ad
. . . . . . . . ..
en sio ns . . . . . . . .
m
Di
id
cip
1
in
Pr
.
11.
... . . ....
. .. .... .. . . . .. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
s
ea
Ar
b.
t of
ng es ' of M ov em en
3
(. Se tti ng s an d Ra
.. .. .. ..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. .. .
3
Co nt ro l Surfaces
.
.
.
.
....
.. .. .. .. . . ... ..
3
.
.
.
.
d. Al ig ht in g Ge ar
.
.
.....
.. .. .... . .. .. ..
3
.
.
.
.
e. En gi ne s . . . .
.
.
.
.
. . .. .. .. .. .
f. Pr op el le rs . . . . . . . .

en t. . . . . . . 30
Ch ec ki ng Al ig nm
" Le ve lin g an d
. . . . . . . 30

.
rin g . . . . . . . . .
oo
M
d
an
g
in
rk
d. Pa
.. . . , . . 38
. .. .. .. .. . . .. ..
..
..
..
..
g
in
y,
e. To
. . . . . . . . . . . 39
. . . . ... . . .. . ...
.
.
.
.
.
ice
rv
Se
f.
.. .. . : . . 39
in g In str uc tio ns ..
g. Gr ou nd Op er at
en t . . . . . . 39
Op er at io n Eq ui pm
b. Special De se rt
. . . . . ... . 44
m en ts . . . . . . . . .
ire
qu
Re
n
tio
ica
3. Lu br
. . . . . . . . . . 44
.. . . . .. .. ... . ..
res
Pa
g
in
o"
M
a.
. . . . . . . . 44
br ica tio n . . . . . . .
Lu
t
in
Jo
ad
re
Th
b.
mic an d
rp la ne Ae ro dy na
4. Cor~ecting Ai
. . . . . . . . 53
e . . .. . .. .. . .. :
nc
la
ba
Un
t
gh
ei
W
. . . . . . . 53
. ... . ... ... . .. .
s
cs
in
1
a\'
He
g
in
a. \X
.. .. ,. . . . 53
Hc a\' in es s .. .. .. ..
il
Ta
or
se
No
b.

NENT PARTS
MA JO R CO M PO
65
IV
N
IO
CT
SE
.............
7
TI ON S . . . . . . .
,A ND IN ST AL LA
65
7
...............
.
p . . . . . . . . ... . . .
n fo r Sh ip m en t ..
ou
io
65
at
Gr
ar
.
.
ep
ng
.
Pr
.
~i
.
d
.
1.
.
an
.
..........
1. Di sm an tli ng
'W ait in g to be
ra l . . . . . . . . . . . .
le
65
hi
ne
.
W
Ge
.
.
ne
.
a.
.
la
.
.
rp
.
.
Ai
7
.......
.
a. Ca re of
Section . . . . . . . .
t .. .. .. .. .. . .. .
er
en
65
m
nt
.
ip
Ce
.
.
Sh
.
b.
r
.
.
fo
.
.
d
.
.
se
.
7
Proces
ly .. .. . :
: .. . . .
mb
se
..
.
As
..
.
g
.
'in
.
\v
..
e
er
ur
oc ed
( . O ut
. . . . . . . . 71
9
b. Fi na l Ru n- up Pr
ell er s .. .
. . ... . .. . .. . ...
.
op
.
.
Pr
.
of
ps
n
Ti
io
g
at
in
ar
Pr ep
d. \"q
. . . . . . . . . 72
(. Re m ov al an d
. . .. .. . 11
...............
..
.
r
.
.
ge
.
.
ar
ch
ns
er
ro
up
le
os
Ai
e.
Tu rb
. . . . . . . . . . 73
d. Tr ea tm en t of
.. .. . . . . 11
...............
.
.
.
.
..
.
..
.
s
.
.
or
s
et
ap
ur
Fl
rb
f.
of Ca
. . . . . . . . . . . . 76
e. Pr ep ar at io n
s .. . . .. .. . . 13
ge . . . . . . . . . . . .
ne
Ed
gi
g
En
in
7S
of
ad
n
Le
io
at
g.
. . . . . . . . . ... . . .
f. In te rn al Pr ep ar io n of In ter co ol er , Oi l
up In di ca wr . . .
pPo
79
ap
.
Fl
.
.
at
.
b.
.
ar
.
..........
g. Ex te rn al Pr ep
rs, an d En gi ne 15
co\'ery Fl ap s . . .
ato
Re
di
e
Ra
i"
t
O
an
i.
81
ol
Co
.
Co ol er s,
16
.........
p .. .. .. . : . . . . .
s . .. . .. . .. .. .. .
ou
nk
Gr
Ta
e
el
a,g
S1
Fu
nn
.
of
pe
.
.
n
2. Em
.. . . . . .
b. Pr ep ar at io
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
d Ar m am en t
..
an
..
l
ns
ra
82
Gu
ne
.
of
Ge
.
.
n
.
a.
io
. . 16
.. . ,. . . . . .
i. Pr epar at
.. .. .. .. .. . . .. .
St ab ili ze r Ti ps ..
l
..
ta
..
on
..
t
riz
82
en
Ho
.
rtm
.
b.
.
pa
.
Co m
.. . 16
........
s .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. . . . .. . ... ..
ra
.
.
me
or
Ca
at
$4
of
ev
n
.
El
.
io
.
.
at
"
.
.......
;. Pr ep ar
tio n of W in g
b . . .. .. . . .. .. .
ara
Ta
r
ep
Pr
ato
84
d
ev
t
an
El
gh
al
d.
ei
ov
W
k. Re m
Balance
.. .. . . 16
To rq ue Tu be an d
.. .. .. . .. .. .. ..
or
ps
at
84
Ti
ev
.
g
El
.
in
.
.
e.
.
W
.
.
d
.
an
... . .. .
:. . . . . . . . . . . . .
selage Booms an d
er
Fu
dd
85
of
Ru
n
.
.
io
.
f.
.
at
.
ar
.
.
.
ep
17
.
l. Pr
.. . .
... .. . . ..
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
er Tab's . . . . . . .
85
dd
Ru
..
.
g.
..
.
..
20
.
Em pe nn ag e .. ..
.
.
be s. .. .. .. .
. .. . .. .. . ..
.
Tu
..
.
ue
s
rq
xe
To
Bo
g
er
in
dd
b. Ru
. . . . . . 85
m. Pa ck in g of 'W
. . ... .. ... . . .. .
rc ra ft,
Ai
om
of
Bo
e
e
ag
ag
ow
nn
St
pe
d
t. Em
21
. . . . . . . . 86
n. Lo ad in g an
d .. .. .. .. .. .. .
rs . . . . . . . . . . . .
ze
cte
ili
tra
ab
Re
St
l
ar
ca
Ge
rti
g
Ve
;.
Al ig ht in
. . . . . . . . . 87

Ai rc ra ft,
ili ze r . . . . . . . . . .
ab
of
St
e
l
ag
ta
ow
on
St
riz
d
Ho
an
.
k
24
.. . 87
o. Lo ad in g
ed : .. .. .. .. .. . .
.. . .. . .. . .. .. . .
..
nd
te
..
Ex
..
..
ar
..
Ge
p
g
ou
in
Al ig ht
3. Bo dy Gr
. .. . . ..
th e Pr ep ar at io n of
. . .. .. .. .. .. . ..
p. M at er ia ls Us ed in rt; Specifications
a. Ge ne ra l .. ..
.. .. 87
. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
..
po
..
Ex
..
r
..
fo
e
ft
ra
lag
rc
se
Ai
b. Fu
. ~ 95
. . .. .. . .. .. .. .
an d W he re Th ey
..
t;
.
.
ee
.
M
..
t
.
os
..
t.:f
s
ey
om
Th
. . 25
(. Bo
99
.. .. .. . . .. .. .. ..
... .. .
..
..
..
..
..
n be Pr oc ur ed ..
ls
ro
Ca
99
4. Su rfa ce Co nt
.....
.. .. . . ..
..
..
..
.
..
.
..
l
99
a. Ge ne ra
. .. .. .. .
NDLING AN O
..
HA
..
n
m
Ill
1
lu
30
.
N
.
Co
IO
..
l
CT
SE
.. . . .. ..
b. Co nt ro
10
TE NA NC E . .. ..
. .. . .. .. . 103
..
..
l
ro
nt
Co
GENERAL MA JN
n
" Ai le ro
. : ~ .
.. . . .. . .. 30
ro l .. . .. .. .. .. .
tion Provisions ..
d . Ele,acor Co nt
Access an d Inspec
.. . . . 106
..
..
.. .. .. . .. . 30
b Co nt ro l . : ..
..
7
Ta
r
..
..
ato
.
ev
..
El
..
e.
..
.. .. .. .. . . .. . .. . 10
-,d Ha :id lin g
.. . . .. . . . 30
ro l .. .. .. .
..
nt
..
Co
..
er
..
dd
..
s
Ru
on
f.
ng Provisi
. .. . 30
.. . . .. .... . . .. .
ng .. .. .. .. .. .

D
SHIPME NT AN
. .. . .
SECTION II . . . . .. .. .. .. ..
E
UR
ED
OC
PR
N
TIO
EC
ER

I
I
]

J7

-- .

'

RESTRICTED

I
.; ..-..... .-:

";;

,.

..

t" ... -

:/
RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

le of Contents

Page

Page

110

11. Propellers .............. . ... 171

;. Rudder Tab Control ..

b. Surface Control Lock .. . - - ..
i. \'\"inf: Flaps ..
;. Flap Travel Limit Valve . . ............. .
J... Flap Pop-up Indicator ................ .
/. Dive Recovery fbps .
:\li;hting Ge;1r . . ...
a. General .........

/, . .Main Landing Gear ................ .. . .

(I) General ......................... .
(2) J\Iain Landing Gear Shock Strut. .... .
(3) Main Landing Gear Actuating Cylinder
(tf) L1 p Lock .................... - ..
( 5) Down Lock ................. . ... .
r. :Kose Landing Gear ....... . ........... .
(I) General ......... . .... . .......... .
( :! ) Nose Landing Gcar Shock Strut. ... .
(3) Nose Landing Gear Accuacing Cylinder
(4) Up Lock ................ . . ...... .
(5) Down Lock ... . ................. .
(6) Shimmy Damper .............. . .. .

111

113
] J3

113
113
113
119
121
123
123
l::?3
123

125
126
126
126
126
128
128
128

130
130
130
134
134
137

!.nt:;:r~;:: '. :::\\ :::::::::::::::::::::

... f._~Ground

:c:

..................... .

I 0

140

140
140
140

141
142

142

144
144
147
151
153
157
157
157
15i
160
160

160
160
' Mixture Controls : : : : : : . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 170
d . Propeller G-::vernor Co.:icrols ..... ...... . 171
:

l,

f.

Propeller Governor ....... . ........... . 180

g. Propeller Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ~ ,~; ;
/,. Eleccrical Circ .. :;.;. . ................... . 181

113

a:

Operation . .................. .
'"Frouble Shooting ...... .. ....... . . , .. .
: d: . Remo\'al . . ., ~ .... : ........... . ....... .
. -. ~. .~reparation for Installation ............ .
f.- Valve Mech:!nism .................... .
g. Ignition Timing ...... . ........... . .. .
l h. Ignition Harness .. . .... . ....... . ... . . .
z. Spark Plugs ....... . .. ... ........... . . .
; . Discribucor Rotor Timing . ... . ... . ... . .
!>. Engine Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ...... .
D. Power Plant Controls ............... . ... .
~. General
b. Throttle. c~~~;~,~

d. Propeller . . : . . ... 174

e. Propeller Motor ............. . ....... . 177

113

\'\?heels and Brakcs ........ . . ...... . . . . . .

a. \'\'heels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(I) M;in Landing Gear Wheel Assembly
(2) Nose Landing Gear \X1hecl Assembly.
b. Ilr::ke System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
( l) General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .
(2) MascerCylinder . . . .......... ... ...
(3) Brake Uni t::..- ......................
(4). -Parking B;~~{., ." .-.:~,.' ... .. ..... . .
~ - ..
C 'i', '
' ,.N ace 11 e G roup;,:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . : .'.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
b. Removable Cowl Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C: Cowl Formers '..- ... . ........ ... .... . . . .
d'. Air In cake Ducts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~ Engine Moun cs and Support Bay .. ...... .
I..

a . General .............. ... 171

b. General Trouble Shooting ......... .. ... . 172
r. Spinner ....... . - - 174

111

12. Ignition System .... . ................. . .

a. General ... . ................... . - ..
b. Trouble Shooting .... . ............... .
r. Ignition Timing .......... . ........... .
(I) Timing Magneto to Engine ......... .
(::?) Timing Discribucor Rotor .......... .
d. ]\[agneco . ... . ......
e. Ignition Harness and Distributor Assembly
f. Spark Plugs ... . ............. . ....... :
g. Ignition Swiech ..................... . .

181
181
181
182
182
183
185
187
189
189

13. Starting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

a .. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
b. Operation ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
c. Trouble Shoocing .......... . ... . ......
d. Scarcer . . ..... . ..................... .
e. Booster Coil .. : . . ...... . ....... . ......
f. Scarcer Relay .. . .. .... . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
g. Hand Cranking Provisions . .. . .... . ....

190

14. Coolant Syscem .. . ............ . ...... .. . .

a. General . . ............. . ............. .
b. Coolant Outlet Tubes ... : ........... .. .
c. Sniffle Valve . . ............. . . .. ...... .
d. Coolant Supply Tank ....... . .. . . . .... .
e. Coolant Radiators ... . ........... . .... .
f. Air Scoops and Exie Flaps ............ . . .
g. Flap Actuating Cylinder and Temperature
Control Valve ................... . . .

194
194
197
197 .
198
198
200

190

190
190
191

193
194

194

200

15. Oil Syscem ........... . ... : . .. .. ... . . . .. . 200

a. General . ................... . ... .. .... . 200
b. Oil Tank ............. . ........... . . . 202
c. Oil Tank Sump .... . . .. . . \ ........... . 203
d. Oil Dilution Valve . . ....... . .. . ...... . 203
c. Oil Pump and Pressure Relief Valve . . ... . 203
f. Oil Strainer . .. ... . ............... . . .. 203
g. Oil Temperature Regulator and
Concrol Valves ....... ..... , .. . ... .. ::?04
( l) . General ....... . ................. . 2o4
(::?) Temperacure Regulator . , .......... 2o4
(3) Control Valve ~ssembly ...... . .... . 205
( 4) Pressure Switch ........... . .. . . . . . 205
b. Thermostat Unit .. . .................. . 205
i. -Oil Cooler Flap Actuators . . .... ..... . ... 206
j. Oil Tc1'1peracure and Pressure Gage ... .. . 210

RESTRICTED

f),
5
)

., _,.

.I
Ta ble of Co nte nts

RESTl{ICTED

AN 01-7SFF-2

I
[

C
'

(
'

t
I :'

'!
IL
[\

,.

Page

Page
. . . . 272
Ga ge s. . . . . . . . . . .
11) Fu el Quancicy
(
.. 273
..
..
..
2
..
21
..
.. .. .. .. . .
Pr es su re Ga ge
..
lic
..
..iu
..
dr..
..
Hy
.
2)
..
(1
..
..
.. .. .. . 273
16. Fu el Syscem ..
Pr es su re Ga ge .. . ..
.. .. .. .. . . 212
..
ld
..
ifo
..
an
..
M
..
3)
..
(1
..
..
. . . . . . . . 273
a. Ge ne ral .. ..
im b lnd ica co r. . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. . 214
Cl
..
..
of
..
te
..
Ra
..
)
..
14
(
..
..
.. .. .. .. .. 273
4
b. Fu el Ta nk s
ec er Indicacor .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. .. . . 21
om
..
ch
..
Ta
..
..
5)
4
..
(1
..
ral
( 1) Ge ne
214
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. 27
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .
rn Indicacor .. .. ..
..
..
Tu
)
..
s
16
4
(
nk
27
.
Ta
.
.
.
ain
(2 ) M
. 218
. .. . .. .. ...
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
cu um Ga ge . . . . .
..
Va
..
)
4
17
nk
(
27
Ta
.
ve
..
ser
..
(3 ) Re
221
.. .. .. ..
Syscem .. .. .. .. ..
.. . .. .. .. .. .. . . .
..
um
cu
nk
Va
4
Ta
c.
27
e
.
bl
.
.
pa
.
,
op
(4 ) Dr
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . 222
ne ral De scr ipc ion
. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Ge
.
..
1)
4
s
(
27
nk
Ta
..
g
..
in
..
W
..
(5 )
. . 225
.. .. .. ..
Va lve s .. .. .. .. .. ..
Va cu um Pu mp .. ..
)
tor
(2
5
lec
27
Se
..
nk
..
Ta
..
..
el
c. Fu
.. . . 226
.. .. .. .. . . ..
.. .. .. .. .. . . .. ..
) Oi l Sc pa rac or .
..
6
..
(3
27
rs
.
.
ne
.
.
rai
.
.
Sc
.
.
.
el
6
.
d. Fu
.. .. . . 22
f Va lve . . . . .
6
( 4) Va cu um Re lie
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
27
..
s
..
..
mp
..
Pu
..
el
6
..
Fu
22
e.
. . .. .. . .
d Check Va lve
..
ea
..
erh
..
ch
..
ea
..
W
..
)
..
(5
..
.. .. .. . . 276
( 1) Ge ne ral ..
s .. .. .. .. . . 228
Va lve .. .. .. .. .. ..
mp
rol
Pu
nc
el
Co
Fu
)
en
(6
riv
. . . . . . . . . . 27 7
(2 ) En gin e-d
r . . ... ... ... . ..
ge ) .. .. .. .. . . 228
ce
ela
Fil
us
r
(F
Ai
s
)
mp
(7
Pu
.. .. .. .. .. 27 7
(3 ) Bo os ter
0
Tu be .. .. .. .. .. ..
g) .. .. .. .. .. .. . 23
in
cie
(W
Sta
s
oc
mp
Pic
Pu
r
d.
ce
( 4) Boos
. 230
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Syscem .. .. .. .. .. ..
scem .. .. . .. . : . .
.. .. 278
19. Hy dr au lic Sy
f. Fu el Level In dic ato r g System .. .. .. .. . . 23 0
.. .. .. .. . . ... .. ..
ica cin
Ge ne ral .. . .. . . ..
a.
2
. . . . 278
.
23
.
g. Fu el Pr es su re lnd
.
.
.
s
..
on
..
nc e ln.~cructi
.. .. .. .. .. ..
na
..
ce
..
ain
.
M
..
:
ral
..
ne
..
Ge
b.
3
h. Pr im er
.
Sh oo tin g 280
oid Va lve .. .. .. .. 23
au lic System Tr ou ble
len
dr
So
Hy
nk
ral
Ta
ne
el
Ge
Fu
g
c.
i. W in
. . . . . . . . . 286
. .. . .. . .. . ... .. .
m
ste
Sy
sic
Ba
d.
d
. . . . . . . . . . 286
Ex ha us t Syscems an
.. .. . ... .. . .. . ..
ral
5
ne
23
Ge
..
17. In du cc ion an d
1)
(
..
..
..
.. .. .. .. .. . 286
.. .. .. .. .. ..
oir .. .. .. .. .. . ..
rv
5
se
Tu rb os up erc ha rg ers
23
Re
.
.
)
.
.
(2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.. .. .. .. .. . 28 6
m . .. . . ... . .. .
e Pu mp .. .. .. .. ..
5
gin
23
a. In du cti on Syste
En
)
..
1
(3
..
..
..
..
lve s. . . . . . . . . . . 29
.. .. .. .. .. ..
5
(1 ) Ge ne ral .. ..
ou od -ce st Check Va
23
Gr
..
4)
(
..
1
..
29
..
.
.
..
.
.
..
System ..
.... .... .
m Re lie f Va lve . . .
(2 ) Fu el In du cti on
5
src
23
Sy
.
.
.
5)
3
.
(
.
29
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.....
. .. . .. ...
( a) Ca rb ur eto r . .
cu mu lat or . . . . . .
241
Ac
.
.
.
6)
3
.
(
29
or
.
lat
.
.
.
gu
.':
Re
.
su re
ge ... .. .
( b) M an ifo ld Pr es
243
Syscem Pr ess ure qa
.
.
)
4
.
.
(7
29
.
.
.
..
.
.
..
.
.
-..
.
..
.
.'
.
.
_-_Syscem.
.. .. .. . .. .".
mp
Pu
nd
3
(3 ) Ai r lnd uc cio n
Ha
24
)
.
.
(8
.
.
. . . 29-i
. . ..... .. . ... .
.. .. .. .. .. : . . . . . .
( a) Ge ne ral . . . .
m 243
in g Fl ap System ..
ste
W
Sy
e.
on
cti
. . . 294
.
du
:
In
..
m
ing
s Co ntr ol Syscc
(b ) Pr ess ure Te sc
( 1) La n~ ing Fl ap
. . . . . . 245
.
.
.
.. 294
.
.
..
.
.
..
m
..
..
ste
..
Sy
.. .. .. .. ..
ral
( c) Inc erc oo ler
ne
Ge
6
a)
24
(
.
.
ols
. . . . . . . . . 299
eer, an d Co ntr
Df r:e M ot or . . . .
( d) Ai r lncake, Fil
ap
Fl
8
b)
24
(
.
..
..
..
. .. .. .. .. 301
.. .. .. .. ..
Fo ur -w ay Va lve ..
( e) Du cts .. .. ..
ap
Fl
8
24
)
.
(c
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.. .. .. .. 305
.... .. . ... .. .
Tr av el li1:11it Va lve
ap
Fl
8
)
24
b. Ex ha us t System
.
(d
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ol System .. . 307
. . . . . . . . . .. .
ve rin g Fl ap s Co ntr
8
eu
( 1) Ge ne ral . . . . .
24
an
.
M
..
)
..
(2

s.
ud
ro
.. . . . . . ... 307
lds an d Sh
ne ral .. .. .. .. .. ..
(2 ) Ex ha us t M an ifo
2
Ge
25
a)
(
..
..
..
308
s
ud
ro
Pi pe an d Sh
... . .. .. .. .. .. ..
(3 ) Ex ha us t Ta il
) Ca m Assembly
252
(b
..
..
..
308
..
..
..
..
..
..
er System
ol .. .. .. ..
c. Tu rb os up erc ha rg
252
) Si mm on ds Co ntr
(c
..
..
..
30 8
..
.
.
.
..
..
..
..
..
.. .. ..
Fl ap System
( I) fu ne ra l .. .. ..
ol an t Ra dia tor Exie
.. . 252
Co
..
308
f.
..
.
.
..
.
.
..
.
.
..
.
.
..
.
rg ers
. .. . ....
(2 ) Tu rb os up erc ha
Ge ne ral . . . . . . . . .
257
.
1)
(
..
..
30 8
..
...
..
.
..
.
..
..
..
..
.. ..
nc ro l Va lve
(3 ) Tu rb o- reg ula tor
) Te mp era tur e Co
(2
31 4
r
lte
Fi
l
Oi
e Co nt ro l Va lve
. . . . . . . . . 262
.
.
tur
.
.
era
.
.
.
mp
.
.
Te
.
.
)
.
.
(3
.
.
18 . In str um en ts . . . . .
. . . . . . . 262
tor Fl ap Ac tua tin g
l .. .. .. .. .. .. ;. .
( 4) Co ola nt Ra dia
ne
Pa
t
en
um
. . . . . . . . . 315
str
3
In
26
a.
r ... . .. . .. .... .
. ... . .. . ... ..
de
.
.
lin
.
.
Cy
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.. .. .. . . . . . 31 6
b. In str um en ts
g .. .. .. .. . . .. ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
.
din
.
.
ee
r
Bl
ato
)
(5
dic
In
ed
. . . . . . . . . . . . 316
( 1) Ai r-s pe
oscer Syscem. . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . 263
.
.
Bo
.
.
.
on
.
.
ler
.
.
Ai
.
.
.
g.
r
.. . .. .. . 3t 6
4
(2 ) Al tim ete
ra l. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
.. .. .. .. .. .. . . 26
ne
..
..
Ge
..
)
..
(1
6
..
s
ter
(3 ) Am me
26 4
.. . , . ., ... 31
ato r. . . . . . . . . . . .
era tio n .. .. .. .. ..
dic
Op
In
7
)
rn
31
(2
.
Tu
.
d
e.
an
lan
nk
( 4) Ba
os ter fro m Ai rp
.. .. . 26 4
( 3) Re mo va l of Bo
r Te mp era ru re .. ..
. . . 317
6
(5 ) Ca rb ur eto r Ai
26
.
.
.
~cments . . . . . . . . .
.
.
ju.
.
.
Ad
.. . ....... ...
4) M ec ha nic al
.
(
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . 318
.
k
.
.
oc
.
.
Cl
.
.
( 6)
ter . . . .
.. . 266
In sta lla tio n of Eo os
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
5)
(
..
..
. 318
..
ass
..
mp
..
Co
lve
)
.
Va
(7
os ter Co ntr ol
. .. .. .. .. . 271
Bo
ge
on
Ga
e
ler
Ai
tur
)
era
(6
mp
lin de r .. 322
(8 ) Co ola nt Te
os ter Ac tua tin g Cy
.. .. .. .. . .. 272
Bo
..
on
..
ler
..
Ai
..
)
..
(i
s
ge
(9 ) En gin e Ga
.. .. . 272
111
or .. .. .. .. . .. . ..
( 10 ) Fl ig ht IocH.:at
RESTlclCTED

-- -

- -... - =-=-

.I

,.
.,.
.~

ble of Contents

RESTRICTED .
AN 01-7SFF2

Page
( fl) Bypass Control Cylinder ......... , . 323

324
(9) Shut-off Valve ...... .
325
( 10) Blc:cding ....
325
,.. b. Landing Gear Hydraulic System . ....... .
325
( 1) General ......
(2) Operation ....................... 325
( a) Nose Landing Gear ............ 325
(I,) Main Landing Gear ..... . . . .... 327
( 3) General Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
(4) Hydraulic Landing Gear
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
( a) four-way Valve ...... . ........ 328
( h) Landing Gear Return Check Valve 331
( 5) Landing Gear Auxiliary Components. . 331
(,,) Landing Gear Door Control Valve 331
(h) Shut-off Valves ....... . .... .. . 332
(r) Restriction Valves .. . ......... . 332
( d) Check and Relief Valves ....... . 333
( 6) Landing Gear Actuating Systems. . . . . 335
( n) Main Landing Gear Actuating
Cylinder, Shuttle Valve, and
Down Lock .. .... ...... , . . . 335
( b) Nose Landing Gear Actuating
Cylinder, Shuttle Valve, and
Down Lock . ............ .. . 337
(7) Landing Gear Up Lock and
Dow:1 Lock Systems . . ........... . 339
( n) .Main Landing Gear ... . ... . .. . . 339
J. Up Lock ............. .. .. . 339
2. Down Lock ...... : ... .. .. : . 341
(b) Nose Landing Gear . .. . .. ..... . 341
1. Up Lock ............... . . . 341
2. Down Lock .. . ............ . 343
{8) Landing Gear Door Operating and
Locking Systems ....... . ...... . . 343
( a) Main Landing Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
1. Door Actuating Cylinder ..... 3-13
2. Door Locking Device. . . . . . . . 344
( b) Nose Landing Gear. . . . . . . . . . . . 344
1. Door Actuating Cylinder . ... . 344
2. Door Locking Cylinder.. . ... 345
,,. i. Landing Gear Emergency Extension System 346
( 1) General .. . .................. . .. . . 346
(2) lnstrucr:ons for Lowering the Gear ... 346
(3) Operari~n . ............. .......... 346
( 4) Emergency System Reservoir . . . . . . . . . 348
(5) Bleeding ...................... . .. 348
20. Electrical System . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
a. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
( 1) Instructions for Reading \Viring
Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

(2) Gene.::il Electrical Service Hints . .... . 348

( 11) Ch1::king for Con~inuicy ........ 349
(b) Clc.:i.ning Electrical Equipment ... 351

,'- .

RESTRICTEl>

Pnge
( ,) Soldering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 51
(d) Wiring ................ . ..... 351
(e) Conduit and Clipping .......... 351
(3) Circuit Protectors and Fuses ......... 353
h. Generator Circuit ..................... 355
(1) General .......................... 355
(2) Trouble Shooting ......... . ...... . 355
(3) Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
(4) Voltage Regulator ........... . .. . .. 358
( 5) Reverse Current Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
r. Battery Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
( l} General .......................... 362
(2) Trouble Shooting . .... : ........... 362
(3) Battery .... . ....... . .......... . .. 363
( 4) Battery Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
d. Scarcer and Booster Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
e. Ignition Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3(-A
f. Propeller Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
g. Automatic Oil Cooler Circuit ............ 364
( 1) General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
(2) 0.peration ..... . ... ............... 3(-A
(3) Trouble Shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
( 4) Exit Flap Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
( 5) Bimetal Linc Thermostat Switch. . . . . . 369
(6) Control Relay Box ....... . ......... 370
(7) Pressure Switches ............. . .... 371
b . Automatic Coolant Control Override Circuit 372
i. Intercooler Flap Actuator Circuit. ... . .... 3 72
j. Turbosupercharger Regulator Circuit. .. . . 373
k. Dive Flap Circuit. ............... ...... 373
( 1) General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
(2) Operation .... . ...' ... . . . .......... 373
(3) Trouble Shooting ..... . . . ..... .. .. 373
( 4) Dive Flap Actuator ..... . ....... . .. 374
(5) DiYe Flap Contactor . . .., ...... ... 376
l. Oil Dilution Circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 76
m. Fuel System Circuit . ........ . .. . ..... . . 376
,z. Fuel Level Indicator Circuit ........... . . 377
o. Tachometer Circuit ................... . 379
p. Oil, Coolant, and Carburetor Air
Temperature Indicator Circuit . . ....... . 379
'I Landing Gear Circuit .................. . 379
{l) General ... . ..... : .............. . 379
(2) Operation . ................ . ..... . 379
(3) Trouble Shooting .. . ............. . 380
{4) Checking Switches ..... ......... .. . 381
(5) Up Lock Swirches ............... . . . 381
(6) Down Lock Switches .... : ......... . 381
(7) Up Position Switches .. , . . ......... . 382
( 8) Throttle Switches ........ .. . . . . .. . 382
(9) Scissors Switch ..... . . .. .......... . 383
( 10) Landing Gear Locking Solenoid .. . . . 384
r. Remote Compass Circuit ............... . 384
s. Oxygen warning Light Circuit ......... . 384

IL

'1
ll

Table of Conte nts

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Page

Page
t. Prope ller Feath ering Rudd er Warn ing

I
I
I
J
l
J

I
0
I

Light Circu it . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

... 385
u. Posit ion and Reco gnitio n Light Circu it.
. . . 386
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
t. Land ing light Circu it. . . . .
. . 386
.
its.
Circu
"' Cock pit and Gun Sight Light
. . 386
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
x. Cloth ing Heat Circu it.
. 387
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
y. Gun Heate rs Circu it.
. 387
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
it.
z. Pi tot Heate r Circu
387
..
.....
it
Circu
Tank
pable
aa. Bomb and Drop
388
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
it
Circu
bb. Arma ment
422
...
.....
.....
.
21. Radio Equip ment ..... .....
. . . . 422
a. Gene ral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .
. . . 422
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
b. SCR-522-A Radio
.. 426
..
...
.....
.....
.....
vers
r. Beacon Recei
. 426
:
,
...
.....
.....
.....
Radio
d. SCR-274-N
. 430
.
:
...
.....
.....
.....
Radio
e. SCR-695-A
433
....
.....
..
..
.
...
.
.....
ass
Comp
f. Radio
. . . . . 445
22. Arma ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 445
.....
.....
.
..
.....
.
...
a. Gene ral .. .. . : .
. 445
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
..
.
.
.
.
.".
....
b. Mach ine Guns
449
..
.....
.
..
.....
..
...
.....
:
....
,. Cann on
451
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ging.
Char
Gun
ine
d. Mach
451
e. Cann on Char ging .. : ..... ..... ..... ...
452
....
/. Arma ment Firin g Cont rol. ..... .... .
452
...
.
...
g. Arma ment Accessories ..... .....
452
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
( 1) Gene ral . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
452
.....
Tray
n
(2) Mach ine Gun Amm unitio
453
(3) Mach ine Gun Amm unitio n Feed Chutes
454
.
.
.
e.
Chut
on
ejecti
Link( 4) Mach ine Gun
(5) Mach ine Gun Case-ejection Chut e .... 454
454
( 6) Guns ighc- Lunn Mode l L-3 ... . .....
456
ng
loadi
and
Tray
n
unitio
Amm
on
Cann
(7)
458
.
(8) Cann on Feed Chut e .... . ..... .....
458
.
(9) Cann on Feed Mechanism ..... .....
458
..
.
.
.....
(10} Cann on Link-ejection Chute
458
.
...
.....
( 11) Cann on Case-ejection Chute
458
..
.....
.....
(12} Gun Came ra ..... .....
460
.
.
.....
.....
.....
(13) Gun Heate rs .....
-460
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ing.
h. Arma ment Bore Sight
467
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
i. Bomb Shackles
469
..
.....
ction
Prote
s
Pilot'
and
;. Armo r Place
470
.
.....
.
.....
23. Oxyg en Equip ment ..... .....
470
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
a. Gene ral . . . . . . . . . .
470
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
b. Grou nd Oper ation
470
....
.....
.....
.....
.
.
,. Trou ble Shoo ting
471
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....
ce
d. Main tenan
471
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
m
Syste
g
e. Rech argin
471
f. Oxyg en Cylinders ..... ..... ..... _.....
. 474
g. Dem and Regu lator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
476
..
.....
h. Mask ..... ..... ..... ..... .....
477
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
z. Flow Indic ator . . . . .
477
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Gage
;. Oxyg en Press ure
A.77
..
.....
.....
..
Lamp
and
ator
k. Signa l Indic
477
/. Filler Valve and Britis h Adap ter ..... ....

m. . 477
24. Heati ng, Defro sting , and Vent ilatin g Syste
477
....
.....
ms
Syste
a. Heati ng and Defro sting
480
.....
.....
.....
.....
b. Vent ilatin g System
. .. 480
25. furni shing s and Miscellaneous Equip ment
.. 480
.....
.....
a. Pilot 's Seat ..... ..... .....
. 480
.....
.....
b. Pyrot echni c Equip ment .....
. 482
.....
.....
.....
d
r. Instru ment Glare Shiel
482
.....
.....
...
...
.....
d. Pilot' s Relie f Tube
482
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
e. Map Case . . .
482
.
.
.
.
.
er.
Hold
rt
Repo
t
Fligh
and
f. Data Case
. 482
g. Fiest Aid Kie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 482
/,. Rear View Mirr or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 482
.
.
.
i. Smok e Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 482
.
.
.
.
;. Dive Fillet s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 482
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
k. Loose Equip ment . . . . . . . . . . .
'.

SECTION V - USEFUL OR MILITARY LOAD

... 487
INSTALLATION, WEIGHT AND BALANCE
TION . 489
SECTION VI - MATERIALS OF CONSTRUC

.,

S . . . . . . . . . 510
SECTION VII - FINISH SPECIFICATION

. u

. . . . . . . . . 510
1. Gene ral ..... ..... ..... . . . . . . . .
2.
3.
4.
5.

Inorg anic Surfa ce Treat ment ..... . : ..... ...

..
Prote ction of Special Items and Surfaces. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
.....
..
Mate rials . ..... ..... ..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
:
.
.
Processes ..... . .. . ..

510
51 l
512
512

..... .... 513

SECTION VIII - TUBI NG CHARTS ... . ..

. . . . . . . . . ; 13
1. Gene ral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . ..
2. Tubi ng Mate rials and Fittin gs Requ ired.
. ..
3. Tubi ng Ident ificat ion ..... ..... ..... ...
....
.....
4. Tube Sizes and Leng ths ..... .....
...
5. Tube Cutti ng ..... ..... .... . ..... .....
.....
.....
.
.
.....
6. Tube Bend ing ..... .....
... ."
7. Fiari ng Tube Ends ..... ..... ..... .....
.. ..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8. Tube Temp late . . .
....
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
ng.
9. Insta llatio n of Tubi
s,
Cause
res:
Failu
10. Tube Leaks and
Remedies, and Preve ntion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

513
515
515
515
515
517
517
5l 8
519

. . . . . . . . . . 520
SECTION IX - TABLES AND CHARTS .

SECTION

530
X - SERVICE INSPECTION .. . ..

MERICAN
APPE NDIX I - GLOSSARY OF BRl'!'ISH-A
.. 557

..
.....
.....
E
NOM ENCL ATUR

..... 558
ALPHABl:TICAL INDEX ..... .... .. .....
V

RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

I
I
I
i

.
'

.r._.

..~.:. , ..

\.:'---~.!'!;7 . .

.,

[
Figure 1 -

P-38L Airplane, Three-qua rter rronl and Recr Views

vi

m
(

REST~'ICTED

... .

Y -, .

Sectio n I

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Parag raphs 1 - 3

SEC TIO N I

DE SC RIP TIO N, DIM EN SIO NS , AN D

LE AD ING PA RT ICU LA RS

GENE RAL.

1. DESCRIPTION.

I
I
I
I

I
j

The P-38L airpla ne is an all-me tal, mid-wing, singlesearer monop lane.

Each airpla ne is power ed with ~o Alliso n liquid
fullc
electri
s
Curtis
wich
ficced
cooled engines, which are
fcathe ring propel lers. Twin booms , extend ing aft from
the engine na_celles, suppo rt the tail unit. Exposed skin
is butt-jo inted and flush-riveted. The wing, which con, is
sists of the center sectio n and two outer wing panels
l?,gondo
The
type.
d-skin
stresse
ver
cantile
of the full
of
edge
g
trailin
the
from
rd
forwa
s
extend
ge
type fusela
ole
the center sectio n at the plane of symmetry. A handh
aft
on the aft left side, and a retrac table ladder at the
,
section
center
the
end of the fuselage, permi t moun ting
g
openin
by
gained
from which access to the cockp it is
the hinge d portio n of the cockp it enclosure.
The fully-r etracta ble tricy~ e-type landin g gear is
made of three units, consisting of a strut, axle, and
enwheel. When retrac ted the landin g gear units arc
ated
y-oper
aticall
autom
closed in each wheel well by flush,
doors. A conve ntiona l contro l colum n and handw heel
are
operat e the ailero ns and elevat or, while the rudder s
brake
the
orate
incorp
also
which
actuat ed by pedals
lly
acruacing mechanism. Adjus table trim tabs are manua
t.
cockpi
the
from
contro lled
Moun ted in the nose sectio n of the fuselage of the
of
airpla ne is the armam ent equip ment which consists
n
canno
20-mm
one
and
guns
four .50-caliber machi ne
conthe
on
switch
r
trigge
and
contro lled by button
camera is located in
trol wheel in the cockpit. A
.
fairing
tank
drop
the left-ha nd

2. DIME NSIO NS.

For princi pal over"'all dimen sions of the airplan e, see
figure 2.

WING S

,.,

52 ft. 0 in.
37 ft. 91% 6 in.
12 ft. IOYs in.

,,

. Airfoi l Section, Root

Airfoi l Section, Tip
Chord at Root
Chord near Tip (24 ft. 1 in.
from center line)

N.A.C.A. 23016
N.A.C.A. 4412
9 ft. 9 in.
. 3 ft. 6 in.
2 ~egrees

Incidence
Dihed ral ( measu red on top
5 ~O'
f~ce .o f.main beam)
5 ll'.31 "
Statio n O
... Sweepback at
....
11. ! ,

,. .. ..

I
I

.!
!

''

STAB ILIZE R
Span
Maxim um Chord
Incidence
Dihed ral

21 ft. 9 in.
3 ft. 9 in.
0 degrees
0 degrees

FUSELAGE
Width (maxi mum)
Heigh t (maxi mum)
Lengt h .

gun

Fusela ge and wing station s are shown in figures 3, 4,

and 5.

Span
Lengt h (overa ll)
Heigh t ( overal l at rest:
maic. prope ller hr.)

3 ft. 2 in.
6 ft.1,4 in.
19 ft. 8 in.

b. AREAS.

3. LEADING PARTICULARS.
Airpla ne design ation by Army Air Forces: P 38Ll.
level
a. PRIN CIPA L DIME NSIO NS.-A irplan e in
flight positi on unless otherw ise stated. (Lockheed Ref.
197349.)

303.06 sq. ft.

Wings '(less Aileroris)
Wing s (with Flaps
369.2~ sq. ft.
extend ed)
25.44 sq. ft.
Ailerons (total )
42.60 sq. !t.
Flaps {total )
sq. ft.
Stabil izer (inclu ding Eleva tor) 78.54
sq. ft.
24.55
Eleva tor (inclu ding Tab)
1.73 sq. ft.
Eleva tor Trim Tab
27.42 sq. ft.
Fins (total )
Rudde rs (total includ ing Tabs) 21.36 sq. ft.
2.74 sq.. ft.
Rudde r Trim Tabs (total )

RESTRICTED

Section I

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

JI

,. :;"----- - -- ----- ---- ---- ,.,-------

,,c,o~ -

1
1

l...l..._!, ---

\,!\ qE:..~~~~ t i/ .,

" - - '
-! :

- t i . 111:, -

I"" .--.!. ,-""

.....

IJ

a _

--

'---- --:= ---:- --~

I,:. .

S'T ftTIC 9910

CO..P 67~
78 78!)
E) T

~~~',

----- ----:. .'- ..,_, .

---'--.-- ----- -...!I..'-1-..1-'---.-

,c.11'(.

5TATIC 11.600
> Geo
F LAT

:.> ~

NOTC 1
ALL OIMENSION S ON THE WING ~I.. AC,{
AFlE SHOWN NEG LE CTING 111/CIOC "CC
ANO .>RC MEASURED HOR ::OOiTLUT T H(
f>IH::ALL ANGLE IS ''( ASUR(O AT
BAS,C: CHORD PLANE .:."o DOCS NOT
INCLUDE INCl0t1CE THE w:o,c. I!. 11:JILT

'"'C

w,, ..

I
I

1
---- --- ,.,---- -----!
~:~

: ""'~
- - - .... (.2!)---(1
-

1----- ---

'

-1--;n-:-I L-I.J_

ALL DIMENSION S REFERRING TO

011/L 'f
EM? 1/(RTICAL SURFACES
ARE ROTLTEO r 1~ COUNTER
CLOCKWISE OF VERTICAL A NO
HORIZONTA L RESPECTIV ELY.

L..f..-,v

~er

OIHEORAL LNC TH(II/ ROlATtr

ABOUT THE INTERSECT ION P01"1T (Y ~"<
{ II. All\/ BEAM ANO T,tE W ING C"ORO
OF HC: S>t1r UNTIL 2"
LINE AT THE
111CIDENCE IS OBTAI N~O

it.

.I.

cf!
:, ..

AILERO,. 7AB REMO\IEO'

AF ..... 235!>t l!o. sueSEOUEN T

.: .,. ..

;.
. -: I
I

,.,

g
f

.(
;.

[
Figure 2 -

-., .

Genera/ .~rrange menf

RESTRICT!:O
'l' ,,, . .

..

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF- 2

iection I
)aragrap h 3

g. TANK CAPACIT IES

U.S.

FUEL

Main (2) . ... . .. . . ..... . 93

Reserve (2) .. . .. ..... . . . 60
Droppabl e (2) ..... . ... . 165
Droppab le (2) . . . . . . . . . 300
Outer Wing (2) . . ... . .. . 55

Imp.

U.S.

Imp.

U.S.

Imp.

U.S.

Imp.

77.4
50
137.4
250
45.8

186
120

154.9
100

186
120
330

154.9
100
274.8

186
120

154.9
100

110
416

91.6
346.5

110
746

91.6
621.3

600
110
1016

500
91.6
846.5

TOTAL

OIL

10.8
Tank (1) . .. . .. .. .. .. .. 13
Expansio n space ( l Oo/o) 1.5 U.S. gallons.

36, 7/8

19
29

2nd Alternate

1st Alternace

Normal

Each Tank

Gallons

6:;1.6!6

46 -5/16

6.8

8.25

,ts

1126-:/32 I
115

.!.

135

;.
9 /10

162-1/.4

175

206-3/8

192 -1/ .4

236

220

MAIN BEAM
CENTER SECTION
LOOKING AFT

1 8.
70.
71.
72.
74 .
75 .
76.

77.
79.
80.
82.
84.

85.
86.
87.
88.
89.

Instrume nts
Shell Ejection
Shell Ejection
Nose Landing Gear Fulcrum Pin
Shell Ejection
Plumbing and Electrical
Plumbing and Electrical
Instrume nts
Window Mechanis m (RH Only)
Control Cables and Plumbing
Fuel Sump. Strainers and Valves
Flop Motor
ladder Mechanis m
Plumbing and Con!rols
Plumbing and Contiols
Re:erve Fuel Gogl.{ J/ ~';
Surface Controls -,/:-. ;'
Figure 3 -

Surface C6ntrols
Hand Hole and Hydraulic Tonk Filler Well
Main Hydraulic Reservoir
119. Surface Control Cables
121. Svrfoce Control Cables
122. Surface Control Cobles
123. Surface Control Cables
124. Control Pulleys
~32. Nose Camero Door
133. Shell Ejection
134. Shell Ejection
142. Camero Access Door
146. Window Mechanis m (LH Only) and ,::,
Bomb Cpntrol
149 . Hand Hold Hydraulic Tonk Sight Gage
153. Auxiliary Fuel Pump.
90.
9i .
94.

Fuselage Station Locations and Removab le Panels

RESi~ICTED

. . "

Sec tion

RESTRICTED
AN 01- 75F F-2

453 - 15/ 16

420

;3
376
250

220

"'-..

274

295

313

334

35S

38.S

TIT r TT
.,_ I

'10

1430

.>I

I
I

I
J.

INBOARD WEB

{EXCl:PT AS NOl tD)

1
IJ
]_(
I

_(

]{
]

,I

46.

th Sid es Eac h Boom)

Ma in LG Ful cru m Pin (Bo
Rad iato r Fla p Cy lind er
Boom)
Ba gga ge (LH Sid e Right
ard )
tbo
Ou
m
Boo
es (LH

49.
50.
51. Bat teri
s
53. Em pen nag e Con trol
(LH Sid e Each Fin)
t
Uni
ting
tua
54. Tab Ac
e E~ch Fin)
55. Ele vat ;,r Pul ley s (LH Sid
56. Ele vat or Pul ley s
58. Sup erc har ger Oil
Sid e Both Nac elle s)
59. Sta rte r Ext ens ion (RH
62. Co ola nt Tub e
pen nag e
63. Co ola nt Tub e and Em
Sur fac e Con trol s
64.

. ...

ble
Co ola nt Tub e end Tab Ca
ble
Ca
Tab
and
Co ola nt Tub e
b)
We
ard
tbo
(O~
e
67. Co ola nt Tub
b) We
ard
tbo
(Ou
e
Tub
68. Co ola nt
y
use NA S20 5-6 scr ew s onl

65.
66.

Figure 4 -

ard We b)
69. Co ola nt Tub e (Ou tbo
Boom Ou tbo ard )
100 . Co ola nt Sco op (LH
Boom Ou tbo ard )
101 . Rad iato r Shr oud (LH
Boom .Ou tbo ard )
102 . Rcd_icto r Fla p (LH
103 . Tab Ac tua ting Unit
m Inb oar d)
'
108 . Co ola nt Sco op (LH Boo
m Inb oar d) '
Boo
109 . Rad iato r Shr oud (LH
m lnb ocr ~n
110 . Rad iato r Flo p (LH Boo
m Ou tbo crd )
Boo
111 . Co ola nt Sco op (RH
m Ou tbo ard )
Boo
(RH
oud
1} 2. Rad iato r Shr
Boom Ou tbo ard )
1 fa. Rad iato r Flop (RH
(RH Boom Inb oar d)
114. Co ola nt Sco op
(RH Boo m Inb oar d)
115 . R~d ioto r Shr oud
Boom Inb oar d)
116 . Rad iato r Fla p (RH
)
(In boa rd Side of Eac h Fin
125 . Pos itio n Light
b)
We
rd
boa
(In
tion Cov ers
150. Uplock Ins pec
r Duct
ate
He
und
156 . Gro
~ ,:

and Rem ova ble Pan e ls

Boo m Sta tion loc atio ns

RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Section

SECTION ( (

''

l>O

271

'"

ISi

IU

2M

""

i i 'j' 'j' 'i i i

I

'

JO

LH TOP

SYMMETR!CAL ABOUT {
(EXCEPT AS NOTED)

2.
3.
4.
5.
7.
8.
.9.
l 0.
11.
12.
13 .

.'

15.
1 6.
17.
19.
20.
21.
23.
24.
25.
26.

Aileron Counter Weight

Aileron Push-pull Tube
Aileron Booster Mec:hcnism
Aileron Coble
Wing Joint
Fuel Tonk Inspection
Fuel Tonk Inspection
Fuel Dre in
Wing Tonk Booster Pump
F,uel Drain
Coolant Filler Cap (RH Side
Both Ncc:elles)
Engine, Oil - use grade 1120
Wing Joint
Flop Cables
Flop Cables
Flop Cables
Lift lug
Coolant Tube Joint
lift Lug
Flop Cables
Flap Cables
Figure S -

28.
30.
34.
35.
36.
37 .
38.
39.
40.
44.
57.
92.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
138.
139.
141.
157.
159

Flop Cables
Flop Cables end Pulleys
Rudder Tab Stop
Elevator Tab Stop (LH Only)
Elevator Tab Actuating Mechanism
Empennage Control Cables
Wing Pins
Flop Cables
Flop Cables
Wing Pins
.
Tab Cable Turnbuckl~ (LH Only)
Oil Cooler Drain
Leading Edge Attachment Bolt
Engine Mount Bolt
Engine Mount Fitting end Pl!Jmbing
Oil Cooler Drain
Engine Control Cables
Fe iring
Fe iring
Fillet Junction Box
Fu.el Pump Adiustment
Electric Dive Flops

Wing and Stabilizer Station Locations and Removable Panels

RESTRICTED
-;

..

--...... ...
.. \

Sec tion II
Par agr aph 1

RESTRICTED

AN 01-7 5FF -2

SE CT IO N II

'

TI O N PR O C ED U R E
C
E
R
E
D
N
A
T
N
E
M
IP
SH
(2) Stop eng ine.

ATION FOR
1. DIS MA NT LIN G AN D PREPAR

eng ine cowling.

(3) Remove all Dzus-fastened
s.
( 4) Dra in oil tank s and radi ator
ture 1 into the oil
( 5) Pou r five gall ons of Mix
tanks of each engine.

SHIPMENT.

the prep arat ion of the

Thi s section describes in deta il
the cype of vessel
As
t.
airp lane for overseas ship men
ped is unk now n,
ship
be
upo n whi ch the airp lane is to
It is pref erab le
ted.
stra
only typical layo uts may be illu
rs retracted,
gea
g
htin
alig
to ship the airp lane with the
el wells mus t be sealed
but if not prac tica ble, the whe
care full y.
ion of the airp lane for
Mat eria ls used in the prep arat
aph 1, p, of this section.
ship men t are specified in par agr

I
I
]
lL

]
JI

J
Q

fl
I

~[

Not e

ILE WA ITI NG TO
a. CARE OF AIR PLA NE WH
EN T.
BE PRO CES SED FOR SHI PM
'
ssary.
( 1) Dil ute eng ine oil whe n nece
.
(2) Bri ng airp lane log up to date
air base for safety
( 3) Dis pers e airp lane s on the
and convenience.
s as per Section III,
( 4) Mo or and cho ck airp lane
par. 2, d.
(5) Tur n off all switches.
aces.
( 6) Securely lock con trol surf
dows.
(7) Lock coc kpit hatch and win

(6), foll owi ng.

See "M~cerials," para grap h p,
tely 1000 to 1200
( 6) Run eng ines at app rox ima
d gasoline of not
ade
unle
rpm for fifteen min utes on
in. Hg. man ifol d
20
ed
exce
less than 73 o_ccane. Do not
pressure absolute.
at an inle t tem(7) Mai ntai n the oil tem pera ture
to 185 F).
per atur e of 65 to 85 C (14 9
the mix ture con(8) Stop the eng ine by mov ing
t!iroctles for.
ing
mov
trol s co CU T-O FF pos itio n and
turn ing cut
ped
stop
e
hav
war d slowly. Aft er pro pell ers
ter switch.
off igni tion switches and mas
test plu g directly
(9) Remove mix ture tem pera ture
zle. Spr ay Mix ture 1
belo w carb uret or disc harg e noz
r and hou sing .
thro ugh ope ning ont o imp elie
CAUTION

(8) Cov er pito t mast.

kpit, and eng ine
(9) Inst all sup erch arge r, coc
covers.
overseas ship men t as
(10 ) Tre at all arm ame nt for
soo n as possible.
cts.
( 11) Cor rect all mechanical defe
es.
( 12) No te and fill all sho rtag
com plet e revo lu(13 ) Pul l pro pell er thro ugh two
tion s daily.
por ary stor age , run
(14 ) Aft er seveoch day of tem
at leas t .fifteen
for
olin e
up eng ines on unle ade d gas
min utes .
sup erch arge rs wit h
( 15) Tre at airp lane eng ines and
stor age .
ary
por
tem
Mix ture 1 by tench day of
e daily to prev ent
( 16) Run flaps thro ugh one cycl
corr osio n of mov ing parts.
E.
b. FIN AL RU N-U P PRO CED UR
rise in oil tem pera ( 1) Run eng ine unti l definite
ture is not ed.

any oil into

Do not atte mpt to intr odu ce
stacks. Oil
air
indu ctio n system thro ugh the
r the carente
adm itted in this man ner will
to the
age
dam
bur etor air cha mbe rs cau sing
erin g
met
its
ct
affe
carb uret or diap hrag ms and
characteristics.
top of engines to
( 10) Rem ove cowl form ers on
d covers.
per mit removal of cyli nde r hea
ers and spa rk plug s.
( 11) Remove cyli nde r hea d cov
CAUTION

rs and spa rk
Remove the cylinder-head-cove
r the eng ines
afte
utes
min
plug s with in twe nty
on of vap ors
sati
den
con
are stop ped to prev ent
with in the eng ine.
from the rear of
(12 ) Remove oil drai n plu gs
the oil pan.
re 3.) Ope n fuel
(13 ) Rem ove pan el 82. (See figu
pletely. Operate electric
stra iner s co dra in system ~om
boo ster pum ps.
r oil radi ator s.
( 14) Dra in Mix ture 1 from fou
tanks.
(15 ) Dra in Mix ture l from oil

RESTRICTED

Se cti on II
Pa rag rap h 1

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

;(

eels, in
g gears, inc lud ing wh
( 12) Enclo se lan din
wells
eel
wh
of
ich ex ten ds up inside
e 1
a canvas sack wh
typ
,
-52
these sacks wi th A.."l-C
at lea st 4 in. Br ush
of chem.
to fur the r wa ter pro
les to
fro m ful cru m eye bo
(13 ) Lash air pla ne s
ht.
eig
k. Ma ke las hin g rod
las hin g rin gs on dec
No te

t
I
I

Fig ure 1S -

I.
[
[

No se Ge ar
To rqu e Ar ms Lo ck,

m nu ts
ar an d nose ge ar ful cru
( 3) Re mo ve ma in ge
hin g
las
for
fittings an d eye bo lts
an d instaU sh ipp ing
s 18 an d 19 .)
pu rpo ses . (Se e figure
eel we lls
ar an d ma in ge ar wh
( 4) Fa ir in nose ge
of moisrure.
clude the en tra nc e
wi th ply wo od to ex
fli gh t
in sto wa ge posicion on
( 5) W he n air pla ne is
xipro
ba r, ap
pla cin g a hea" y steel
deck, jac k air pla ne by
69
su pp ort 00
:ind str on g en ou ;h to
ma tel y seven ft. lon g,
to the wh eel
un de r axle, as close
lb. at cen ter po int
chis ba r.
a jac k at each en d of
as possible, an d use
d low er
sta nd un de r axle an
(6 ) Place sh ipp ing
an d is
el
ste
of
is co be co nst ruc ted
air pla ne . Th is sta nd
by at
ck
de
chat the cire clears the
wi th
to be hig h en ou gh so
ted
ura
sar
a piece of jut e
lease on e inc h. Ins ert
(Se e
e.
axl
the
tw een the sta nd an d
AN-C-52, type 1, be
figure 20 .)
"F " (fi gu re 20 ).
(7) . Ins tal l axle lock
s to the
ge ar sh ipp ing sta nd
(8 ) Secure lan din g
deci-:.

lle d in
gle iro n, wi th ho les dri
( 9) Bo! c a piece of an
ge ar sta nd s,
inches to bo th ma in
ic :ic i-:cervals of 12
ure to flight deck.
for e ao d aft , an d sec
eels an d
cks for e an d aft of wh
( 10) Place wheel cho
nd s.
secure co sh ipp ing sta
ten din g
of l:ln din g ;ea rs, ex
( 11 ) Brush po rti on
-C -52 ,
AN
.of
ng
ati
th a pro tec tiv e co
wi
lls
we
eel
wh
low

be
typ e 2, gra de A.

on ly
en t is rec om me nd ed
Th is type of sh ipm
the
e
ov
ab
ft.
is at lea st 25
when the flight de ck
wa ter line.
e
ns wi th AN-C-52, typ
Co at all sh ipp ing iro
con
ect
dir
o
inc
e
y com
2, gra de A, wh ere the
.
tact wi th the air pla ne
sta nd
din g ge ar sh ipp ing
See dra wi ng of lan
fro m
un loa din g air pla ne
for ins tru cti on s on
.)
sta nd . (See figure 20
IO N
IN TH E PR EP AR AT
p. MA TE RI AL S USED EX PO RT ; SP EC IFI CA OF AI RC RA FT FO R
ME ET ; AN D
TI ON S TH EY MU ST
N BE PROCTJRED.
W HE RE TH EY CA
ls. This
alf inc h we bb ing in rol
( 1) Th ree an d on e-h
rch
pu ase d at
the rol l an d can be
comes 72 yar ds to
l center.
alm os t an y ind ust ria
rts in
for pa ck ing sm all pa
(2) Sh red de d pa pe r
boxes.
pe r fo r
ds sm oo th roo fin g pa
(3) Th irty -fi ve po un
ht an d
cig
ed
Th ese boxes are bo ard
roo fin g wi ng boxes.
ca r lin ing pa pe r.
lin ed wi th 20-20-20
ust ria l
wa ter -pr oo f tap e, ind
( 4) A qu an tit y of
co SpecincaTa pe muse co nfo rm
tap e in various sizes.
tio n AN -T -12 .
xte rna l
nti ve co mp ou nd . (E
(5 ) Co rro sio n pre ve
en gin e spr ay .)
SP EC IF IC AT IO NS
rm ing to
lub ric ati ng oil co nfo
Gr ad e 1120 av iat ion
98 .0%
0-4 46 ......... -
Specification AN-V V.5 %

-
.
................................
Tr iet ha no lim ine ........
%
1.5
....
....
te ........................
Tr ie: ha no lim ine Ol ea
No te

is:
na tio n of chis ma ter ial
Th e commercial de sig
D
GP
ia,
orn
lif
Ca
rp. of
Ge ne ral Pe tro leu m Co
DB
rk,
Yo
w
Ne
.,
., Inc
30 8; Black Be ar Co
No . 8.
(In ter na l
en civ e co mp ou nd
(6) Co rro sio n- pr ev
on Al ~-V Vco nfo rm co Specificati
en gin e spr ay ) mu st
Oi l Co. of
designations: Sta nd ard
C-576. Co mm erc ial
DB No . 11 ,
Black Bear Co., Inc.,
Ne w Jersey. AE 60 6;
or equivalenc.

RESTRICTED

2S

Section Ill
Paragraph 2

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

i
I

ON SHADED
AREAS

DO NOT
STEP

I
I

I
I

Figure 32 -

No Step Diagram

taken during engine warm-up and flight to

conserve battery energy by using only such
electrical equipment as is absolutely necessary.

Note

A void the use of the carburetor air filters in

clear air, as they reduce the critical altitude
and range of the airplane.
(k) Place the bomb selector switches "ON" and
the arming switch to "SAFE" so that tanks or bombs
may be dropped quickly in the event of engine failure
at take-off.

(l) Push the propeller circuit breakers.

I
I

(p) Place the compass switch "ON."

( m) Wind and set the clock.

(n) Place the _generacor switch "ON."

( o) Place the battery switch "ON" ( the battery

switch shou_ld be "OFF" when using battery cart or external power).
CAUTION

Before e-;_ch flight the battery muse be checked

to determine its state of charge. Care must be

( q) Check the operation of the tank selector

valves; when the selector valve is set to "OUTER WING
ON," observe the fuel pressure which should register
15-16 lb/ sq in., thereby giving a functional- check of
the outer wing fuel booster pump. Place the selector
valves on "RESERVE. " (Use RESERVE tanks for the
first 15 minutes to allow space in the reserve tanks for
the vapor return from the carburetors; then switch to

drop tank.)
( r) Check the operation of the dive recovery

fiaps.
(s) Check the prop switches for oper~tion in
the following order: "FEATHER," "DECREASE ," and
"INCREASE " (only when using external power), and
return to "AUTOMAT IC."

RESTRICTED

,'. ~ -

Sec tion Ill

HOR IZO NTAL

I
I
I
I
I

..

n d on Hid den Side of Hu b.

be Fou
. .
Pro pel ler
*Ze rk F1m ng co

Em erg enc y

IT

'

-4
Lub ric ant Re qui red ~N -G
AN -0- 4
c.
Hu b - Spe
h 11 , (4) (b) .
Spe ed Re duc er - Spe c.
ap

Ha nd Pum p, RH
H y dra
, Floor
k ulic

Par agr
NO TE : See Secti on IV,

Co e pi

r>

,.-...

-e

t"

(J

I
.!

C)

r
ll
I

C,

~
,,

eand Tac h

p Gue~,' ~~x Eng ine

Oil Co ole rD Fla
ve n n,'
f
" ord lLH Sim ilar }
t tbo
Sha Ou

dle Ass em bly ,

20 MM . Ca nno n Fro nt Cra
No se Fus ela ge

6 She et s) Fig ure 33 (Sh eet 2 of

RESTRICTED

m
Lub rica ,-,o n Dia gra

47

Section Ill

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

:J

c,
G
0

/J

'
;

'

I
I

Oil Cooler Flap Gear Box and Tach

Shaft Power Unit, RH Eng lnbd (LH Similar}

Drag Strut Pivots, Nose Wheel Welf

I
I
I
l
I

lntercoole r Flap Gear Box, LH Outbd

* Zerk

. ..

'

Hand Starter Crank Searings, lH Inboard

,.

Figure 33 {Sheet 3 of 6 Sheets} -

Fitting to be Found on RH Drag Strut

Drag Strut
Torque Arms

Lubrication Diagram

RESTRICTED

Sect ion Ill

RESTRICTED

,----------------.:_A~N

I
I
I
I
I
I

01-7SFF-2

-Shim ~y Dam per Brac ket

gs, Whe el Wel l
Torq ue Arm Lever Be arm

~J~
~

-,.

,...
__

I
BRAKE CYLINDER

1_ .. .

~ .--.- :

le

fOR:ARO ... .
0

ff

. . . FORWAjlD

,.

n Rod
Fl ue Arm Lever and Pisto
Torq
LH
rtme nt
,
oor of Arm ame nt Co mpa

el Wel l
Lan ding G ear Fulc rum, RH Side Whe
Sh eets J Figu re 33 /She et 4 of 6

RESTRICTED

Lubr icati on Diag ram

49

Section Ill

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75F F-2

Actuat ing Cylind er Attach ment, Wheel Well Fwd

Drag Link and Piston Rod, Whee( Well Fwd

Drag Link, Drag Strut, and Drag Link Pivot Wheel Wefl Fwd
Figure 33 !Sheet 5 of 6 Sheets } -

50

RESTRICTED

I
I
1
I
I
I

Drag Strut

Torque Arms

Lubric ation Diagra m

r
r

Sec tion Ill

RESTRICTED
AN 01- 75f f-2

ent , RH Eng ine Inb oar d

Act uat ing Cyl ind er Atta chm
(

l,
(j
C

"'

..

'

~ ~

Wh eel We ll Fwd Lan din g Gea r Ful cru m ,

Sim i/or }
/RH
LH lnb d

d
ft, LH Wh eel We ll Inb oar
Tur bo Wa rnin g Toc h Sha

0
0

0
0

(J

CJ

"
tt, RH Wh eel
Tur bo Wa rnin g Toch Sha
We ll Out boa rd

Wh eel We ll Fw d Lan din g Gea r Fulc rum ,

LH Ou tbd (RH Sim ilar }
6 She ets) Fig ure 33 (Sh eet 6 of

RESTRICTED

Lub rica tion Dia gra m

S1


Sect ion IV
Pa ra gra p h 1

RESTRICTED
AN 01 -7SFF- 2

SE CT IO N IV

R TS
M A JO R C O M PO N EN T PA
A N D IN ST A LL A TI O N S

I
j

I
I
[

Fig ure 4 1 -

Mai or Ass emb lies Dia gra m

1. WIN G GROUP.

I
I

p consists of the cena. GE NE RA L-T he win g grou

ch are described in
whi
ter S!!Ction and the oute r win g
hs.
deta il in the foll owi ng para grap
er section, the forb. CEN TER SEC TIO N.- The cent
jig-maced, rive ted, and
war d boo ms, and the fuse lage are
fron t and rear shea r
bolt ed toge ther. A mai n beam and
bers of the cent er secbeams are mai n stru ctur al mem
the ribs, skin , and intertion , and to them are atta ched
ided for fou r self-sealing
med iate stru ctur e. Space is prov
supp orts che fuselage,
fuel tank s. The cent er sect ion
, and cwo flaps. The
eng ine nace lle, boo m actachmencs
cables are carr ied
cab
surf ace con trol cables and trim
jiain beam. A
the
de
outb oard from the fuse lage insi
men t prov ides
part
com
tube in each forw ard fuel tank

trol cables. The leadpassage for the pow er plan t con

chab le at the fron t
deta
ing edg e of the cen ter section is
plum bing lines and conshea r beam , prov idin g access to
duit.
.
c. OU TER WI NG ASSEMBLY
oute r win g assembl y
(1) DES CRI PTI ON . - The
r win g pan el, to whi ch
(figure 42) consists of the oute
win g tip, the aile ron,
are atta ched the lead ing edge, the
assembly hold s a selfand the flap. The lead ing edge
g pan el consists of a
sealing fuel cank. The oute r win
, skin , and othe r commai n beam. a rear shea r beam, ribs
are desc ribe d in deta il
pon ents . The maj or com pon ents
ely, by thei r names.
in the para grap hs head ed, respectiv
mbly wei ghs app roxi The com plet e oute r win g asse
mately 630 pou nds.

RESTRI CTED

ID

65

Sec tion IV

RESTRICTED

AN 01-7SFF-2

UPPER SUR FAC E

f l.AP PUS H-PU U ROD

-,r SEAL \YITH SCREEN

I
I

'

LOW ER SUR FAC E

NOT

EPT AS
ALL SCREWS NAS205 - 8 EXC
INOICA TE
SHO WN. ( DASH NUMBERS
SCREW LENGTHS IN 16THS.)

Fig ure 43 -

Wi ng Joi nt Fill ets

67
RESTRICTED

-: '

RESTRICTED

~,on IV

AN 01-75FF-2

I
l

,~
A.

I
I
I

OUTER WING

J
I
I

8.

1.

Flop-drive Tube

11.

Aileron-booster Hydraulic Lines

2.

Shear-beam Attaching Arms

12.

Fuel line

3.

Electrical Conduit, Aft

13.

Bolonce line

4.

Bathtub Fittings

14.

Solenoid Valve

5.

Electrical Conduit, Forward

l 5.

Generator Blast Tube

6.

Fish Cord Lead-ins for Aileron Cables

16.

Wing-engine-mount Lug

7.

Main-beam Fittings

17.

Engine-mount-diagonal Fitting

8.

Fuel-booster P~mp

18. Aileron Cables

9.

Vent Line

19.

10.

Turbosuperchorger Duct

Pitot-stotic Lines

Figure 44 -

&8

CENTER SECTION

Wing Joint, Outer Wing to Center Section

I
It
1ft",..

RESTRICTED

Sec tion IV
Par agr aph 1.

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7 5FF -2

er, main beam pins

( o) Remove lower, then upp

safety clip, extract pins

(fig ure 47) . Aft er rem ovin g
a slide hammer.
wich pin pull er No. S-10301 and
cube is clear
( p) Move win g out boa rd unti l flap
es
aile ron cabl from out er
of center section. Wit hdr aw
a teach co fair-lead on
win g; disconnect fish cords, and
edge. Cover blast cube
inne r rib ac out boa rd lead ing
with mas king tape.

(2) REM OV AL.

I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I

,
n
I

els ( figure 4) and

( a) Remove eng ine cowl pan
the win g join t ( figures 5
win g join t fillets adjacent to
on panels.
and 43) . Remove win g insp ecti
t-tube (lef t win g)
( b) Dis con nec t gen erat or blas
at hose connecg)
win
or accessories blas t cube (rig ht
.
44)
ure
tion nea r lead ing _edge "15 " (fig
disconnect picot( c) On the left win g only,
ing edge. Cap
lead
of
rib
ard
scacic cubes "10 " at che inbo
all ends.
hyd raul ic - lines
( d) Dis con nec t aile ron boo ster
s.
"11 " at win g join t. Cap end

TER WI NG
(3) INS TA LLA TIO N OF OU
SEC TIO N.
TER
CEN
ASSEMBLY TO
NG ASSEMBLY.
(a) PRE PAR AT ION OF WI
center section
I. Tho rou ghl y clea n win g and
by blow ing out wich air.

fuel-line "12 ."

( e) Dis con nec t oute r-w ing- tank
Cap end s.
nce-line "13 " and
(f) Dis con nec t fuel -pu mp bala
s.
end
all
fuel -tan k ven t-lin e "9." Cap
s "3" and "5."
( g) Dis con nec t electrical plug

raulic-line and
2. Lub rica te aileron-booster hvd
e com pou nd,
:seiz
anci
with
fuel-line unio ns at win g join t
Specificacion AN-C-53.
ing-edge
3. Rem ove mas king cape from lead

thro ugh han dho le

(h) Dis con nec t aile ron cables
rd cables near han dho le
"5" (.figure 5). Secure out boa
inbo ard cables co pro vide
wit h cape. Attach. fish cords to
Secure loose ends at
lead -ins for cable replacement.
han dho le.
d pum p, exte nd the
(i) Usi ng the hyd raul ic han
t is visible thro ugh
join
flaps unt il che flap pus h-pu ll cube
erch arge r (fig ure
sup
of
the ope nin g nea r outb oard side
ard cubes by reinbo
and
43) . Dis con nec t the out boa rd
center section
the
ract
Ret
mov ing the bolt s at the join t.
el flaps into
pan
er
out
h
flaps wit h the han d pum p and pus
che win g by han d.
eng ine slin g (.fig(i) Sup por t che eng ine wich an
ove bole "2" (fig ure 48)
ure 104 ) or with jacks. Rem
nt diag ona l. Remove
thro ugh out boa rd eng ine- mou
eng ine sup por t.

12 hose.
blast-tube and inst all AN884-12-

rib cuc-oucs out4. Sering fish cords thro ugh

outb oard end s
Tie
co han dho le "5" (fig ure 5.).

boa rd
le "5" and cape inbo ard
to oucer pan el cables at han dho
(figure 44) .
"6"
ends at inbo ard rib fair-lead

(i'!"'...

from cradle.
5. Use 10 men co remove win g
k for preschec
n ac each end co

~hake win g up and dow

g. Remove all fore ign
ence of fore ign mat ter inside win
maccer befo re inst alli ng wing.
( figure 45 ),
6. Place win g on adju stab le rack
e win g to
rais
co
10 men
or, if rack is noc available, use
ter section.
pro per heig ht and ang le of cen

CAUTION
star ted whe n diag ona l 1s
be
Eng ine mus t not
unf aste ned .

gs, woo den horses

(k) Sup por t the win g with slin
app rox ima tely 10 men
(fig ures 26 and 45) , or emp loy
for the pur pos e.
fro ~ upp er and
(l) Remove mac ing screws
ar beam.
she
rear
of
aft
low er surfaces of win g
bachrub fittings
( m) Remove Alle n bolt s from
.
side
tom
(fig ure 47) . Scare on bot
s from rear she ar
(n) Remove atta chin g bole
bea m "2" (fig ure 44) .
RESTRICTED

Fig ure 45 -

Win g Rac k

69

----- --

I
RESTRICTED

Section IV
Paragr aph

AN 01-75F F-2
b. Ar the borrom , use 231584 boles, AN320 -8
nuts, AN%0- 8 I 6 washers , and AN380 33 cotter pins.
7. Install boles i~- bathtub fittings. Upper surface boles point inboard ; lower surface bolts point outboard. Install washers under nuts. (See figure 47.)
Note
Tighten nuts with open-en d wrench and tool
No. S-34901. (See figure 40.)

8. Safety main beam attachin g pins by rotating

safety clips over pins and securin g by LS586 bolts screwed into attachin g pins. Safety upper and lower clip bolts
with safety wire AC995- 47-6 (figure 47, view "A").

1.
2.
3.

Fish Cords Tied to Aileron Cables

Fair-lea d
Electric al Condui t from Wing

Figure 46 -Tyin g Aileron Cab/es at Wing Joint

7. Tie fish cords to center section aileron

cables. Sering lines through fair-leads, making certain
cables arP. not twisted . (See figure 46, item "2.")
8. Drop forward electric al condui t protrud ing
from wing through cur-out near lower wing fittings
"3" (figure 46); drop aft conduit betwee n the second
and third aft bathtub fittings ''3" (figure 44).

[
1.
2.

3.

(b) ATTAC HMEN T OF WING .

1. Mesh wing attachm ent fittings with center
section fittings , adjustin g wing to proper height and
angles.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

CAUTIO N

\X'hen mating , outer panel must be handled

careful ly so that superch arger duct is not punctured by shear beam attachin g arms.
2. Align wing attachin g holes on top fittings
first. (See figure 47, items "12" and "13.")
3. Drive .010 undersi ze pin into top fittings.
Use tool No. S-34201 (figure 40).

4. lnscall bottom attachin g pin using spacer

, . ~dcr head of pin in .fittings. If engine formers make
-'." pao head inaccessible, use slide hamme r.
5 \Xf"thd
~<\ , 1 raw top undersi ze .pin and install at
1'i<'.
' ..~ 8 pin and spacer in top fittings.
t~~J. : 6 Install boles (point aft) in shear beam at:,,.

Clduog arms.

At the top, use 231583 bolts, AN320 -7

3~ii:'#1l#'lf9!:i0.7l 6 11.ashers, and AN380 33 cotter pins.
L

Figure 47 -

Bolt
Bolt
Pin
Spacer
Clip
Lock Wire
Open-e nd Wrench
Nut
Woshe r
Bolt
Wrench S-34901
Fitting, Center Section
Fitting, Outer Wing

Wing Joint Attach ments

(c) CONN ECTIO NS AT WING JOINT .

1. GENER ATOR BLAST -TUBE .-Work rubber hose o"er end of tubes and use two metal clamps to
tighten down. (See figure 44, item "15.")

2. OUTER -WING FUEL- TANK AND

AILER ON-BO OSTER LINES.
a. Remove caps.
b. Connec t aileron- booster hydraul ic lines.
44, item "11.")
figure
(See
c. Connec t fuel line "12," fuel-tan k vent-lin e
"9," and fuel-pu mp balance-line "13."

RESTRICTED

Secti on IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

.3, P!TO T-ST ATIC TUBE S AT INBO ARD

E:--:D OF \'X'ING (LEF T \\'IN G
ONL Y).

I
I

I
I

a. Remo ve caps from ends of picoc-scacic

cubes locate d in wing leading edge "10."
b. Lubricate threa ds of unions on blackSpecifiband ed and black -and- green -band ed cubes with
shieldare
s
Tube
catio n AN-C-53 anci-seize comp ound .
ed wich asbescos wrappers.
c. Conn ect picot cubes ( forwa rd, blackband ed).

a.

Conn ect scacic cubes (afc, black-and-green-

band ed).
S.
4, CON NEC TING FLAP PUSH -PUL L ROD
rod
flap
-Pus h outer panel flap inco wing so chat wingand ins,
inche
cwo
t
abou
rod
n
sectio
r
cente
penet rates
stall boles. Boles poinc aft. (See figure 43.)

Para grap h 1

e. Remo ve engin e sling or jack .

6. CON NEC TING ELEC TRIC AL CON DCIT
removTO CEN TER SECT ION OUT LET .-Thr ough
cconne
co
plugs
ical
electr
wing
both
h
able panel 141 attac
43.)
figure
tions unde r cente r sectio n corru gatio n. (See
7. CON NEC TING AILE RON CABLES.
(See figttrl! 70.)
a. Thro ugh hand hole "5" (figur e 5) draw
beam.
fish cords attach ed to ailero n cables from main
b. Draw wing aileron-cables inboa rd throu gh
s with turncue-outs co hand hole "5" and conne ct cable
buckles. Remo ve fish cords .

8. INS IALL ING WIN G JOIN T FILL ETS .-

Insta ll fillets in accor dance with figure 43.

9. ADJU STIN G CON TRO L CABLES. -Ad
,,
4
raph
just contr ol cables in accordance with parag
this section.
CAUT ION

Seal open ing on wing above plate 141 with wire

scree n,iasc ened with PK-6 screws and &~96 0-6
n
washers; cape aroun d edges co keep any foreig
(See
matte r in wing out of termi nal junctions.
.figure 43.)

i
I

d. WIN G TIPS .

co the
(1) DES CRIP TION .-The wing tip joins
ation
navig
has
and
289
n
statio
outer wing panel at wing
ces.
surfa
m
botto
and
cop
the
lights instal led in both

(2) REM OVA L.

r sur( a) Remo ve screws from uppe r and lowe

faces attach ing tip co wing .
aft rib
(b) Remo ve boles in rear shear beam and
1.
2.
3.
Figur e 48 -

I
I
I
L
[

of wing tip.

Diag onal (long )

Bolt- Wing Fittin g
Diag onal (Shor t)

in and
( c) Move tip outwa"rd sufficiently co reach
disco nnec t navig ation light condu it.

(3) INST ALL ATIO N.

Engi ne-m ount- diago nal Conn ectio ns

5. CON NEC TING WIN G ENG I1'E- MOU NT

Ll.iG TO E~Gl .NE- ~10l. i~T
DIAG ONA L. (See figure 48.).

Rt:movc bole "2" throu gh junction of long

g long
c.li.igonal "!" and shore diago nal "3." Swin
lug.
unr
ne-mo
<:ngi
wingc.li.1:;111..11 outbo ard from
.1.

b. Relit:,c weigh t on engine mounc by

jack.
?<m1ng engin e with a sling (figu re t04) or
c. Bo! c Jong diago nal co wing ficcing.

sup-

ve -:ill
( a) Clean out tip with air hose and remo
forei gn matte r.
0-8
(b) Try tip for fit. Insta ll with three LS56
In.
lower
the
in
three
and
screws in the uppe r surface
joint.
butt
the
at
inch
~~
of
nce
2
spect for minim um cleara
corre ct fit.
Remo ve tip from wing . If necessary, file for
lights
( c) Conn ect electrical cable co navig ation
and safety-wire conne ction .
Note

Ailer on hinge wire must fit mco cubing near

craili ng edge of wing tip.

d. Bol c shore diago nal co long diagonal.

RESTRICTED

71

RESTRICTED

Section IV
Paragraph 1

AN 01-75FF-2

( d) Install screws 1n lower surface of wing tip

starting from leading edge. Install bolts in rear ~hear
beam and aft rib of wing tip.

(e) Install remainder of screws on lower surface

and upper surface.
e. AILERONS.
( 1) DESCRIPTION.-The ailerons are located in
cut-outs in the outer wings and are attached with pianotype hinges. Push-pull tubes connect the ailerons co the
booster unit in the wing in such a manner that when one
aileron travels to the maximum UP position, the other
travels to the full DOWN position.
(2) REMOVAL.
(See figure

5 for bn11dbole ide11tificatio11. )

( a) Remove wing tip according to paragraph c

(2); preceding.

(b ) Fur adjustment of aileron booster, see !"'"''.!

graph

1() I'!.:,).

~h:< s.::.,;._.,:.

(, ) For adjustmenc of fixecl trim cabs, refer to

Scction 11 I. paragr;1 ph 4 a and figure 36.

(4) 1:--:STALLATJON.
( a) Check aileron for cleanliness. Examine inside of "ing through h:mdholes and remove any foreign matter.

(b) Check and acljust aileron cable: rigging according t0 figure 70 and paragraph 4 c (4), this section.

(,) Holcl aileron paralld to wing. Beginning at

outboard end, pass the counterbalance weights of aileron
through cut-out holes in wing.
(d) J'\Icsh the aileron-half of hinge with winghalf of hinge, but do not force into place.
(e) \\1ith a hinge pin pusher install .070 (.021
undcrsizc) hinge pins, keeping each side of hinge
aligned. (Sec figures 50 and 51.)

(b) Uncover handholes "3," "4," and "5" in

lo"er surface and handhole "20" in upper surface of
the outer wing.
( c) Disconnect aileron push-pull tube at " 3"
where it auaches to the aileron. (Do not allow aileron
balance weights to dent wing skin.)

I
I
I
I
I
l

I
Figure 50 -

Driving Aileron Hinge Wire

Using Air Gun Set

CAUTION

Figure 49 -

Never use undersize hinge wire for regular installarion. If the hinge wire is carelessly handled,
rib at inboard end of hinge may be punctured.
Do not bc:nd hinge wire as it is easily broken.
Use thin tubing around it to keep it straight.

Withdrawing Aileron Hinge Wire

Using Slide Hammer

( d) \X'ithdraw hinge pin and remove aileron.

(See figure 49.)

(3) .ADJUSTMENTS.
( ~) FQr adjustment of rigging, see paragraph 4
'(4), this section.

72

(f) Check aileron "free throw" as follows:

J. Shim weights if necessary to preYent their

hitting wing.

2. Check for V8 -inch clearance berween inboa~d

edge of ailero n and outboard edge of flap section. If

RESTRICTED

Sect ion IV
Para grap h 1

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

f.

re remo ving test

filing is necessary, com plete fittin g befo
wire.
ance be3. Che ck for 1/s-inch mini mum clear
side.
om
bott
on
on
ailer
tween fairi ng on aft wing and
een wing
4, Che ck for %2 -inch clearance betw
upw ard
eme
excr
in
and ailer on skins whe n ailer on is
posi tion.
ling
5. Puc ailer on in DO WN position. Trai
from
es
inch
lf.i)

(
7o/s
!
crave
edge of ailer on shou ld
h 4 c ( 4), chis secneut ral posicion. (Ref er co para grap
tion .)

I
I
I

ling edge
6. Put ailer on in UP posi tion. Trai
neut ral
from
es
inch
i)
:=lf.
(
of ailer on shou ld crave! 9~16
posi tion.
ham mer
7. Wit hdra w test wire , usin g slide
e wire
hing
size
full
(figu re 49). Use air-g un sec co driv e
not
do
but
r,
moto
( .091 ). In eme rgen cy, use ~n electric
goug e the hing e.
CAUTION

rib of
Do not driv e hing e wire inco outb oard
of
ing
kink
enc
flap secti on. Use tubin g co prev
wire . (See figures 50 and 51.)

FLAPS.

interconnected
( l) DES CRI PTI ON. -Th e flaps are
on flap is insta lled
and oper ate cogecher. The cencer secti
wing stati ons 8 and
in the lowe r wing surf ace betw een
between stations 119
77, and the oucer wing flap
end co carriages
and 180. The flaps are attac hed ac each
structure. (See
chat roll in cracks buil t into the wing
by cables co push figure 52.) The carri ages are link ed
on che rear face of
pull tubes, trav eling in rolle r brackets
s are actuated by
the rear shea r beam. The push -pul l cube
or housed unde r
long screws driv en by a hydr aulic moc
3). On the righ tfuselage removable pane l 84 (figu re
sure shut-off valv e
hand side of the mot or a hydr aulic pres

is gear ed co the driv e shaf t. .

(2) REM OVA L. (See figure 52.)
hand pum p.
(a) Exte nd the flaps with hydr aulic

adju sting -nut s

(b) Disc onne ct push -pul l rods ac
"3" (figu re 52).
r carri age
(c) Rem ove the pins attac hing uppe
forg ings co flaps "l."
h 4 i (4), chis
(3) ADJ UST ME NTS .-Se e para grap
secnon.
(4) INS TAL LAT ION .
RIA GE.
(a) INS TAL LAT ION OF FLA P CAR
ing in for1. Check to see that eccentric bush
rolle rs
chat
end of che carr iage is movable, and

war d
will turn .

rca stop
2. If prev ious ly removed, insta ll mica
in forw ard end of top track.
mak ing
3. Slide rolle rs of carriage iaco crack,
posi tion .
sure co have lowe r arm in forw ard
stops in aft
4. Insta ll cop and bott om micarca
20 screws
205NAS
end of crack, usin g for the (op stop
NAS 205stop
om
bott
and AN365-1032 nuts , and for the
nuts.
032
64-l
AN3
and
18 screws, AN9 60-1 0 washers,

I
l!.Ql i:

A\.L TUSING 18 GAUGE (.049 )

Figu re S7 -

TIO N
(b) STR ING ING OF CEN TER -SEC
52.)
e
figur
(See
.
FLA P CAB LES

Air Gun Set and Hing e Wire

Driv ing Equ ipme nt

installed, in( g) If ailer nn push-pull cube is not

r pane l shear beam

sert cube thro ugh access hole at oute
boos ter bellc rank
on
"3" (figu re 5) and actach ac ailer
(figu re 70, view A).
c (4), this
Afcer adju stme nt (see para grap h 4
.
on, inailer
at
cube
sem on) acrach clevis of push -pul l
sc:r.lling bolt with head down.

IL

grap h 4 c (5),
(b) Chec k adju stme nt. (See para
chis seccion.)

-Fro m the
1. INB OAR D "DO WN " CAB LE.
flap push-pull cube
uppe r inbo ard nut (vie w "A" ) on the
"11" inbo ard
mbly
asse
cable
g
in the cencer secti on, serin
che guid ing
ugh
thro
aft
rib,
co pulle y thro ugh stati on 8
forw ard co
then
,
crack
pulle ys co pull ey chro ugh flap
( seeti on
"17"
age
carri
the
hook on the inbo ard side of
B-B).

che lowe r
2. INB OAR D "UP " CAB LE. -Fro m
in the
cube
l
-pu!
push
flap
inbo ard brac ket nuc on the
oard
outb
"13"
mbly
asse
cencer section, serin g cable
ugh
thro
y
pu!le
co
ard
inbo
,
arou nd pull ey on shea r beam

RESTR!CTED

73

Xi iiF -

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7 5FF- 2

ction IV

VIEW

CENTER SECTION FLAP

STATl..!NS 8 TO 77 11,

'l1

tj _

WING

FLAP

STATIONS 118J1 ' TO 180

SECTION

BB

1
J

Figu re 52 -

74

Sect.ion IX.
~;nKey to Cables, SeeSect
ion Flap Insta llati on
g and Cen ter

RESTRICTED

Section IV
Parag raph ~

RESTRICTED
AN Ot-7SFF-2

the
I . INBO ARD "DO WN" CAB LE.- From

pulley, and
shear beam , forwa rd throu gh the guidi ng
outbo ard
aroun d forwa rd pulle y, aft to hook into the
side of the carria ge "17" (secti on B-B) .
; . OUI' BOA RD "DO WN' CABLE. - From
tube, string
the cable ,ut on top of the flap pwb- pull
ard side
cable assembly "5" inboa rd to pulle y on outbo
s,
two guide pulley aroun d
c,( statio n 77, aft throu gh the
forw ard
:,ulle y throu gh rear end of statio n 77 rib, and
(secti on
to the outbo ard side of the flap carria ge "17"
B-B) .
4. OUT BOA RD "UP' ' CAB LE.- From the
pull tube,
cable nut on the unde r side of the flap pwhcable
string
,
loc:u ed inboa rd of the outbo ard flap crack
forbeam
shear
assembly "6" outbo ard to pulle y throu gh
y,
pulle
rd
forwa
d
ward throu gh the guide pulle y aroun
(sec"17"
ge
carria
flap
aft to the inboa rd side of the
tion B-B) .

(,) STRI NGIN G THE WIN G FLAP CABLES.

I
I

I
I

I
I

(See figure 52.)

l.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.
8.
9.
1 O.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28;
29.
30.
31.

Pin, Nut AN32 0-6

Wash er AN96 0-616
Nut AN36 4-720 .
Adiu sting Nut
Nut
Cabl e
Cabl e
Cobl e Nut
Cabl e-nut lug
Cobl e Fitting
Flap Oper ating Nut
Cobl e
Pulle y
Cabl e
Stop
Flop Drive Asse mbly
Adju sting Screw
Carri age Asse mbly
Stop
Stop .
Flap Asse mbly , Cente r Sectio.n
Cabl e
Coble
Cobl e
Cabl e
Carri age Asse mbly
Eccentric Adju stmen t
Wosh er AN9 60-41 6l
Wash er
Bolt, Spac er, Nut AN31 0-3
Flop Asse mbly , Oute r Wing
Flap Drive Screw

.
NOTE : All pulley s LS806 except as noted
For Key to cables , see Sectio n IX.

Key to Figur e 52

pull rube,
cable nut locat ed midw ay on the flap pushinboa rd
on
y
pulle
to
rd
inboa
24"
"
bly
sering cable assem
to the
pulley
guide
r
unde
aft
then
rib,
side of statio n 119
rd
forwa
and
track,
flap
the
of
end
aft
the
pulle y throu gh
on
(secti
co the inboa rd side of the inboa rd carria ge "25"
B-B) .
r
2. INBO ARD "UP" CAB LE.- From the uppe
bly
assem
cable
string
cube,
pull
cable nut on the flap pushgh shear
"23" outbo ard along the tube to pulley throu
beam,
shear
of
side
rd
forwa
on
y
beam , back to pulle
y,
pulle
front
co
"12,"
y
pulle
guide
forw ard along the
ard side
then aft unde r the push- pull rod to the outbo
.
B-B)
on
(secti
"25"
ge
of inboa rd carria
;. OUT BOA RD "DO WN" CAB LE.- From
"21" inthe outbo ard cable nut, string cable assembly
aroun d
ard
outbo
,
beam
board aroun d pulle y on shear
aroun d
aft
rib,
119
n
statio
of
pulle y on outbo ard side
to the
rd
forwa
and
,
track
flap
of
pulle y throu gh aft end
).
B-B
on
(secti
"25"
ge
carria
outbo ard side of che
4. OUT BOA RD "UP" CAB LE.- From the
pull tube,
turnb uckle at outbo ard end of the fiap pushy throu gh
string cable assembly "22" outbo ard co pulle
co forwa rd
shear beam, aroun d guide roller , forwa rd
to inboa rd
pulle y, locat ed forw ard of the crack, chen afc
.
side of the carria ge "25" (section B-B)

(d) HAN GIN G THE FLAP . (See figure 52.)

the
J. Pull both carria ge assemblies out co
micarca scops "18" and " 19."
2. Use two men co insta ll hinge pins "l"
of carria ge
conne cting uppe r flap hinge fittings to aft end
time.
same
arms. Both fittings must be align ed at the
3. Place lock nuts "2" and "3" on flap termi nal
64-720, on
and on push- pull rod. Lock nuts "2," AN3
s which
insert
.fiber
have
nals
termi
cente r sectio n fiap
nut
new
If
led.
instal
when
nut
of
side
aft
muse be on
d prope rly
is used sc.r ew metal end on first to cut threa
in fiber, then reverse nut.
Note
Comp lete 11.ll opera tions on both inboa rd and
outbo ard sides of flap up co this point.

4. Insta ll hexag onal adjus ting nut "3" on in-

one rurn
board and outbo ard flap carria ge rod assemblies
only.
5. Turn both adjus ting nuts toget her abou t half
the threa d distance.
6. Refe r co parag raph 4 i (4), chis sectio n, for
adjus tmen t of flap.
52. )
(e) ATT ACH ING THE FLAPS. ( See figure
RESTRICTED

75


RESTRICTED

s.ction IV
raragraph

AN 01-75FF-2

J. Push the flap about half way up, and wedge

driver between carriage and track to keep flap
in that position.

( b) Remove the seven screws which attach the

leading edge to the former (figure 53, insert "A") on
the bottom skin jusc forward of the main-beam fitting.

2. Put bolt "29'' through DOWN cable eyelet,

and place a wire about five inches long through hole in

Remove the five screws which attach the extruded stiffener to the inboard leading edge rib just
forward of the lower main-beam fitting.

)Crr"'

the bolt.

3, Pull DOWN cable forward to hole, located

about midway on the flap track, and push the bole into
the hole.
4. Line up the hole in the forward end of flap
carriage and draw the bole through the carriage by means
of the wire.
5, Puc UP cable eyelet on b0lt and install
~ashers, spacer, and nut as per section B-B.
r"

6. Install UP and DOWN cables on opposite

sides, using same procedure.
7. Connect wing push-pull tube to center section push-pull tube and make adjustments as described
in paragraph 4 i ( 4), this section.

(i) Support the leading edge and remove the

screws ( on the bottom, then on the top surface) which
attach the leading edge to the main beam.

(j) Move the leading edge straight forward until

it clears the wing. Cover all duct openings and cap hydraulic and fuel lines.
(3) INSTALLATION. (See figure 53.)

( a) Check leading edge mating holes for edge

distance of % inch from center of hole to skin edge,
top and bottom sides.

( c) Make sure that all plate nuts are installed.

( d) Check leading edge mating holes and see that

chey are dimpled correctly.

g. LEADING EDGE.
{l) DESCRIPTION.-The portion of the outer
wing forward of the main beam, between wing stations
119 and 289, constitutes the leading-edge assembly. le is
attached co the main beam by screws. The wing-tank
leading edge weighs .291 pounds.

Note

All holes used in macing the leading edge are

dimpled except 17 in the upper skin at inboard end and two holes in the upper and two
in the lower skin at the aft end of the outboard
rib of the fuel tank.

{2) REMOVAL. (See figure 53.)

(a) Remove wing tip in accordance with paragraph c (2), preceding.

( e) Check for and remove any loose articles and

foreign matter.

(b) Remove all engine cowl sections and fillets

adjacent to the junction of the nacelle and the leading
edge.

(f) Check to see that gang channel nuts on upper

and lower side of inside main beam are in place.

( c) Support the engine with a sling or jack and

remove the two outboard engine-mount diagonals. (See
figure 48.)
CAUTION

Do not attempt to start the engine while the

engine-mount diagonals are disconnected.

( g) Check cut-outs on main-beam doubler. These

are located on ribs at stations 289, 242, 230, 218, and 206.
Top and bottom sides have identical cut-outs. These cutouts should be filed to within %-inch edge distance of
nearest gang channel. There should be %~-inch clearance from edge of outer skin to edge of cut-out. The
corners should have at least Vs-inch radius.

( d) Remove bolt attaching the outboard leadinged~e diagonal support "16" (figure 53) to the upper
main-beam fitting lug.

Note

The leading edge and outer panel are usually

mated prior co installation of wing assembly
to airplane. If the outer panel is alre"lldy installed, the following mating procedure may
be employed with obvious adaptations.

(e) Detach the hose connection on the accessories

blast tube at the leading edge.
(f) Disconnect hydraulic fluid, fuel tank vent,
fuel pump balance, and fuel lines at wing joint.

,, (g) (On the left wing only.) Remove the sections

of die ~itot-static lines that pass through the leading
edgi at inboard. end.

(b) Bevel leading edge ribs with vixen file if

aft edge of rib is square.

( h) Place the aft section and leading edge ( top

side down) on two wooden horses 31/z feet high and
51/2 feet long. The surface of each horse should be
padded to prevent scratching the outside skin of the
wing.

76
RESTRICTED

Sect ion IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

A
'

I
I
I
I

I
I
[

I
l
I

-,
l

Nam e

Port No.

1
2

Screw
Screw
Screw

Screw
Screw

5, 6. 7

Screw
Screw
Screw

l~60 ,11
NAS2 06-26
"NAS 206,2 8
NAS2 06,30
NAS205,2.4
"NAS 205,2 6
NAS20S-2.4
"NAS 20S,2.4
NAS2 0S,23
"NAS 205,2 3
NAS2 05,23
"NAS 205,2 2
NAS2 0S,2- '
"NAS 205-23
NAS2 05-23
'HAS 205-2 3
INAS 205-2 2
tNA S205 -21
INAS 205-2 1
fNA S205 -21
NAS2 05-8

Item

Screw

8
9
10
11
12
13
1"

Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw

Item

No. Req.

5
2
1 lnbd.
1 Outb d.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Port No.

Screw
Screw

NAS2 05,8
NAS2 05,22
"NAS 205,8

Screw

Screw
Screw

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
.( leadi ng
Edge Skin

15

Screw
Screw
Screw
Screw

16
17
18
19

Screw
Screw
Scrw

20
21
22

Bolt
Nut
Wash er
Nut
Screw
Screw

Screw
Screw

"NAS 20S-8
"NAS 20S,2 2
NAS2 0S,10
NAS205-11
"NAS 205,1 0
"NAS 205,1 1
LSS60, 16
LS560, 10
LS560-11
AN28 -34A
AN36 .(,820
AN96 0-816
AN36 5,103 2
NAS2 05,12
"NAS 205-12
NAS2 05-7
NAS 205-7

No. Req.

2 fwd.
2 Aft
.( leadi ng
Edge Skin
2 Fwd.
2 Aft
2 Fwd
1 Aft
2 F-d.
1 Aft
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
56
21

98
12.(

lowe r wing surfa ce collou ts.

.
I Plug two forw ard holu with putty

Figu re 53 -

Edg e to Win g
Poin ts ol Atta chm ent, Lea ding

RESTRICTED

Nom e

77

5 . :z e-- ---

I
RESTRICTED

s.,.c tion IV

AN Ol- 75F F-2

,or ogr aph

the inb oar d end of the

( i) Sta tion one man on
boa rd end of the lead ing

out
lnd ini: ; cdg c and one on the
one man on i~board end
tion
Sta
.
cdg c (fo rwa rd side )
boa rd end (af t side ). Place
of aft section and one on out
ing edg e
men on for war d side of lead
at lease two mo re
between
tion
sec
afr
side of
.and at least two on aft
the job
on
n
ma
key
te the
. ent ion cd men . Loc:i
3 b, ,,.,
.
seam
ting
ma
the
of the win g at
at t.he inb oar d end
ends of the rwo assem(i) Ho ldin g the out boa rd
s
slow ly force the inb oar d end

blies abo ut 12 inc hes apa rt,

side surface of the aft sectog eth er. On the bot tom out
.
macing stri p is extended for
tion at the inb oar d end , the
the
g
brin
To
es.
inch
ut 41/2
"''a rd of the aft section abo
first gui de this mat ing stri p
er,
eth
tog
s
end
d
oar
t"''O inb
side of lead ing edge. Fiv e
und er the fillet on bot tom
t wil l alig n wit h holes in
No . IO hol es thro ugh fille
ma ting stri p afte r mat ing .
s tog eth er with an up(k) For ce the inb oar d end
section "ma ting fit
aft
the
and -do wn mo tion . Wa tch
g
lea din edg e mat ing fitting.
ting " as it is forced into the
a Vz-inch hol e which muse
Each of these two fittings has
fitti ngs are alig ned closely
alig n. Wh en these two
n of a %r inc h pin (us e a
eno ugh to allo w the inse rtio
lon g tap ere d to a %2 -inch
1/2 -inch pin abo ut 12 inches
into the holes. Leave pin in
poi nt or sma ller ), forc e it
pos itio n unt il win g is mat ed.
es of the leading edg e
(l) Ali gn the mac ing hol
by
of the aft section. Do this

wit h the ma ting hol es

dy and wo rkin g the lead ing
hol din g the aft sec tion stea
or rais ing the out boa rd end .
edg e up and dow n, low erin g
inst all two screws in the
Wh en hol es are in alig nm ent
es and two inb oar d bot tom
two inb oar d top ma ting bol
boa rd ends apa rt 6 to 12
ma ting hol es. Ho ld the out
oar d holes.
inches wh ile alig nin g the inb
ends tog eth er by an
( m) No w forc e out boa rd
din g

the lead ing edge, hol

up- and -do wn mo vem ent of
l not be possible to forc e
the aft sec tion steady. It wil
re, wra p a 10 or 15- foo t
it com ple tely tog eth er; th.e refo
und the rwo assemblies at
shock cor d ( elas tic rop e) aro
dde n block and a piece of
the out boa rd end . Pla ce a wo
t the
of the aft section to pre ven
felt on the she ar bea m
this
l
Pul
nt.
poi
t
ing at tha
cor d from ben din g the fair
is
d
cor
r
the
ano
es
Som etim
cor d as tigh t as possible.
th
Wi
g.
win
the
of
gth
len
necessary abo ut mid way of the
of sof t pap er, wei ghi ng
roll
(a
llet
ma
er
pap
a
the use of
wit h tap e) pou nd the
d
ere
abo ut eig ht pou nds and cov
din g the aft section steady.
nos e or lea din g edg e, hol
use shims of .032-inch maxiDu ring this ent ire process,
d to out boa rd end , bot h top
mu m thic kne ss fro m inb oar
lead ing edg e skin to slid e
and bot tom sides to per mit
aft section.
ove r ma in bea m dou ble r of
78

ma ting seam and the

( ,, ) lnscall the screws in the
.
ribs just aft of the macing scam
ng:
(o) On Inb oar d End of Wi
g edg e inb oar d rib
J. Att ach dia gon al on lea din
.
the upp er mai n bea m firring
to the forw ard lug on
ng ext rud ed ang le
2. Ins tall five screws atta chi
to the ext rud ed ang le jus t
on lead ing edg e inb oar d rib
beam fitting.
for war d of the low er mai n
lead ing edg e
3. Ins tall se" en screws atta chi ng
n
just for war d of low er mai
to form er on bot tom skin
bea m fitting.
(4) MA INT EN AN CE .
finish on lead ing edg e
(a) If bal loo n dot h and
loo~e, rep air as follows:
seam become dam age d and
th tap e from lea din g
J. Rem ove the bal loo n clo
age sur fac er mo re tha n
edg e, tak ing car e not to dam
necessary.
sur fac er wit h No .
2. Fea the r edges of pai nte d
.
280 "W et or Dry " san dpa per
join t wit h
3. Remove black Thi oko l filler from r or put ty
ive
wdr
scre
a dul l
a blu nt ins trum ent such as
yle ne dic hlo ride .
eth
h
wit
n
clea
h
kni fe and was
r (B & B Chem4. Ap ply Bostic No . T-7 8 fille
join t and allo w
into
s)
sett
ical Co., Cam brid ge, Ma ssa chu
san d smo oth wit h No . 400
to dry for one hou r, the n
"W et or Dry " san dpa per .
v.ith old sur 5. Bui ld up lead ing edg e to fair
rma n Wi llia ms No . 70-002
facer by spr ayi ng wit h She
not spr ay sur fac er dire cdy
Air foil San din g Surfacer. Do
r
ove rsp ray to CO\'er the fille
to the filler, but allo w the
r.
ace
coa t onl y of surf
in the but t join t wit h a thin
No . iso "W et or
6. San d sur fac er wit h wet
cho rdw ise dire ctio n, not
Dry " san dpa per . Sand in
spanwise.
um Lacquer.
7. Ap ply two coats of Alu min
urs to lea din g edg e
(b) If min or dam age occ
tches in finish, rep air as
sea m, cau sing nicks or scra
foll ows :
es.
J. Clean out loose par ticl
s 5, 6, and 7, pre 2. Fin ish acc ord ing to step
ced ing .
R. (Se e figure 54.)
h. FLA P PO P-U P IND ICA TO
e 8.ap pop -up ind icat or
(I) DE SC RIP TIO N.- Tb
er
win g stat ion 74 on the und
is loc ated at app rox ima tely
g
win
g dire ctly above the
sur fac e of the left -ha nd win
er
lev
,
y con sist s of a red flag
flap. The ind icat or assembl
ge pin assembly. A slot ted
hin
and
arm , spr ing , hin ge,
win g skin per mit s the flag
hol e in upp er sur fac e of the
is not full y retr acte d.
to pro trud e wh en the flap

RESTRICTED

l
I
(

r
I

Sect ion IV

RESTRICTED

Para grap h 1

AN 01-75FF-2
J.

DIV E-R ECO VER Y FLAPS.

very flap in( 1) DES CRI PTI ON. -Th e dive-reco

ls mou nted on the

stall ation consists of two hing ed pane
R) at the main
and
(L
lowe r surfa ce of each oute r wing
180. In the
and
122
ons
beam and between wing stati
lowe r sur
the
nst
agai
retra cted posi tion, the flaps bear
flaps form
the
tion,
posi
nded
face of the wing . In the exte
are oper .flaps
very
-reco
dive
an exte rnal airbr ake. The
-screw mechanism
ated by an electrically driv en jack
is attached to the
h
whic
mbly
asse
thro ugh a torq ue rube
.
head
jack-screw coup ling

I
I

para grap h 20
(2) TRO UBL E SHO OTI NG. (See

k ( 3), this secti on.)

(3) REM OVA L.

( a) Exte nd .flaps.
( b) Ope n batte ry circuit.

ted on fire
( () Disc onne ct cont acto r plug ( loca
wall ).

I
I
I
I
L

II

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

CAUTION

Cha nnel
Flag
Leve r Arm
Cha nnel
Hing e
Hing e Pin
Cen ter Sect ion Flap

Figv re 54 -

y with out
Do not oper ate eithe r flap sepa ratel
site dive
oppo
of
plug
r
disc onne cting cont acto
.flap
ating
oper
nonve
remo
flap unit . Fail ure to
re
seve
in
lt
resu
may
it
circu
cont acto r from
.
noid
sole
r
acto
dam age to conc

Flap Pop -vp Indi cato r

up indi cato r is
(2) OPE RA. TIO N.-T he .flap poption of the
posi
the
t
pilo
the
to
cons truc ted to indic ate
cted , the indi cato r
flaps. Whe n the flaps are fully retra
of the .flap strikes
is not visible because the top surfa ce
Whe n the .flaps
the leve r arm and lowers the indic ator.
retra cted posi tion,
are exte nded %0 -inch from the fully
act with the leve r
the top surfa ce of the .flap loses cont
r to rise thro ugh
arm and the spri ng forces the indi cato
the hole in the skin of the wing .
(3) REM OVA L.
(a) Full y e.xtend .flaps.
54) thro ugh
(b) Rem ove hing e pin "6" (figu re
ator.
access hole in chan nel adja cent to indic
( () Remove indi cato r assembly.

mou nt and
(f) Remove screws hold ing actu ator
link age to wing struc ture.
( g) Remove actu ator bear ing bolts .
ue linka ge on
( h) Tur n actu ator mou nt and torq

end and remove from wing.

ns from aetua
(i) Disc onne ct electrical conn ectio
tor and remo ve actu ator from wing.
thro ugh one
( 4) MA INT ENA NCE . - Run .flaps
parts .
ing
mov
cycle daily to prev ent corrosion of
.)
(5) ADJ UST MEN T. (See figure 55
( a) MEC HAN ICA L.

(4) INS TAL LAT ION .

( a) Full y exte nd .flaps.
sprin g tigh t( b) Place indi cato r in posi tion with

ened enou gh to raise flag ( figure 54).

( () Inse rt hing e pin " 6."
..
( d) Mov e .flaps and check oper ation

ating link age

( d) Wit hdra w bolt s attac hing actu
to .flap brackets.
attached to
( e) Remove screws from hing e strip
main beam cap strip and remove .flap.

lane (reI. Befo re insta lling accuator in airp

para grap h 20 k ( 4)
lays mus t be in circuit according to
ator unti l "EX TEN D"
( d), chis sect ion) , oper ate a.cw
jack screw to obta in
limi t swit ch is open and then adju st
g hole and jack4.77 inches betw een actu ator mou ntin
screw head attac hing hole.

RESTRICTED

JI

79

~
l

RESTRICTED

Section IV

AN 01-75FF-2

n
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
]
1.
2.
3.
4.

'

I
I

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

I
J
I

Dive-flop-motor Electrical Condenser

Dive-flop Actuator
Dive-flop Limit-switch Electrical Connector
Adjusting Screw
Brocket
Plate Nut
Bolt
Jock Screws
Bolt

J_

C FLAP EXTENDED

Figure 55 -

80

Dive-recovery Flop Installation

RE.STRICTED

.I

Section IV
Par agr aph s 1 - 2

RESTRICTED

AN 01-75FF-2

ht and left em pen nag e

(b) Dis con nec t all rig
nts .
e and bat tery com par tme
con tro l cables in bag gag
75.)
(Re fer co figures 71 and
bungees to for wa rd cables
( c) Att ach sho ck cor d
cor d
les. Tap e one end of fish
and fish cor ds co aft cab
s
d-in
y com par tme nt so tha t lea
nea r the bag gag e or bat ter
les
cab
nag e is removed and aft
are pro vid ed wh en cm pen
m. (Fi gur e 58.)
boo
are wit hdr aw n fro m the
boa rd boo m fillets from
( d) Rem ove low er out
(Fi gur e 4, item "53 .")
for wa rd em pen nag e boo m.
con dui t between boo m
( e) Dis con nec t electrical
boo m.
and em pen nag e in eac h
as at ver tica l stabiDis con nec t rad io ant enn

t assembly and actu

2. Af ter mo unt ing bra cke
either
insert NA S55 15 bol t in
ato r hav e bee n ins tall ed,
est
low
m
fro
ce
measure dis tan
act uat or tor que arm and
en
wh
e
fac
sur
n
ski
win g low er
edg e of bol t to the out er
ion
ens
dim
is
Th
n.
acted pos itio
the act uat or is in the retr
ore
h and mu st be measured bef
inc
6)
=.0
(
0
sho uld be 0.9
06::!::.
If
.
age
link
ing
uat
the act
the flaps are con nec ted to
rum
remove jac k-n ut bole and
inc h tole ran ce is exceeded,
to inc rea se dim ens ion and
jack nut cou nte rclo ckw ise
ension.
clockwise co decrease dim
bra cke ts so chat no
3. Ad jus t flap mo unt ing
is
tha t tra ilin g edge of flap
bin din g is pre sen t and so
in
is
flap
the
en
e of win g wh
_c los e aga ins t low er surfac
um
arance of .25 inch maxim
Cle
n.
itio
pos
the retr act ed
er
low
and
flap
e
div
of
ners
is allo we d bet we en afc cor
d
ine
e con tac t mw t be ma inta
sur fac e of 'l'l'in g. Positiv
.38
of
trai ling edg e. Cle ara nce
thr oug hou t mo st of the
ge
bet we en cen ter lin e of hin
d
inc h ma xim um is allo we
g.
and low er sur fac e of win

I
I
,,

I
fj

'
Ld

(f)

lizers.

e wirh jack sta nd, or

( g) Su ppo rt em pen nag
e. Remove screws atta chi ng

pos
em plo y 10 me n for the pur
e figure 56, item "B, " and
(Se
boo ms and em pen nag e.
figure 57.)
and rock dow nw ard to
(I,) Pul l em pen nag e aft
nea r
cor ds and secure wit h cape
remove. Dis con nec t fish
end of boo m.
gees to em pen nag e
Att ach sho ck cor d bun

par agr aph 20 k (4) ( d),

(b) ELECTR1CAL. (See
chis sec tion .)
(6) INS TA LL AT ION .
g as far aft as possibl~
( a) Pla ce act uat or in win
gs.
and con nec t electrical plu
cke t and tor que link age
( b) Ins tall mo unt ing bra

(i)

in wing.
boles.
( c) Ins tall accuacor-be:iring
vin g hin ge pin .
( d) Ins call dive flap by dri
ng flap brackets and
( e) Ins call boles atta chi
tor que link age .
(See par agr aph (5) pre
(f) Check adj ust me nts .
ced ing .)
LL AT ION . (See par a(7) TE ST AF TE R INS TA
sec tion .)
gra ph 20 k (4) (e) , chis

2. EMPENNAGE GROUP.
rwo
pen nag e uni t consists of
a. GE NE RA L- Th e em
s
der
rud
two
,
ers
iliz
stab
l
tica
em pen nag e booms, two ver
and
or
bilizer, and one ele vat
and cabs, one hor izo nta l sta
tab.
PE NN AG E
( l) RE MO VA L OF EM
(CO MP LE TE .)
No te

the ent ire em pen nag e

It is rec om me nde d tha t
ene ver any ma jor reassembly be removed wh
pai r is req uir ed.
ele vat or tab cranks 1n
( a) Secure rud der and

cables. ( Fig ure 58. )

EM PE NN AG E
(2) IN ST AL LA TIO N OF
(CO MP LE TE ).
s for cor rec t stru ctu ral
( a) Ch eck all com pon ent
and wo rki ng con diti on.
rec t pos itio n of cables
( b) Ch eck rig gin g for cor
m
ds mu st be rea dy in aft boo
for quick ma cin g. Fis h cor
pen nag e cables.
co pro vid e lea d-i ns for em
and con dit ion of screw
( r:) Check edg e distance
holes.

between aft boo m and

( d) Pro vid e for clearance
gra dCle ara nce muse incre:ise
em pen nag e boo m ski ns.
5/ 16
to
cop
the
at
32) inc h
ual ly fro m 1/ 32 ( = 1/
.
ary
ess
nec
if
tom . File
( = 1/ 32) inc h at the bot
wit h air and remove
( e) Cle an ent ire assembly
all for eig n ma tter .
not available, em plo y
(f) If pro per jack sta nd is
.
e dur ing macing pro ced ure
10 me n co hol d em pen nag
co aft booms with screws
( g) Att ach em pen nag e
.
35 to 55 inc h-p oun ds torque
(see figure 57) , app lyi ng
em pen nag e ca.hies. Dra w
(b) Att ach fish cords to

wit h for wa rd cables in bat

to pro per pos itio n and join
lug gag e com par tme nt.
tery com par tme nt and in
and bungees.
(i) Rem ove fish cords
dui t and rad io ant enn as.
(i) Co nne ct electrical con
ord ing to par agr aph 4,
(k) Adjusc rig gin g acc
this section.
els.
( l) Rep lac e all access pan

cockpit.

81

RESTRICTED

_. .,. ._

RESTRICTED
ct,on IV

AN 01-7SFF-2

,rc,g raph 2

Figu re 56 -

Emp er.n age Com plet e

R TIP S.
b. HO RIZ ON TAL STA BIL IZE
zont al stab ilize r
(I) DES CRI PTI ON. - The hori
left and are attac hed
tips are inte rcha ngea ble righ t and
ge booms.
to the outb oard side s of the emp enna
arou nd inbo ard
(2) REM OV AL- Rem ove screws
outb oard .
cont our of tip and pull tip stra ight
(3) INS TAL LAT ION .
o,e all fore ign
( a) Clea n tip with air and rem

(2) REM OVA L. (See figu re 56.)

thro ugh resu lt(a) Raise or low er elev ator and,
push -pul l tube from
ing surf ace gap, disc onne ct tab
-4A bolt and AN3 65actu atin g unit by rem ovin g AN3
1032 nut "G. "
g two sma ll skin
(b) Rem ove the screws atta chin
of left: hand edge of
plat es on upp er and low er surf aces
the elev ator "D. "
ws atta chin g
(,) Remove the 24 NAS 205 -8 scre
ele\ 'ator to torq ue tube s "E."

matt er.
ition of screw
(b) Che ck edge dista nce and cond
holes.

ws abov e and
( c) Fit in plac e, with thre e scre

belov..

at butt join t.
( d) Check for 1 / 32-i nch cltar ance
Rcm o"e and file if necessary.
( e) Inst all all screws.

clears emp enna ge boo m.

I
[I
-'

hing e bear ing

( e) Inse rt screw driv er betw een
to left unti l
ator
elev
hou sing s and pin brackets, pryi ng
. Do not
ings
bear
r
thei
hing e pins are dise ngag ed from
dam age the bear ings "F."
the two outb oard
(f) Disc onne ct bon ding link s at
surf ace gaps "F."

,. ELEV A TOR . ,.
tor is mad e in one
(l) DES CRI PTI ON .-Th e elcn
stab ilize r bv ballal
zont
panel and is atta ched to the hori
act~ ate a ~orque
es
cabl
g
bear ing hing es. The oper atin
ue tubes are
torq
The
.
boom
ge
tube in each emp cnna
faste ned to the elev ator by screws.
82

notc h at left end

( d) Raise elev ator unti l skin

remove.
( g) Pull elev ator up and zfc to
(3) INS TAL LAT IO!\ i.
rcm o"e all for(a) Clea n ele\' ator with air and
eign mat ter.

RESTRICTED

Secti on IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

I
I
[

r
I
I
I
I

NOT E:
I.
2.
3.
4.

Refe r to Draw ing 223000.

noted .
All screw s are NAS 2058 excep t as hs
16ths.
Dash numb ers indic ate screw lengt in
For torqu etub e futen ings, see text

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.

Skin Plate s, Rudd er Rem oval

Vert ical Stab ilize r, Upp er
Hori zont al Stab ilize r
Torq ue Tube , Elev ator
Elev ator
Ba lanc e Arm

7.
8.
9.
10.
11 .
12 .

Bala nce Weig ht

Rudd er, Upp er
Rudd er Tab
Push -pull Tube
Emp enna ge Boom , Aft
Stab ilize r Tip

Figu re 57 -

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Rudd er, Low er

Torq ue Tube , Rudd er
Cop
Vert ical Stab ilize r, Low er
Emp ennc ge Boom , Forw ard
Boom , Aft

Emp enna ge Insta llati on

83
RESTRICTED

s.c tio n IV
Par agr aph 2

RESTRICTED
AN 01- 75F F-2

ew in the ext rem e f_or( b) Pu t tab act uat ing scr

uau ng
tig hte n bol t thr oug h tab act
war d pos itio n. Do not
uni t atta chi ng clevis.
all ski n pla tes at left(c) Rem ove the two sm
han d edg e of ele vat or.
tha t hin ge pin s con tac t
(d) Ho ld ele vat or so
are
ht unt il pin s and bea rin gs
bea rin gs, the n slid e to rig

I
i

par agr aph 4 e (4) , this

(f) Ad jus t acc ord ing to

sec uon .

els .
( g) Rep lac e all access pan

e. EL EV AT OR TO RQ UE
WE IG HT .

TU BE Al' \D BA LA NC E

d
e figure 57. ) -T he inb oar
(1) DE SC IUP TIO N. (Se
the
on
gs
rin
are car ried in bea
end s of the tor que rub es
, attor que tub e bal anc e arm
e
Th
sta bili zer rea r spa r.
er
tap
two
by
e
end of the cub
tac hed to the out boa rd
the
to
pin
a
r
ove
tha t slip s
pin s, con tain s a bea rin g
the m
s ext end for wa rd, and to
arm
e
Th
m.
em pen nag e boo
ts.
igh
we
e
anc
bal
the
cab les and
are fas ten ed the con tro l

eng age d.
s at two out boa rd lead( e) Co nne ct bon din g link
ing edg e cut-outs.
tor que tubes wit h 24
(f) Att ach ele vat or to
of the left and rig ht sides.
NA S20 58 screws at eac h
(2) RE MO VA L
t-ha nd edg e of ele vat or
( g) Rep lac e ski n at lef
rd boo m fillets fro m
( a) Rem ove low er out boa
s.
ew
scr
5-8
S20
NA
12
usi ng
e figure 57, pan el "53 .")
ara nce berd em pen nag e booms. (Se
cle
wa
h
for
inc
163/
to
8
1/
(h) Ch eck for
(See par agr aph c (2) ,
(b) Rem ove the ele vat or.
all adj ace nt ski n surfaces.
twe en ele vat or ski n and
pre ced ing .)
pus h-p ull tub e and ad(i) Co nne ct ele vat or tab
iliz er tips. ( See par a.
tion
sec
s
4 e (4) , thi
( c) Rem ove hor izo nta l stab
jus t acc ord ing to par agr aph
gra ph b (2) , pre ced ing .)
acc ord ing to par agr aph
(j) Tes t ele vat or con tro l
ing
cub e sup por ting -br ack et
adj ust if necessary acc ord
( d) Rem ove the torq ueA)
4 d (5) , this sec tion , and
e boo m (fig ure 71, view
s section.
in the for wa rd em pen nag
the
to
ts
cke
to par agr aph 4 d (4) , thi
bra
ng
chi
ts atta
by rem ovi ng the fou r bol

3-5 A, and nut s are AN 365

AN
are
lts
Bo
d. EL EV AT OR TA B.
ad.
khe
bul
m
boo
e ele vat or tab is loc ate d
1032.
(1) DE S:: :R! PT IO N.- Th
the
er pin s, AC386-3-25,
e in the tra ilin g edg e of
( e) Rem ove the two tap
at the air pla ne cen ter lin
h
wit
ge
hin
a
by
or
vat
the ele
n to the tor que tube.
ele vat or. It is atta che d co
atta chi ng the con tro l hor
to
ted
nec
con
is
and
,
pin
l hin ge
a cor ros ion res ista nt stee
the inb oar d end of the
h(f) Rem ove the nu t on
izo nta l sta bili zer by a pus
hor
the
in
nut s,
t
uni
ing
uat
the act
r bol ts, AN 3-4 A, and
of the ele vat or secures
tor que tub e and the fou
end
t
lef
the
que
at
tor
clip
the
A
to
e.
pul l tub
the pin flange
56, item "H .")
AN 365 -10 32, atta chi ng
ure
.
fig
e
pin
(Se
g
.
rin
pin
bea
ge
the
hin
ar
the tab
boa rd to cl_e
tub e. Sli de the tub e out
(2) RE MO VA L.
d and aft to fre e it fro m
( g) Slide the tub e inb oar
the res ult ing
h
oug
thr
and
or,
vat
ele
anc e weights.
( a) Rai se the
the con ~o l hor n and bal
rem ove bea rin g
and
e
cub
ull
h-p
pus
tab
n fro m the boo m.
gap dis con nec t the
(h) Rem ove the con tro l hor
56, item "G .")
on end of tub e. (See fig ure
clip sec uri ng the hin ge
(3) IN ST AL LA TIO N.
(b) Rem ove the scr ew and
."
"H
or.
vat
ele
ced ure .
pin to the
(a) Reverse rem ova l pro
ilar to fig ure
(sim
pin
ge
hin
the
( c) Wi thd raw
vat or acc ord ing to par a( b) Tes t and adj ust . ele
49) .
, this section.
.
gra phs 4 d (5) and 4 d (4)
( d) Pul l tab aft to rem ove
(3) IN ST AL LA TIO N.
f. RU DD ER . (Se e figu re 57. )
n
eig
for
all
ove
rem
and
e rud der s are con stru cte d
( a) Cle an tab wit h air
(1) DE SC RI PT IO N.- Th
ge
ma tter .
low er, and are int erc han
in two sections, upp er and
sist ant steel hin ge pin
l
-re
ica
ion
ert
,
ros
the
cor
to
d
tall
che
Ins
atta
(b)
.
and left. Ru dde rs are
e (4) , this
1
ht
rig
aph
e
agr
abl
par
in
es
en
tub
giv
acc ~rd mg to pro ced ure
hin ges and to the tor que
sta bili zer by bal l-b ear ing
sec uon .
cou nte rba lan ce ext end s
scr ew (fig ure
each oth er by screws. A
and
to
clip
and
h
v.it
pin
ge
hin
( c) Secure
e of each sec tion .
for wa rd of the hin ge lin
5.6, item "H ").
e.
( d) Att ach pus h-p ull tub
(2) RE MO VA L. ,
h
wit
h
inc
163/
to
1/ 8con nec ting the upp er
( e) Ch eck cle ara nce of
a) Remove the six screws
and
(
er
upp
h
bot
and
ht
rig
s.
ele vat or ski n at lef t and
and low er rud der section
low er sur fac es.
84

RESTRICTED

Section IV
Paragra ph 2

RESTRICTED

AN 01-75FF-2

( b) Disconnect cab push-pu ll cube from accuac-

ing unic through cuc-ouc in rudder "10."

( c) Remove the four skin places on the vertical

stabilize rs ac che rudder balance weight cuc-oucs "l."

( d) Remove screws attachin g rudder co rudder
torque cube.

( e) Raise the upper rudder and lower che boccom

rudder until che hinge pins are disengag ed from cheir
bearings .

(f)

I
I

I
I
I
I
I
H

I
I

Detach bonding links ac the hinge connecin upper and lower rudder.
each
tions, one
( g) Pull rudder slowly aft.
Note

Eicher the upper or lower rudder may be removed independepcly.

( a) Clean rudder with air and remove all foreign

matter.
( b) Put tab actuating screw in the extreme for,
ward position . Do not tighten bole through tab actuating unit attachin g clevis.
(c) Reverse steps (a) through (g) of removal
procedu re (paragra ph (2) precedin g).

Vs

to %6 -inch clearance between

rudder skin and all adjacent skin surfaces.
( e) Test rudder control accordin g to paragrap h
4 f (5), this seetion, and adjust if necessary accordin g
co paragra ph 4 f (4), this section.
g. RUDDE R TABS. (See figure 57.)
(1) DESCR IPTION .-The rudder tab is attached
to its rudder by a hinge with a corrosio n-resista nt steel
hinge pin, and is connected to the actuatin g unit by a
push-pu ll rube. A clip in the rudder at the lower end of
the upper rudder secures the hinge pin.
(2) REMOV AL.
( a) Remove screw and cotter attachin g push-pu ll
rube co tab.
(b) Remove lower rudder. (See paragrap h

{2),

precedin g.)
( c) Remove the dip and screw which secure the

hinge pin.
( d) Withdra w the hinge pin.

( e) Pull tab aft to remove.

( a) Clean cab wich air and remove all foreign

macrer.
( b) Install corrosio n-resista nt steel hinge pin according to procedu re given in paragrap h l e (4), this
secuon.
(c) Secure hinge pin wich clip (similar to item
56).
figure
"H,"
(d) Attach push-pu ll rube.
( e) Check clearanc e of

Vs to %6 inch wich rudder

skin at top and bottom and both left and right forward
surfaces.
(f) Adjust accordin g co paragrap h 4 g (4), chis
section.
( g) Replace all access panels.
h. RUDDE R TORQU E TUBES. (See figure 57.)

(3) INSTAL LATION.

(a) Check for

(3) INSTAL LATION .

(1) DESCR IPTION .-The torque tubes, bearings ,

brackets, and arms are assembled as units and are attached co the vertical stabilizers by boles. The concrol
arm projects outboard from each rube and connects by
a push-pu ll tube to the walking beam in the boom.
(2) REMOV AL.
( a) Remove the lower outboar d fillet of empen,

nage boom. (See figure 57, panel "53".)

(b) Remove che rudders. (See paragrap h

precedin g.)

(2),

(c) Remove the aft empenn age booms. (See

paragrap h i (2), followin g.)
( d) Disconn ect che push-pu ll rube from che
torque tube arm.
(e) Remove the six AN3-5A and 16 NAS205-10
screws attachin g the torque-r ube-bear ing brackets to the
vertical stabilizers.
(f) Slip che rube assembly aft co remove.

(3) INSTAL LATION .

(a) Reverse removal procedu re.
( b) Ad just rudders and tabs according to paragraph 4 f (4) and 4 g (4), this seetion.

i. EMPEN NAGE BOOM. (See figure 57.)

(1) DESCR IPTION .-The empenna ge boom consists of cwo pares, the forward empen~a ge boom "16"
and the aft empenn age boom "11," which are joined at
fuselage scacion 430. The empenn age boom forms a cail
cone to the afr boom "18," the tail cone fairing to a
trailing edge flush with the horizont al stabilizer tip and
with the elevator when it is in ne1 ' position. The
horizont al stabilize r tip is am1ched co both fore-and -aft
sections. The forward empenn age boom supports che

RESTRICTED

85

~ , .

l
RESTRICTED

AN 01-75FF- 2

S.ciion IV
P'aragrap h 2

horizonta l and vercical stabilizer s, and houses the actua~1s

1 ,. ,, .. of che rudder and elevator controls. Access
.

"
inJ! ,n,-.ao'""
.
)
53
(panel
fillet
provided chrough the lower outboard

'

(2) REMO\' AL.

( a) Remove the lower oucboar<l cmpcnn., ,:: ,
(panel "53").
( b) Remove the rudders. ( Sec paragr:i: ~

preceding .)

(Z) REMO\' AL.

( c) Remove che boles and screws actacn :::~

( a) FOR\X'ARD EMPENN AGE BOOM.

]. Remove empennag e. (See paragrap h a (1),

preceding .)
2. RemoYe horizonta l stabilizer tip. (See paragraph b (2), preceding .)
3, Remove vertical stabilizer. (See paragraph
j (2), following .)
4, Remove horizonta l stabilizer.
graph k (2), following .)

(See para-

der torque tube co the stabilizer.

( d) Secure the rudder tab crank in co.:"
that it cannot be turned.
(e) In the baggage and battery comp.1~:
attach bungee to forward end of rudder tab c::.:- .
'
cord to aft end. Disconne ct cable at curnbud, "
figure 58.)
(f) In the horizonta l stabilizer discor.r., :
rudder tab cable and attach fish cords to each er. ,
move the micarta tab cable stops. ( See figure S~ '

(b) AFT EMPENN AGE BOOM.

I . ._Remove horizonta l stabilizer tip. (See paragraph (b), preceding .)
2. Remove the screws attaching aft empcnnag e
boom to forward empennag e boom. (See figure 57.)

3. Move rudder to extreme outboard position.

4. Pull aft and outboard to remove.

(3) INSTAL LATION .

(a) FORWA RD EMPENN AGE BOOM. -Reverse removal procedure .

(b) AFT EMPENN AGE BOOM.

I. Clean with air and remove foreign particles.

2. Check edge distance and condition of screw

Figure 58 -

holes.
3. Provide for %2 -inch clearance be~eeo skin
of forward and aft empennag e booms. File if necessary.

4. Move rudder

Note
The above item applies when both n ' ~: ,:
stabilizer s are co be removed. If, howeve:. ,,,
the left one is to be removed, attach a bi.:::;,.
co the right end of the cable and remove 0:-.
the stop on the left cable, and vice , ,~,
Either the upper or the lower sections oi :" .

to extreme outboard posicion.

5. Mate aft empennag e boom with forv,ard

empennag e boom and fasten with screws. (See .figure 57.)
j. VERTIC AL STABILI ZERS. (See figure 57.)
(1) DESCRI PTION- The vertical stabilizer s are
construct ed in upper and lower sections, interchan geable
right and left. In the upper sections are the rudder tab
actuating units, a navigatio n light showing on the outboard side only ( the light may be installed from either
side), one elevator control pulley, and two rudder tab
control pulleys. Each lower section carries one elevator
control pulley and a steel shoe to protect the lower tip
against damage in the event of a tail-down landing. The
rudder hinge brackets and the rudder torque tubes are
attached to the rear spars.
86

Bungee on Cable

vertical stabilizer may be removed sep:.:::.

The following directions are for rem,, , -

both.
( g) Tape tab cables at drum co c:,,.

winding.
(b) Remove ele,ator cable from sc:1::-,.,~

1. Release cable tension at turnbu,;..; ,

gage and/ or battery compartm ents.

RESTRICTED

UJ

Sec tio n IV
Pa rag rap hs 2 - 3

RESTRICTED
AN Ot- 7S FF -2

cen ter
the lea din g edg e at che
cachmenc, 1s loc ate d on
line.
(2) RE MO VA L.
(1) ,
e. (See pa rag rap h"
(a) Remove em pcn nag

mi nal at ele vat or bal

2. Di sco nn ect cable ter
71, view A. )
ance arm . ( See figure
s
ele vat or cab le pulley
3. Re mo ve bo lts in
).
57
re
;" and "5 6" (fi gu
thr ou gh access hol es "5

cable ter mi nal s to pro

-/. Accach fish cor ds co
vid e lead-ins.
r;
fro m vertical scabili1.e
5. \X' ith dra w cables
reis
r
ize
nag e bo om v.hen sta bil
coil an d tap e co em pen
mo ved .
tic al
ews att ach ing the ver
(i) Re mo ve the scr
.
scabi.l ize r co the bo om
the low er stabilizer.
(j) Lo we r an d remove
che
sta bil ize r and thr ou gh
( k) Raise the up per
the
ove
em pen nag e bo om rem
up pe r op en ing in the
be
se
mu
ys in em pen nag c bo om
rud der cab cables. Pu lle
rem ov ed.
locaan d cie in con ven ien t
(I) De tac h fish GOrds
ns.
tio ns co pro vid e lea d-i
an d tap e in conCo il rud de r cab cables

preceding.)

pre(See par agr aph c (2) ,

(b) Re mo ,e c:lcvacor.

ced ing .)

aph
stabilizers. (See par agr
( c) Re mo ve ver tic al

( m)

ven ien t loc ati on .

I
u

I
I
I

r~ -

(3) lt'J ST AL LA TIO N.

and
bil ize r wi th air hose
( a) Cle an ver tic al sta
tte r.
rem ove all for eig n ma
of scr ew
dis tan ce and con dit ion
e
edg
eck
( b) Ch
holes.
ski n
nch cle ara nce bet we en
( c) Pro vid e for l '3:!i
Fil e
m.
boo
e
nag
pen
of for wa rd em
of sta bil ize r and ski n
if necessary.
d-i ns
for rud der tab cable lea
( d) Sering fish cords
bista
on tal
boom an d in the ho riz
in the aft em pen nag e
ead y in pla ce.
liz er if the y are no t alr
up pe r
for ele vat or cables in
(e) Str ing fish cords
y in
ead
alr
t
bil ize r if they are no
and low er ver tic al sta
place.
ce,
n is mo ved int o pla
(f) As sta bil ize r sectio
.
les
cab
rig
ns to cables and
att ach fish cor d lea d-i
57. )
wi th screws. (See fig ure
( g) At tac h sta bil ize r
)
qu e tube. (See figure 57.
(h ) At tac h rud der tor
rag rap h f, pre ced ing ).
(i) Ins tal l rud der s (pa
der s and rud de r tab ac( j) Ad jus t elevator, rud
n.
4 d, f, and g, this sectio
cor din g to par agr aph s
els.
Re pla ce all access pan

j (2) pre ced ing .)

ator qu e cubes. (See par
( d) Remove ele ,acor
.)
gra ph e (2) , pre ced ing
le
cab cable at access ho
( e) Di sco nn ect rud der
ter
th
bo
co
ds
5 ). Att ach fish cor
"34 " (re fer to figure
cab
on
ps
sco
a
arc
ns. Re mo ve mic
minals to pro vid e lea d-i
cab act uat ing dru ms .
r
de
rud
cable lines. Ta pe
tab cable pulleys in for
(f) Di sco nn ect ele vat or
s.
wa rd em pen nag e bo om
to
s att ach ing che boo ms
( g) Re mo ve the screw
r.
the ho riz on tal sta bil ize
ize r.
fro m ho riz on tal sta bil
( h) Se par ate bo om s
in
les
cab
e
thd raw , coil, and cap
Decach fish cor ds; wi
con ven ien t loc ati on .
.
(3) IN ST AL LA TI ON
an d
co be assembled wi th air
( a) Cle an all un its
r.
remo,e for eig n ma tte
of screw
distance an d con dit ion
ge
( b) Check ed

( k)

57 .)
AB ILI ZE R. (S u figure
k. HO RI ZO NT AL ST
ize r is
-T he ho riz on tal sta bil
( l) DE SC RI PT IO N.
Th e rea r
che em pen nag e boom.
fas ten ed at each end co
gs, the
rin
hin ge brackets and bea
spa r car rie s the ele vat or
or cab
vat
ele
tor qu e cube, and che
end of each ele vat or
a acenn
ant
io
, for alt ern ate rad
acruacing un it. An eye

holes.

clearance bet we en skin

em pen nag e
r and skin of for wa rd
of ho riz on tal scab'ilize
.
boom. File if necessary
les
d-ins for rud de r cab cab
( d) Sering fish cor d lea
alr ead y in pla ce.
in the sta bil ize r if no t
are
bo om on each sid e
( e) As sta bil ize r and
cab
der
rud
co
fish cor d lead-in
moved int o place, att ach
ele
ide
gu
e,
sid
ce. At lef t-h and
cable and dra w int o pla
m.
boo
e
nag
d pulleys in em pen
vat or cab cables aro un
ize r co em pen nag e
(f) At tac h ho riz on tal stae bil
len gth s.)
ews. (Se figure 57 for
booms wich .:'.'1AS205 scr
( c) Pro vid e for

I ::::inch

3. BODY GROUP.

g of the
body gro up , con sis tin
a. GE NE RA L- Th e
s,. is jigtion, and forv.ard bo om

fuselage, che cen ter sec

h is conced cogecher, and as suc
maced, riv ete d an d bol
m is also
abl e unit. Th e .!f t boo
sid ere d as an irr epl ace
~ rep lac eab le.
jig -m ate d and b.9Jg_d
b. FUSELAGE.
eted
fuselage is a flush-riv
( 1) GE .:-l ER AL .-T he
.
ure Th e
qu e go nd ola -ty pe str uct
all-mecal sem i-m on oco
87

RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED

Se:tio n IV
Parag raph 3

1.
2.
3.

Winds hield Panel, Front

Rear View Mirro r
Hatch

AN 01-7SFF-2

4.

5.
6.

Figure 59 -

Windo w Panel, Right Side

Windo w Panel , Left Side
See l, Windo w to Dive Fillet

Cockp it Enclosure

rrlov.er sectio n contai ns rhe nose landin g gear, a compa

links,
and
cases
ment for receiv ing ejected canno n shell
and
major units of the hydra ulic pressu re contro l system,
,
valves
fuel
The
contro l valves for flaps and landin g gear.
surface
and
engine
straine rs, booste r pumps , and the
of
contro l cables are also locate d in the lower sectio n
the fuselage.
The upper section contai ns the armam ent, cockpit,
and radio compa rtmen ts. Access to the armam ent comby
parrm ent is provid ed by two hinged panels secured
r.s
contai
ge
fusela
the:
Dzus fasten ers. The afr sectio n of
the hydra ulic reserv oir, flap motor drive, and the mount
ing ladder .

(c) CLEA NING .-App ly soap and water with

e.
the bare hands, a grit-free soft cloth, chamois. or spo:1g
do
Use kerosene or naphth a to remov e grease or oil, but
wnot use acetone, benzene, lacque r thinne rs, or windo
or
cleani ng soh-ents, as these chemi cals will soften
glass
the
"craze " the surface. Never rub the surface of
and
with a dry clot!-:. as this tends to scratch the surface,
t
aruac
also builds up an electro-static charge , which will
the
dust particles. After any cleani ng operat ion, blot
such
any
glass with a clean, damp chamois co neutra lize
charge. Apply autom obile or furnit ure v,ax to cover
minor ~cratches and provid e a glossy finish.

(d) REPL ACEM E!'.TS .

(2) WIND SHIE LD.

( a) DESC RIPT lO~. - The winds hield is composed of three sepa:a te giass paneis. The front bulletproof panel is made of five layers of glass, set in transparen t plastic . The side panels arc made of cv.o layers
m
of glass set in the same piastic. All panels are held
the alumi num alloy fr:.o.:: by alumin um retzir.e::s.

I. Replace weath erstrip s when wore.

2. Replace cracked, chippe d, or broke n glass.

(e) INSTA LLAT ION. (See figure 60.)

Note

( b) REMO VAL.
1. Remon !cf t and right di"e fillets. ( See fig-

ure 59.)

2. Remo , screws from retainers and lift out

glass panels .
66

7.
8.
9.

Aft Canop y
Dive Fillet
Winds hield Panel, Side

RESTRICTED

All cemcms must confo rm to U . S. Army Specification 26;44 . Remove center panel before
install ing either side panel. Tight en nut~ fingertight plus one-ha lf rum.

Sec tion IV
RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Sea l
Pla te
P. Sea l
Q. An gle
R. Pan el
s. Ret ain er
T. Sup por t
u. An gle
V. Sea l
w. Re tain er
Re tain er

N.
0.

Pan el
Re tain er
Sea l
D. An gle
E. Fra me
F. An gle
G. Su ppo rt
H. Bin din g
I. Bu lkh ead
J. Pan el
K. Re tain er
l. Sea l

A.
8.
C.

':

M.

x.

Y.

Zee

Zee
0
0
0

,..-c
6 0

TE
-RIG HT HAN D OPPOSI
LEFT HAN D SHO WN

SECTION E-E

l. NA S20 5-1 3 Scr ew

LS40-4-16 Sp ace r
2. NA S20 5-9 Scr ew

3. Fas ten er
4. NA S20 5-9 Scr ew
LS560-9 Scr ew
AN 364 - l 032 Nu t

I
I
I
I

5. Fas ten er
6 . NA S20 5- l 2 Scr ew
AN 364 -10 32 Nu t

7. AN 4-6 A Bolt

AN 365 -42 8 Nu t
AC 940 -4 l 6 Wo she r

SECTION

..

C-C

SECTION D-D

Fig ure 60 -

I.

8. LS5 60- 10 Scr ew

LS560- 13 Scr ew
AN 960 10 Wo she r
AN 365 - l 032 Nu t

9. NA S20 5- l 2 Scr ew
NA S20 5-1 4 Scr ew
AN 365 -10 32 Nu t
AC 366 Fl0 32 Nu t
LS640-4- l O Spa cer
ew
10. NA S20 5- l 8 Scr
NA S20 5- l 6 Scr ew
NA S20 5- l 4 Scr ew
AN 365 - l 032 Nu t
LS640-4- l 8 Sp ace r
LS640 -4- l 7 Sp ace r
LS640-4- l O Sp ace r
LS640-4-9 Spa cer
11. NA S20 5- l 3 Scr ew

Wi nds hie ld Ins tall atio n

89

.'\

RESTRICTED

~- .

-;.

s.ction

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

rv

,.aragroph 3

J. LEFT PANEL
(See figure 60, sectiom C-C, D-D and E-E.)

of. Remove hand crank, cover plate, and cable

drum assembly.

a. Ccmcm seal "V" to angle "U" and put

5. Remove bracket 231425 and hooks 192820.

;insle in place.
b. Apply putty along support "T."
c. Put panel "R" in place and remove excess
puny.
d. Locate spacers.
e. Screw retainers "S" and "W" in place.
2. RIGHT PANEL. (See figure 60, sections
D-D nnd E-E.)-Insrnllation procedure identical to that
for left panel, using right-hand rather than left-hand
part!..
3. CENTER PANEL.

I
I

(See figure 60, sectiom A -A, B-B, and E-E.)

a. Cement seal "C" to right and left angles
"D" and put angles in place.
b. Rivet binding "H" to bulkhead "I."

I
l

c. Screw angle "Q" to bulkhead.

d. Cement seal "N" to Zee extrusion "M."
e. Apply putty along frame "E" and Zee
extrusions ".M:" and "Y."
f. Put panel "A" in place and remove excess
192820 HOOK

putty.
g. Put plate "O" in place and bolt at lower
end.
h. Cement seal "L" to panel "A" and plate
"O."

i. Screw retainers "B" and "X" in place.

23 I~, BRACKET

j. Fasten panel "J" in place.

(3) SIDE COCKPIT ENCLOSURE.

(a) DESCRIPTION.-The side cockpit enclosure consists of two plastic glass ~indows located one
on each side of the cockpit. Each window, reinforced
with stainless steel strips, fits in a slot between the front
shear beam and the main beam and may be raised or lowered by a hand crank mounted on the side of the cockpit.
A ratchet and pawl allow the window to be raised, but
it muse be released by a knob located near the crank before it can be lowered.

u
I

11

. jl ]1111 ]I

(b) REMOVAL. (See figure 61.)

1. Remove cockpit hatch. (See paragraph ( 4)

(c), following.)
_
2. Remove lower wing fillet-items "79" RH
and "146" LH, figure 3.
3. Disconnect cables from bracket 231425.
90

1111111111111111111111

For Key to Cables, See Section IX.

Figure 61 RESTRICTED

Window Controls

Ii I

Se cti on IV
RESTRICTED
AN 01 -75 FF -2

I
I

'I

Pa rag rap h 3

-painted ha nd le loER ATI ON .-T he red

OP
b)
(
l above pil ot
).
the windshie!d channe
str ip "7 " (figure 62
of
ing
r
ain
nte
ce
ret
the
aft
in
ve
ed
mo
cat
6. Re
are connected
bo th ends of which
ain ing
le,
ret
cab
nt
a
fro
co
in
d
s
he
ew
ac
att
scr
is
ese pins are
7. Re mo ve cop rwo
d pin s co a latch. Th
an
ls
na
mi
ter
vis
).
cle
60
by
using,
" (fi gu re
gs contained in a ho
scrips LH an d RH "W
po sit ion by coil sp rin
in
ld
he
slack in the
l ouc.
sio n eliminates any
ten
t
8. Li ft wi nd ow pa ne
tan
ns
co
the
s
thu
pins a do or
pr otr ud ing ends of che
the
es
S.
giv
IR
d
PA
an
RE
le
CE
cab
le hooks int o
(c ) M AI NT EN AN
d of a piv oti ng ha nd
en
e
On
.
ion
act
ch
pre
lar
che ocher en d
pa rag rap h (2 ) (c)
an d wi th a half-cum
tch
ha
the
of
I. CL EA NI NG .-S ee
et
ck
the
bra
a
loc kin g the latch in
d be hin d che latch,
pe
ap
sn
ceding.
is

pro en er al recommended
DO W N position.
2. FI NI SH IN G. -G
give
releases che hatch. To
hes:
A pu ll on the ha nd le
les
cedure fo r de ep scratc
nd
outside, two small ha
the cockpit fro m the
to
ess
he
acc
channel. W n
No te
for wa rd side of che
che
on
y.
d
sar
ace
ces
loc
ne
are
ely
s releasing the
unless ab so lut
ec tly on the larch pin
Do no t san d surface
tur ne d, these act dir
t two inches, pro the ha tch rises ab ou
d,
ke
loc
Un
.
,
tch
ha
tli ne d above.
If, du e co emergency
a. Cl ea n surface as ou
for ma nu al op en ing .
ce
spa
ing
the
r
vid
will tea
a
in flight, air pressure
er (N o. 320) aro un d
rhe ha tch is released
b. W ra p wee san dp ap
cy exit. To
gen
e,
)er
fre
e!T
a
d
th
ck an d san d wi
ing an un im pe de
ow
blo
all
eti
ay
od
aw
wo
or
tch
ha
er
d, a Yale loc k
al
sm oo th ru bb
are a to pre ve nt op tic
pla ne is lef t un att en de
de
air
if
wi
,
er
pit
ov
ck
co
nd
Sa
ure
n.
sec
cir cu lar mo tio
es against che ha tch
the ha rch , which latch
in
led
tal
ins
is
e
dis tor tio n.
gh ly an d rep ea t abov
su pp ort .
c. W as h surface tho rou
.
ap er (N o. 40 0)
dp
san
e
we
er
fin
a
( c) RE MO VA L.
op era cio n wi th
cwo
dsan
of
d
tea
hin ge screws an d the
ins
ailable,
1. Remove the two
d. If eq uip me nt is av
wh ee l driven
co tto n mu sli n buffing
aft telescope screws.
the
ing , buff su rfa ce wi th
wi th rou ge
eel
wh
che
ad
Lo
.
d fasten rod pa rt of
tor
mo
2. Remove ha tch an
l
ee
d
by a hig h sp ee d dr ill
wh
an
ep
rod
Ke
.
ing
ck
los
pre ve nt
jeweler's rou ge blo
co hin ge on ha tch to
e
nt
op
ve
esc
by ru bb ing ag ain st
pre
tel
co
e
fac
d lig htl y ov er sur
mo vin g qu ick ly an
sp rin g.
S. - See pa ra.
TE NA l'-i CE REPAIR
ng
IN
mp
bu rni
MA
da
)
th
(d
wi
er
an
de
bo dy
e. Ap ply au tom ob ile
) (c) 2, preceding.
lar morion. Regr ap h (2 ) (c) an d (3
cu
cir
e
fre
a
th
v.i
b
pa d of so ft clo th. Ru
e figure 62 .)
AF T CA NO PY . (Se
mp so ft cloth.
)
da
(5
a
th
wi
er
an
de
move
aft canopy, co mp os ed
tom ob ile or fur nit ure
SC RI PT IO N. -T he
DE
)
(a
f. Ap ply a go od au
a
io co mp art me nt. Th e
co dry fo r
th pad. Al low wa x
c pa ne ls covers the rad
sti
clo
a
pla
o
th
tw
wi
tal
of
ly
en
ev
wa x
th.
c sheets firced in me
h wi th a clean, dry do
IA -inch cu rve d plasti
lis
are
po
d
ls
A
an
ne
al.
pa
ds
ov
on
rem
sec
few
for quick
d by Ai rlo c fasteners
oval pro ure
rem
sec
s
rse
es
me
ve
vid
fra
Re
pro
.
me
fra
( d) IN ST AL LA TI ON
er cemented co the
sy nth eti c rub be r lin
ver.
co
che
d
an
rk
fra me wo
cedure.
the seal be tw ee n the
No te
wi th
(b ) RE M OV AL .
61 ) pro pe rly ali gn ed
To keep pa wl (fi gu re
nt an d lea dt the an ten na a ttachme
the pa wl has
ec
til
nn
un
t
sco
nu
Di
1.
the
n
hte
the rat ch et, tig
ely.
bu t sti ll can tur n fre
in thr ou gh the glass.
no lat era l mo ve me nt
ers an d remove
er
ac
sp
the
of
d
en
ec t the Ai rlo c fasten
the
nn
sco
file
Di
co
y
2.
sar
ces
ne
(It may be
clearrotaces.) Ma xim um
canopies.
on wh ich the pa wl
PAIRS. - See pa rah.
inc
3
.00
is
er
AI NT EN AN CE RE
sh
M
wa
d
(c)
an
wl
pa
n
ee
tw
an ce be
) ( c) 2, preceding.
gr ap h (2 ) ( c) an d (3
H.
. (Se e figure 62 .)
(4 ) CO CK PI T HA TC
(d ) IN ST AL LA TI ON
CO
is a
," "3 ," an d "4 "
eld retainers "I ," "2
- Th e co ck pit ha tch
W
N.
.
I
IO
PT
RI
SC
DE
( a)
me. Th e ha tch
l firced to a fneral fra
ge the r.
ubber-coaced fabmo lde d pla sti c pa ne
ora ted
nt the .025 synchecic-r
co che frame. Inc orp
d
me
he
Ce
ac
2.
att
ge
hin
a
on
op en s af t
a tub e).
an d "4 ," as pe r U. S.
sto p (ro d sli din g in
ainers "I, " "2 ," "3 ,"
e
ret
op
to
esc
tel
ers
a
lin
is
ric
ge
in the hin
m in or ou tsi de
544.
embly concrolled fro
Ar my Specification 26
A pin an d cable ass
sit ion .
po
~n
do
the
in
91
tch
ha
the co ck pit locks che
RESTRICTED

,I

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75 FF-2

S.ctio n IV

LEFT HAND SHOW NRIGHT HAND OPPO SITE

SECTI ON

A -A

SECTI ON

1. Strip
2. Strip
3. Strip
4. Strip
5. Hatch
6. Freme
. 7. Retai ner
8. Liner
9. Faste ner
10. AC52 5-10- 10 Sc rew
LS6.40.-4-9 1h Space r
AN36 4- l 032 Nut
11. Pone(
12. Angle
13. Seel
14. Angle
15. Retai ner
16. Extru sion

C-C

1~ -~17

Figur e 62 -

92

.-

Aft Cano py

RESTRICTED

17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.

Skin
Faste ner
Retai ner
Space r
Faste ner
Retai ner
Ped
Supp ort
Block
Spoce r
Wash er

26. 'clam p
27. NAS205-3.4 Screw
NAS2 05-40 Screw
AN36 5-103 2 Nut
28. Liner
29. Troug h

'
[

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

O PE N

r
1. Lo ck Cy lin de
ng
tti
2. Fi
3. Pi n
4. Ho ok

5. Ca tch
6. Pu ll- up Ho ok
7. Do or

CL OS ED

OP ~R AT ION
4" (fig ure 65)
OP EN IN G
uat ing cyl ind er "
lock
, on the doo r act
ult ane ous ly, bu t
sim
Hy dra uli c flu id act
63)
ure
(fig
to its siz e.
k cyl ind er " 1"
d in pro por tio n
loa
r
an d the do or loc
alle
sm
o
pin "3. "
firs t as it hos
s cat ch "5" under
cyl ind er op era tes
en, a spring return
Wirh the doo r op

'

j.

I
I

'

11

val ve (ad ,
ClO SIN G
cau se of the rel ief
clo sin g doo r. Be
era te loc k
is
op
er
not
ind
cyl
can
or
id
1. Do
line , flu
it flo ws
in the hyd rau lic
e,
in.)
for
sq
ere
Th
lb
in.
875
lb sq
jus ted to
is bui lt up to 875
re
ssu
pre
til
un
r.
cyl ind er
ses the doo
cyl ind er on d clo
fi rst lo the do or
No te
to lock
ssu re is app lie d
ve foi ls and pre
not mo ve
l
wil
re
ssu
pre
If rhe rel ief val
do or i, clo ,ed , th
5." Thus
cyl ind er bef ore the
hol ds rhe cat ch "
au, e the pin "3 "
hoo k "4"
the
t
ven
pre
the hoo k " 4" bec
h
rel ief val ve bot
the cat ch an d the
or is clo sed .
red bef ore the do
fro m bei ng op ua
on
str ike s the arm
l-u p hoo k "6"
"4 1'
r clo ses , the pul
" No w the hoo k
"3.
pin
the
2. Ai the doo
m
fro
llin g the cat ch
the cat ch "5 /' pu
i , fre e ro mo ve.
d bui lds up to
, the hyd rau lic flui ve (od jus red
or is fully clo sed
rel ief val
the
on
3. Wh en ,th e do
in.)
,q
fer enc e
pre ssu re (13 50 lb
lb sq in. -th e dif
ne rt ful l ys tem
ssu re up to 475
ind er
pre
cyl
s
The
Thu
.
1."
"
in.)
er
to 875 lb sq
the loc k cyl ind
do or
d 87 5-o cu on
"6" to latc h the
k
hoo
o
bet we en 135 0 an
l-u
pul
" 4" und er the
mo v., rhe hoo k
c u rel y.

Fi gu re 63 -

CLOSED

Op er at io n
ear Do or Lo ck ing
No se La nd in g GE
93
RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Section IV
Paragraph 3

3. Place retainers on panel.

-f. Locate spacers and washers and screw in

door actuating cylinder piston must ride fiber stop-block

to prevem vibration.

place.

Note

5. Locate panel in frame and secure with Air-

If, after door has reached its fully closed position, it needs adjustment at the forward end
either to keep it from closing too tightly or co
close it more tightly, make adjustment on pullup hook "6" by removing AN4-20A bolt,
AN365-428 nut and spacer and screwing
AN44-15 eye bolts in or out as required for
adjustment. Minimum thread engagement of
eye. bolts and door is 1A inch.

loc fasteners.
CAUTION

Do not tighten nuts more than finger-tight plus

one-half turn.
(6) NOSE LANDING GEAR DOOR.
(a) DESCRIPTION.-A single door, which encloses the nose gear, is operated by a hydraulic cylinder
connected di.ectly to the aft end of the door. A hydraulic latching device holds the front end of the door
tightly closed.

2. Remove hinge attaching bolts at upper

(fuselage) hinge bracket on aft three hinges.

(c) ADJUSTMENT. (See figure 63.)

3, Remove hinge attaching bolts at lower

( door) hinge bracket on forward hinge.

2. Break lock wire and close main gear shut-off

valves, located in lower engine bay sections. (See figure
241, item "Q.")

3, Disconnect the door actuating piston rod

( figure 65) at the aft end of door.

4. Retract nose gear using emergency hand

pump. Continue to pump up pressure until door actuating cylinder has completed its stroke. Hold safety
catch "5" open and bring hydraulic pressure up slowly,
noting the pressure at which the latch h ook "4" first
begins to move.
The nose door latch relief valve should release between 875 ( 25) lb/ sq in. pressure. If door
hook starcs to move at pressures outside these limits,
reset relief valve. See paragraph 19 h ( 5) ( d), this
section.

5. With nose gear door latch in the full open

position adjust latch actuating cylinder terminal so that
safety catch "5" r~sts over safety catch pin "3."
..
6. After latch is set, attach door actuating cylinder to door and close door, using hand pump.
.
7. The aft end of the door, in the open posinon, must clear gear during its UP or DOWN cycle. If
aft end of door fails to close completely adi"ust door

'
cyrin d er plSton
terminal.
When in the open
position,
94

zfflfti'

J. Disconnect door cylinder piston rod at door

bracket.

(b) OPERATION. (See figure 63.)

J. Pull tail to ground and hold with approximately 800 pounds weight. Distribute weights along
horizontal stabilizer or attach boom mooring fittings and
pull tail down. (See figure 28.)

~-~

(d) REMOVAL.

(e) INSTALLATION. - Reverse removal procedure. For aft three hinges use AN23-20 bolts, AN3203
nuts, and washers. For forward hinge use AN23-10
bolts, AN3203 nuts, and washers.

(7) MOUNTING LADDER.

(a) DESCRIPTION. - A retractable ladder is
built into the tail cone at the aft end of the fuselage.
A handhole is provided on the left side of the fu~elage
for assistance in mounting the ladder.

(b) OPERATION. (See figure 64.)

(c) REMOVAL. (See figure 64.)
J. Remove aft fuselage cone panel "85" (fig-

ure 3).

2. Remove small spring hooked to .handle catch

assembly "7."
3. Remove large spring hooked to lug near
ladder fulcrum and support arm pivot "6."

4, Remove skin button on side of cone panel

and unscrew ladder fulcrum pin.
5. Remove support arm pivot phi.
(d) ADJUSTMENT. (See figure 64.)-The ladder ~hen retracted must be flush with the surface of the
fuselage. An adjusting screw for raising and lowering
the retracted ladder connects the arm "7" to. the pivot
assembly "6." The screw is reached through the sloe for
the handle arm "5."

RESTRICTED

"

I
I
u

Sec tio n IV

RESTRICTED

Pa rag rap h 3

AN O1-75FF-2

'

i
I
I
I

EXTENDED
OPERATION
TO LOWER:
D UNTIL HANDLE "1"
PRESS CATCH T FORWAR
DLE AFT 45 DEGREES
HAN
PUU
L.
WEL
ITS
M
SPRINGS FRO
AT "A", ALLOWING
"7"
ARM
ASE
PAST VERTICAL TO RELE
NWARD.
UDDER '"8" TO SWING DOW
CAUTION -

I
r~
~-L
~d ~.-..c
~

IN CATCH T.

RD ANO FORWARD
PUSH HANDLE DOWNWA
T ASSEMBLY T.
PIVO
IN
O
~GE
ENG
IS
UNTIL LATCH ""4"
N POSITION.
DOW
THE
IN
ER
LEVER '"2"' LOCKS THE UDD

Figure 64 -

ER ARM
I. 237058 HANDLE- UDD

l 237057 LEVER ASSEMILY

LY
3. 236953 CATCH ASSEMB
CH
LAT
4. 237055-3

5. 237055 ARM ASSEMBLY

BEHIND UDDER.
DO NOT SUND DIRECTLY

TO RAISE;
PULL HANDLE DOWN
PRESS LEVER T FORWARD.
ED. PULL HANDLE
EAS
REL
IS
4
AND UT UNTIL LATCH
AGES AT T. MOVE HANDLE
UPWARD UNTIL ARM T ENG
IL UTCH ""4" IS ENGAGED
UNT
RD
FORWARD AND DOWNWA

ER DO HOT GRASP LEVER

CAUTION - WHEN USING UDD
RELEASE CAUSING INJURY
WIU
ER
UDD
T.
TO PERSONNEL USING IT.

6. 237063 PIVOT ASSEMBLY

Y
7. 237062 UM ASSEI.UL
MBL
a. 237053 UDDER ASSE Y

cha nis m
Mo un tin g La dde r Me

r. BO OM S.

d by
em pen nag e is sup po rte
( 1) GE NE RA L- Th e
ms
boo
e
nag
pen
end fro m the em
tw in boo ms wh ich ext
cwo
of
ts
sis
con
lls. Each boo m
co the eng ine fire wa
aft boom,
fon var d bo om a~d che
ma jor com pon ent s: the
gs.
din
hea
e
der the ir respectiv
wh ich are des cri bed un
.
(2) FO RW AR D BO OM
s
e for wa rd boo m ext end
( a) GE NE RA L. - Th
d
ate
-m
jig
is
and
ll to sta tio n 265
fro m rhe eng ine fire wa
supere ma in lan din g gea r and
Th
n.
tio
to rhe cen ter sec
tion.
sec
s
chi
in
ned
are con tai
cha rge r ins tal lat ion s
houc, inion is em plo yed chroug
Stressed ski n con str uct
the corof the wheel wells and
clu din g the ins ide ski n
ger heat.
n exposed to sup erc har
ros ion -re sis tan t steel ski

GE AR DO OR S.
( b) MA IN LA ND IN G
Tw o doors, hin ged to
1. DE SC RI PT IO N. rat e aucothe for wa rd boom, ope
the low er channels of
hyd rau lic
A
.
g gea r movement
maticall y wit h the lan din
ll ope rwe
eel
wh
aft end of the
cylinder located in the
lin kag e
a
h
oug
do or carriages thr
ates the fro nt and rea r
of cables and rods.
PA IR S.- Lig hte nin g
2. MA IN TE NA NC E RE
ne-fabered wich pinked air pla
holes in the doors are cov
ches
pat
d
age
dam
dope. Any
ric pat che s tre ate d wi th
ge
hin
in
rs
she
wa
ins tal lat ion of
muse be replaced. Th e
y.
pla
end
e
co eli mi nat
brackets may be var ied

RESTRICTED

figure 66. )
3. AD JU ST ME NT . ( Su
95

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Section IV
Paragrap h 3

l. Lock Cylinder

2. Plate
3. Door

4. Actuating Cylinder

5. Stop
6. Hook

Figure 65 -

Nose Landing Gear Door and Latch

carriage arm "D" to bri~g f~iward end of door

to contour.

CAUTION

Incorrect adust.ment will cause gear to lower

before the door opens resulting in the torque
-.urns striking the hinges.
a. \X1ith the doors disconnected from the caradjust piston length "A" so that the conarms,
riage
nected carriage reaches the full UP or latched position
when the piston is bottomed .
b_. Adjust cable lengths "F" and "G," maintaining a tension of 70 pounds, so that the front and
rear operating carriages are synchron ized and the cam
lock "B" on the front carriage has 1 :i:! to 1; i;inch clear
ance above the top of the needle bearing "C" for a rough
~
adjustme nt.

c. \X' ith the gear in the UP pos~ close

the main landing gear shut-off ,ahes "Q" ( figure 241 ) .
Operate hand pump very slowly until piscon is bottomed .
Note
, piston rod will still
bottomed
is
piston
When
extend;~ :! i_nch. Atrach and adjust one forward
96

d. Attach the aft carriage arm "E'' to the

same door and adjust arm so that door is flush v.ith
boom contour when piston is bottomed .

e. Operate door to see if cam Jock operates

should be a clearance of 11~ 2 inch
There
correctly.
(maximu m ~~Ii inch) between cam Jock and needle
bearing.
CAUTION

al and must be thorn in the UP cable should

to
piston travel after carriage has stopped.
e careful not ro alter

I
I
I

Section IV
Pa rag rap h 3

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

~
.._J...
.... .
.:,

~, ......

I
.I

u
I
I

r
I
.

..
.11~L

.;.:.

A.
B.
C.
D.

(
E. Af t Ca rri ag e Ar m
tm en t
jus
Ad
F. Do wn Co ble
t
en
tm
jus
G. Up Co ble Ad

en t
Pis ton Le ngt h Ad jus tm
k
Ca rri ag e Ca m Loc
Ne ed le Be ari ng
m
Fo rw ard Ca rri ag e Ar

.-.'"t:t.,..

.:: :
,.::~.~

is 70 (=5 ) lb.
NO TE : Cable ten sio n
-..... ~-~
Sec tion IX .
- ' "~ .
....
For Key co Cables, See
Co ntr ol Ca ble s
La nd ing Ge ar Do or
Fig ure 66 - Ma in
~
.r

4. RE MO VA L.
ing for wa rd and aft
a. Re mo ve bo lts att ach
brackets.
car ria ge arm s co do or
ing bo lts at up per
b. Re mo ve hin ge att ach
(bo om ) hin ge fittings.
Reverse rem ov al pro5. IN ST AL LA TI ON . arm attachbo lts for rea r car ria ge
cedure.. us e A..."'f3 -6
boles refor wa rd. Ca rri age arm
me.nts and AN 3-1 0 for
eA N3 -15
dA N9 60 -10 wa she rs. Us
qu ire AN 31 0-3 nu ts an
lat ion s.
washers for hin ge ins tal
boles, AN 31 0-3 nuts, and

(3) AF T BO OM .
the
-T he aft bo om joi ns
( a) DE SC RI PT IO N.
n
tio
sta
co
aft
s
n 265 an d ext end
for na rd bo om at sta tio
ate
Th
m.
co the em pen nag e boo
393, wh ere it att ach es
ms is ma de
rd and em pen nag e boo
tac hm ent co the for wa
webs an d
ts thr ou gh the ski n and
by screws and sto p nu
ce wi th
for ged fitt ing s tha t ma
by boles thr ou gh cwo
rad iat or
nt
ola
Co
bo om cha nn els .
ficrings on the for wa rd
me rs ar
for
to
by bra cke ts att ach ed
frames are sup po rte d
sta tio ns 28 2 an d 295 .

RESTRICTED

97

[
RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-~

Section IV
Paragraph 3

A baggage compartment is located in the right

hand aft boom between stations 325 and 366. A door
o n the left-hand side of the bo om proYides access. The
top lining panel is secured to the structure with Dzus
fasteners and may be remo"ed to gain access to the flight
control cables and pulleys located above. Each end of
the compartment is closed off b~ an aluminum alloy
bulkhead, the forward one carrying the aircraft data
case. A similar compartment for stowage of the battery
is in the left-hand boom, accessible through a door on
. the left-hand side of the boom. A manhole (removable
panel "49," figure 4) , located at station 232 in the under
surface of each boom, pro,ides access m the interior of
each boom.

I
[

( b) REMOV }.L. ( S~e figure 67, Rigbt Boom;

and figure 68, Left Boom.)
J. Remove the empennage as a unit ( see paragraph 2 a, this sec.ion).

2. Remove the screws securing radiator scoops

an<l remo"e both scoops.

3. Drain coolant (see paragraph 14 a (3), this

,~

~-~

~
llGHT l"V>.NO LOOl(IN6 tNIOA..0

section).

4. Remove manhole (removable panel "49,"

figure 4):

Figure 67 -

Right-hand Boom Joint at Station 265

a. . Disconnect cannon plug "E" in right

boom or "E 1" and "E/' in left boom.
b. Disconnect controls a! turnbuckles.

c. Disconnect oxygen lines that pass through

bulkhead at station 265.
CAUTION

Discharge oxygen system before disconnecting

oxygen lines. (See paragraph 23 f (2), rhis
section.)

I
u

5. Disconnect coolant hose connections "C:i"

inboard and outboard.
G. Loosen center bole and screw holding cable
guard "G 1 " on elevator and rudder cable pulley assembly to enable cable terminals to be withdrawn.
7. Remove guide "G:/ to tab cable pulley
assembly.
8. Disconnect hydraulic lines "H."

CAUTION

R~lieve pressure on h ydraulic system by operating the wing flaps.

r.

9. Disconnect coolant hose connections "C:-1"

"..

. .

10. Remove boltS "B" an d a ll screws "S" ex-

fi':~ OD top.

Figure 68 -

RESTRICTED

Left-hand Boom Joint at Station 265

RESTRICTED
AN 01 -75 FF -2

I
I

I
l

Se cti on IV
Pa ra gr ap hs 3 . 4

mp ou nd ,
ru sr- pr ev cm i, c co
by ap pl ica tio n of
n
ba nd s
~io
rro
by
co
d
fie
nd , or six
s are identi
om wi th sli ng . sta
n AN-C-52. Cable
bo
tio
t
ca
af
er co
t
ifi
ef
ec
or
(R
Sp
pp
.
ds
Su
en
I.
I
cli ng the
bo lts "D ."
ce llu los e cape en cir
g screws an d two
in
ed
in
ation
lor
ma
co
loc
re
r
of
e
Fo
ov
.")
rem
me n an d
Co lo r Co de
cables
, "C on tro l Ca bl e
IX
all
ures
on
tch
fig
cti
wa
Se
to
t,
r
af
fe
y
re
carefull
on places,
12. M ov e bo om
pa ne ls an d ins pe cti
ess
acc
of
d ca tch ing .
an d cu bin g to av oi
3, 4, and 5.
ted wi th a
ur e 67, Ri gb t
fig
ee
(S
.
dd er s ar e each tit
ON
ru
TI
d
LA
an
r
AL
to
ST
\'a
IN
ele
( c)
Th e
an acmeom .)
re vo lv in g dr um on
fig ur e 68, Lt !ft Bo
a
by
ted
800 111 , a11d
tua
ac
ma nu all y
tri m tab
Th e tri m tabs are
d remove
d.
an
ro
air
l
ul
th
-p
wi
sh
ts
pu
en
d
on
thr ea de
ar ed co operJ. Cl ea n all co mp
by ha nd cranks ge
pit
ck
co
the
in
ad jus ted
s to th e ac tu
co nn ec ted by cable
all fo re ig n ma tte r.
are
ich
wh
r
s,
fo
um
dr
les
ho
ati ng
g sc rew an d bo lt
2. Ch ec k all ma tin
acing drums.
.
ce
s;
an d ed ge distan
,
on
iti
nd
ad jus tab le tri m tab
co
,
ion
po sit
e no t fit ted wich
ar
s
in
sk
on
at
n
ler
ch
ee
Ai
s
tw
cab
be
e
m
fixed tri
inch cle ara nc
are eq ui pp ed wi th
y
3. Pr o" id e fo r ~fi:!
ry.
the
,
ssa
r,
III
ce
ve
ne
on
we
if
cti
ho
l
Se
ve
to
be
aviness. (R ef er
t bo om s. File an d
to co rre ct wi ng he
ined
us
of fo rw ar d an d af
are
s
are
ter
boos
of af t
figure 36 .) Ai ler on
ler s an d scringers)
pa ra gr ap h 4 a an d
rvo action, as
se
t
4. St ru ctu re ( do ub
ds
mi
en
ns
e
tra
Fil
g str uc tur e.
hy dr au lic all y
cin
at
ma
th
th
d
wi
ate
t on e
re
or
fe
rp
co
ter
nt ro l wh ee l co ex er
bo om mu st no t in
pi lo t ro tat es the co
e
th
sure
as
es
pr
ng
lo
lic
t hy dr au
if necessary.
er on lo ad . W ith ou
to bagail
e
ins
th
dlea
of
th
ble
ca
six
r
fo
er.
5. St rin g fish co rd s
in th e no rm al ma nn
th e ail ero ns op er ate
t.
ng an d muse
ga ge co mp ar tm en
tw ist ed wh en rig gi
be
t
six
no
or
se
,
nd
mu
s
sta
,
ble
ng
Ca
" (T he deYiaom wi th sli
o degrees "p ull -o ff.
"
6. Su pp or t af t bo
tw
"D
an
th
lts
bo
re
r
mo
fo
ve
les
ho
no t ha
y an d the ce nte r
to po sit ion . Al ig n
er pl an e of the pu lle
nt
ce
the
n
me n, an d mo ve in
ee
tw
be
tio n
cable an d pu lle y
s an d in sta ll bo lts .
ca lle d pull-off.) If
is
ble
ca
e
wi th cwo dr ift pin
th
of
e
lin
two
se be checked an d
y be rem ov ed wh en
ot he r, ali gn me nt mu
ma
ch
ea
om
bo
afe
of
ch
t
e
or
ng
pp
fla
7. Su
5) ar e installed in
screws "S " (N AS 20
corrected.
"
"B
lts
bo
bo lts "D " an d five
d
rews "S " an
CA UT IO N
sc
all
ll
sta
In
th e cop sk in.
an th re e
no t sh ow mo re th
Tu rn bu ck les mu st
(A N2 3. )
d.
No te
thr ea ds at eit he r en
holes
k
sin
ter
un
Co
.
sh
are flu
Al l ou tsi de screws
en ou gh
No te
s mu st no t be lo ng
rew
Sc
ry.
if necessa
cion.
lla
ca
ma in tai n
ins
r
he
ot
or
bi ng
cable ad ju stm en t,
co in ter fe re wi th tu
W he n ma ki ng an y
g the op po sit e
ten sio n by tu rn in
ble
inca
6,
er
to
op
I
.
pr
ps
al pr oc ed ur e ste
er of op po sit e cums
8. Re ve rse rem ov
ck le the sa me nu mb
bu
rn
tu
( b) pr ec ed ing .
clusive, pa ra gr ap h
tor , ru dd er ,
rd ing to
en ts of the ele va
ag e co ntr ols ac co
9. Ad ju st em pe nn
Tu rn bu ck le ad ju stm
e an d ba tte ry co m
.
ma de in th e ba gg ag
on
cti
are
se
s
s
ble
thi
ca
4,
h
tab
ap
d
an
pa ra gr
ad ju stm en t an d dis
af t booms. Oc he r
the
in
cs
rs.
.
en
ve
75
co
mn
d
ss
pa
~e
, 71, an
10. Re pla ce all a~
sh ow n in figures 70
connect fit tin gs are
11u111bers re f er
LU M N. ( Al l ite m
CO
L
RO
.
NT
LS
CO
b.
NTRO
.)
s ot he ruise sta ted
4. SURFACE CO
to fig ur e 69 un les
air
ed
niz
lva
ga
or
lum n is a
re fo rm ed tin ne d
- Th e co ntr ol co
N.
hIO
ug
PT
ro
a. GE NE RA L. -P
RI
th
SC
ed
us
DE
is
( 1)
of alumication AJ.'l'-RR-C43
me mb er consisting
ed
d
ap
an
sh
Lstr
d
19
cr af t cable, Specifi
rte
x
ve
7
ch
ho llo w in
ht -h an d side
nt ro l sy ste m; :1~ 11 -in
mo un ted in the rig
is
19
It
x
.
7
ing
ch
~uc th e su rfa ce co
-in
tub
Vs
oy
ces;
nu m all
d be lo w the
fli gh t concrol surfa
ba ll be ari ng s locate
o
g
tw
in
on
mm
e
tri
1s used fo r ma in
lag
e
se
th
fu
r
7 fo
of the
ou ter sk in an d
, an d 1) 6 -in ch 7 x
an d becween th e
pt
pit
ce
ck
ex
co
ds
e
fo r th e wi ng flaps
en
th
of
ble
ca
floor
e sw ag ed on all
tabs. Te rm in als ar
carriages wh ere
p
fla
e
eel ~e ll web.
th
wh
d
an
ter
bo os
ted at
al
ov
s
es
pr
eel "3 " is mo un
tho se in th e ail er on
ro
nic
aileron-concrol wh
eyes bo un d by
e
in
ru ms
Th
red
l
ee
nte
ce
wh
e
e
ar
g
"L ." Th
bu sh in gs
dis co nn ec tin
r ex tre mi ty of che
y be rem ov ed by
pe
fu ll
ma
up
en
s
wh
ble
the
ca
al
l
utr
Al
ne
sleeves.
way fro m
ch
in g anci-friccion
ea
ar

be
4
d
14
ale
ly
Se
ate
Iim
s.
uc kle
ap pr ox im
th ro w is
pu lle ys an d tur nb
e cables ace
is effected. Ai ler on
Th
ns
.
ero
ely
ail
siv
e
clu
th
ex
of
oy ed
th ro w
pu lle ys ar e _em pl
cte d ag ain st
99
cion an d are pr ote
lla
ca
ins
re
fo
be
ed
screech
RESTRlCTED

'

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75F F-2

~ion IV

I
J
( SECTION

A-A )

l
I

1.

Gun and Cannon Trigger Switch

2.

Bomb- release Switch

3.

Control Wheel

4.

Aileron -contro l Drum

5.

Dive-fl op Switch

6.

Microp hone Switch

7.

Electric al Condui t

8.

Aileron -contro l Pulleys

9.

Aileron Cable

1o.

Elevato r-contro l Horns

11.

Bondin g link

[
[
Figure 69 -

100

Control Column

RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED

Section IV
Pa ra gr ap h 4

AN O1-75FF-2

I
I

,
I

re du cti on
cu mf er en ce of a
nd th e lar ge r cir
ou
ar
ure 70 .)
d
fig
an
ee
(S
lin de r.
in be am .
os ter -a ctu ati ng cy
cc d in sid e che ma
bo
un
e
ht - an d
th
mo
rig
in
um
l
the
dr
ve
on
tra
er
rd to each ail
keyed on th e
iced by piscon
"
oa
tb
"4
ou
t
um
in
dr
a
po
s
to
Fr om thi
he r side may
is se cu red
ov er pulleys
de pe nd en t, an d eit
Th e ail er on ca bl e
ed
in
rri
e
ar
ca
is
ms
ic
ste
ce
sy
en
d
lef t-h an
t fro m wh
nd sec of
tin g th e oc he r.
co nc ro l-w he el sh af
wn wa rd to a seco
bl ed wi th ou t aff ec
do
sa
"
di
"L
be
e
th
of
e
oc
at che an gl
e of che co lum n piv
cu re d ar ou nd th e
d ac che cencer lin
e ail er on s ar e se
th e
th
ve
to
lea
s
e
ble
pu lle ys "8 " loc ate
ble
Ca
ca
e
ch
. To th e lef t, on
che tw o ends of
en ce of th e dr um
er
mf
cu
be ar in gs wh er e
er
cir
nt
er
ce
e
all
sm
ed at th
de r pu lle ys m ou nt
co lu mn .
s ov er an d on e un
sse
npa
co
at sta tio n 119
d
mn
lu
lea
co
irl
fa
of th e co nt ro
e, th ro ug h a
ty
an
mi
pl
tre
air
ex
ar e
r
the
we
of
lo
e
lin
Th e
ele va tor
l ma in be am , an d
ich ar e att ac he d the
of th e ou te r pa ne
wh
e
to
fac
"
e
ar
10
"
re
(se
e
gs
it
th
in
un
ar
e
ar
ne
on bo os ter
cains che be
lim iti ng ch
ad ju sta bl e sto ps
ad ra nt of th e ail er
qu
ed
e
ad
th
re
the
to
Th
,
on
s.
red
er
ble
cu
low
se
rig ht ail
co nc ro l ca
ar e loc ate d be
se cti on ). To th e
me nt of che co lu mn
ll.
ra gr ap h 19 g, th is
we
pa
l
ee
tio n 15 an d fro m
wh
sta
fo re -a nd -a ft mo ve
e
at
th
y
h
lle
ched th ro ug
s ov er a pu
rea
sse
pa
be
e
y
ble
ca
ma
r
d
we
an
lo
ila r to chat on th
che flo or
rd che syscem is sim
ew C. )
oa
vi
,
cb
71
ou
e
t
ur
in
fig
po
s
to
thi
(R ef er
nt ro l co lu mn
lef c- ha nd sid e.
gh t co nt ro ls, th e co
s an d fo r
In ad di cio n to fli
swicch
ht
sig
ngu
e
th
ju sti ng th e cable
x,
ad
bo
r
h
fo
itc
sw
les
ck
ra
bu
me
Tu rn
ng pa ne l ar e
me nt
ca rri es th e gu n- ca
vi ng che ou te r wi
lb fo r the ins cru
mo
bu
re
ht
en
lig
wh
nt
ce
em
es
th
br ea ki ng
icch
" ( figure 5) in
bo x, an d a flu or
a pu sh -b ut to n sw
sp ec tio n pl at e "5
s
in
ha
an
l
h
~e
ug
wh
ro
l
th
ro
.
accessible
pa ne l. Th e co nt
icch "l " fo r ca nn on
t of th e m ain be am
se an d a tri gg er sw
r wi ng su rfa ce af
ea
we
rel
lo
ne
mb
e
ho
th
bo
r
op
fo
cr
"
mi
"2
gr ip , a
on th e rig hc -h an d
of th e pi lo t's
an d ma ch in e gu ns
che wh ee l, an d a
of
e
ok
.-A rig ht tu m
sp
N
d
O
an
TI
-h
hc
RA
rig
PE
e
O
ch
)
(2
an d low ers th e
An en gi ne
sw itc h "6 " on
th e rig ht ail er on
e lef c- ha nd spoke.
s
th
se
on
rai
"
l
ee
"5
h
wh
itc
l
co nt ro
che confli gh t co ro ll to
div e-f lap sw
on che af t side of
th e air pl an e in
ted
g
un
in
us
mo
ca
is
.
d
on
ar
er
ac
lef t ail
ee l raises che
op er ac io n pl
le ft tu rn of th e wh
of th e "L ."
a
e
,
gl
se
an
wi
e
ke
ch
Li
.
at
ht
th e rig
in g th e air pl an e
crol co lu mn
rs the rig ht , ba nk
we
lo
d
an
on
er
le ft ail
"O N ," th e
TI ON .
hy dr au lic pr es su re
A ~D IN ST AL LA
ith
W
AL
.
rn
OV
tu
M
ft
RE
le
)
(2
fo r a
as lo ng as th e
mi ts se rv o ac tio n
ns
."
tra
"7
t
ter
ui
e
os
nd
bo
co
al
on
ail er
che eleccric
er t on e- six th of th
( a) Di sc on ne ct
nt ro l wheel to ex
co
e
th
es
ertat
ail
ro
e
t
th
pi lo
"O FF "
hy dr au lic pr es su re
th er bo ot .
(b ) Un fa ste n lea
ail er on lo ad . W ich
.
er
nn
e no rm al ma
( figure 3 ).
on s op era ce in ch
ls "8 6" an d "8 7"
ro xi ( c) Re mo ve pa ne
nt ro l wh ee l (a pp
me tu rn of th e co
d ail er on co nt ro l
an
tre
r
ex
to
va
An
r th e
ele
we
e
lo
th
d
er on 25 an
( d) Di sc on ne ct
wi ll ra ise on e ail
)
4
th e
14
by
y
tel
d
ve
ll.
ma
l we
is ac hie
cables in th e wh ee
di ffe re nt ial ac tio n
is
Th
"
.
ter

1.
os
20
"1
bo
k
r
e
lin
he
ch
g
oc
in
pu sh -p ul l ro ds on
nt ro l co lu mn bo nd
g posicion of che
( e) De tac h th e co
cin
vo
pi
e pi vo t be ar in g
bo lts att ac hi ng th
be ll cr an k.
(f ) Re mo ve th e
co lu mn ou t.
e
th
e
lif
d
TI O N .-S ee
an
e
lag
se
D IN ST A LL A
AN
ho us in g to th e fu
AL
OV
M
RE
(3 )
ed ur e an d rig
on.
re ve rse ab ov e pr oc
d
ap h 1 e, th is secti
an
gr
( g) To ins tal l,
c
ra
hs
pa
ap
gr
ra
pa
in
n
ve
gi
s
on
to di re cti
cables ac co rd in g
T.
.
ng
(4 ) AD JU ST M EN
d , fo llo wi
an d ele va to r
LU M N TO TH E
T. -A dj us t ail er on
) CO NT RO L CO
(a
),
(4
d
(3 ) AD JU ST M EN
d
an
)
c (4
UM .
ed in pa ra gr ap hs
RE DU CT IO N DR
co nt ro ls as de sc rib
th e neucral ho le
fo llo wi ng .
-in ch pi n th ro ug h
%
rt
se
In
I.
as
access pa ne l
to r co nt ro ls
an d br ac ke t be hi nd
um
ail er on an d ele va
dr
t
es
on
cti
.-T
h
du
ST
re
TE
.
( 4)
of che
fo llo wi ng
air pl an es a 9 '11;-inc
r (5 ) an d d (5 ),
ew B) . On so me
hs
vi
,
ap
70
gr
ra
re
pa
gu
rel
(fi
in
ne
"
"8 9R
de sc rib ed
ma ke pa
access pa ne l wi ll
paraete r ho le in che
d
am
an
di
70
e
ur
fig
NT RO L. (S ee
.
c. AI LE RO N CO
mo va l un ne ce ssa ry
sutio11.)
in ne uc ral
gr ap h 19 g, thi s
nt ro l wh ee l is noc
2. If th e piloc's co
che ocher.
en
m
an d cighc
of th e cables fro
en on e tu rn bu ck le
ds
os
En
lo
,
ion
N.
(fi gu re 3)
sic
IO
po
7"
PT
to boch
hi nd pa ne l "8
( 1) DE SC RI
ne d by tu rn bu ck les
es ar e locaccd be
ste
kl
fa
uc
nb
are
ur
(T
mn
lu
co
b.)
th e co nt ro l
pu lle ys un de r th e
no se wheel we ll we
wh ich ru ns af t to
in th e rig ht -h an d
p
ca
am
be
er
en ds of a ca ble
101
th e low
th ro ug h ho les in
main be am , up
RESTRICTED

I
I

I
Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN Ol-75FF -2

I
I

l
NOTES:
1.

Refer to Drawing 201067.

2.

-! I-

3.

Initial cable tension is 100 (= 5) lb.

Neutral position of aileron is flush with wing.

4.

5.

6.

denotes break in cable.

Maximum allowable play at trailing edge is

102

o/~ inch with hydraulic pressure ''ON."

,..

Aileron stop is governed b y booster piston travel.

...

For Key to Cables, See Section IX.

Figure 70 -

Aileron Co,,trol System

RESTRICTED

Secti o n IV

Pa ra gr ap h 4

RESTRICTEI)

AN 01-75FF-2

the cable
kle s eq ua lly un til
3. Ad ju st tur nb uc
tension
ble
wi lh ca
5) lb me as ur ed
ten sio n is 100 (
in di ca to r.
al posieel ag ain fo r neutr
-/. Check co nt ro l wh
move
tio n.
on tur nb uc kle s. Re
5. Replace loc k wires
ho le if opened.
~'11;-inch di am ete r
pe
Ta
.
pin
g
in
er
ce nt
UM TO
RE DU CT IO N DR
(b ) FR OM TH E
.
BO OS TE R UN IT
TH E AI LE RO N
utr al hole
pi n th ro ug h th e ne
1. In se rt % -in ch
hi nd access panel
um an d br ac ke t be
dr
n
tio
uc
red
e
th
of
air pla ne s a ~'11;-inch
view B. ) On so me
,
70
re
gu
(fi
"
9R
"8
ll ma ke panel re
th e access pa ne l wi
di am ete r ho!e in
.
mo va l unnecessary
unit.
in g holes of bo os ter
2. In se rt pi n in ali gn
wich
d
ide
ov
pr
If
h ro d is req uir ed .
ne d
tur
be
A % -in ch by 7-inc
y
ma
ha nd le, .ch e ha nd le
an L- or T- sh ap ed
pr ev en t dr op pi ng .
un de r the sk in co
holes of
t fie in ali gn in g
3. If pi n wi ll no
n the
hte
tig
d
le an
se n on e tu rn bu ck
ated
loc
are
bo os ter un it, loo
es
kl
uc
cums. (T ur nb
of
er
mb
nu
me
sa
ot he r th e
of th e ma in beam
"5 " (fi gu re 5) af t
ab ov e access do or
ac sta tio n 18 8. )
e cable
s eq ua lly un til th
4. Ad ju st tur nb uc kle
a cable tension
lb me as ur ed with
5)
:=
(
0
10
is
n
ten sio
ide by delleccmuse be moved as
les
ck
bu
rn
Tu
r.
to
in di ca
ro ug h access
om fo r cable test th
ro
ke
ma
co
s
on
er
in g ail
do or "5 ."
. - See paraBO OS TE R UN IT
( c) AI LE RO N
is section.
gr ap h 19 g ( 4) , ch
UN IT
RO N BO OS TE R
( d) FR OM AI LE
TO AI LE RO N.

W A R N IN G

I
I

rm al flight
T ABS.- Un de r no
( e) FI XE D TR IM
th ailerons
bo
FF,"
dr au lic pr ess ur e "O
hes high
inc
co nd iti on s wi th hy
1%
ate ly 114 inches co
wi ll ride ap pr ox im
co nd iti on is no rm al.
ac all speeds. Th is
No te

oth erar e no t to be nd or
Gr ou nd pe rso nn el
wi ng
s
les
un
s
fixed tri m cab
wise ad ju st ail er on
wi ng
of
on
cti
nc. Fo r co rre
he av ines~ is evide
4 t1 ,
h
ap
gr
ra
pa
Section III ,
heav iness, ref er co
an d figure 36.
k th e fo llo wi ng :
fig11r1t 70 .)- Ch ec
(5 ) TE ST . (S1:1t
10 0 ( 5) lb.
ro l cable ce ns io n(a ) Ai ler on co nc
l action:
(b ) Co ntr ol wh ee
ht ail ero n
t ail ero n UP , rig
I. Le ft tu rn - lef
rig ht ail ero n
ft ail er on DO W N,
-le
m
cu
hc
rig
;
N
DOW
UP .
wheel
- up pe r knobs of
2. Ne ut ra l po sit ion
ns in neucraL
ho riz on tal - ail ero
xi m ac el y
l ro ca ci on -a pp ro
3. Ex tre m e wh ee
lef t of ne utr al.
144 co rig ht an d
n:
( c) Ai ler on ac tio
(.0 9)
n- flu sh wi thi n ~b
I. Ne ut ra l po sit io
ed ge of wing.
in ch wi th tra ili ng

rs ca ug ht
gee arm s or finge
Be ca ref ul no t co
on ly onece
n an d wing. Sin
be tv, ee n th e ail ero
the pil ot,
by
t
on lo ad is fel
six th of th e ail er
e co ntr ol
th
su re ap pli ed to
a very lictle pr es
se rio us inj ur y.
wh ee l co uld cause
ter un it.
gn in g holes of bo os
I. In se rt pi n in ali
eron atpu sh -p ull ro d at ail
2. Ad ju st ail ero n
ge is flush wi th
ail er on tra ili ng ed
at
th
so
vis
cle
g
tac hin
On e- ha lf tu rn
th in :t 32 (.0 9) inch.
wi
ge
ed
ng
ili
tra
wi ng
Vs inch.
ed ge ap pr ox im ate ly
ng
ili
tra
s
ge
an
ch
d
of ro
ceed :164
edge muse no t ex
3. Pl ay at tra ili ng
ush. or
reb
,
im
t, sh
ssive pl ay is presen
( .05 ) inch. If exce
.
replace loose parts
an d hyich pi n removed
4. Re mo ve pi n. W
y of ap pr ox i," ail ero ns ha ve pla
FF
"O
re
su
es
pr
lic
dr au
nd iti on .
Th is is a no rm al co
mate! y 11, 4 inches.

N ot e
rin g pi n
be made wi th ce nte
~1ea su,cmencs may
in bo os ter
ouc center in g pi n
in bo os ter or wich
lic presau
dr
hy
d
ru nn in g an
bu t wi th en gi ne s
su re "O N. "
hes UP
9: 1~fi ( = 14 ) inc
2. Ex tre me ch ro wMeas
N.
W
DO
s
he
7% (= lf.i ) inc
is
n
ero
ail
r
he
oc
wh ile
in bo ard en d of
bo th dir ec tio ns at
in
ns
ero
ail
ch
bo
ur e
"O N. "
hy dr au lic pressure
tra ili ng edge wi th
ed ge at in bo ar d tra ili ng
3. Pl ay -m ax im um
wich
or
"
pr essu re "O N
h wi th hy dr au lic
.
:1~ 4 ( .05 ) inc
booster
d ce nte rin g pi n in
pr es su re "O FF " an

( d) Co nn ec tio ns :
re.
ck ed wi th sa fet y wi
I. Tu rn bu ck le s- lo

2. Lock nu cs -ti gh t.
N ot e

ap h ( 4)
cessary, see pa ra gr
If ad ju stm en t is ne
preceding.
figure 71.)
NT RO L. ( Re fer to
d . EL EVAT OR CO
s leads forN. -O ne pa ir of cable
IO
PT
RI
SC
DE
)
(I
co lum n ar ou nd
end of che co nt ro l
r
we
lo
e
th
m
fro
wa rd
pu lle ys un de r
tio n 95 an d af t to
sta
e
lag
se
fu
at
pu lle ys
travels af t to a
he r pa ir of cables
ot
an
;
am
be
in
ma
th e
on . Al l fo ur cables
ys in the same loc ati
lle
pu
of
t
se
r
ila
sim

RESTRICTED

10 3

...
RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Sect ion IV

I
f
VIEW

ID

NOTES:
Refe r to draw ing 2010 67.
2. -I !-de note s brea k in cable .
(:: 5) lb.
3. Initia l eleva tor cable tensi on is 90

1.

4.
5.

G.

35
Initia l eleva tor tab cable tensi on is
lb.
( :::5)
Max imum allow able play at ele,a tor
traili ng edge is ~ .. inch.
Max imum allow able play at eleva tor
cab traili ng edge is 1h: inch.

For Key to Cabl es, See Section IX.

Figu re 71 -

Elev ator Con trol Syst em

RESTRICTED

Sec tio n IV
Pa rag rap h 4

RESTRICTED
AN O1-75FF-2

low er
s ove r pul ley s nea r the
ent er the bea m and pas
out boa rd
a DO \X 'N cable travel
bea m cap. An UP and
n "89 "
way to pul ley s nea r sta tio
thr ou gh the bea m each
alo ng the
o the boo ms , tra vel ing
wh ere the y tur n aft int
the ski n
en
we
bet
m
wa rd boo
inb oar d sid e of each for
well the
b. Af r of the wheel
and the wheel well we
sta tio n
por tio n of the boom. At
cables are in the up per
vertical
s dow n int o the low er
402 the UP cable goe
eye of
ley and up to the low er
sta bil ize r, aro un d a pul
goes up
and the DO W N cable
the ele vat or bal anc e arm
dow n
er vertical sta bil ize r and
ov er a pul ley in the upp
tra vel is
same bal anc e arm whose
to the up per eye of the
nag e
pen
stops bu ilt int o the em
lim ite d by adj ust abl e
boo ms .
rw ard mo vem ent of the
(2) OP ER AT IO N. - Fo
es the
the ele vat or wh ich rais
con tro l col um n low ers
moveard
ckw
Ba
d.
ne to descen
tai l, cau sin g the air pla
the
of
ent
vem
mo
effect. Ex tre me
O
me nt has the opp osi te
the
ers
low
,
91A
wa rd pos itio n,
0
col um n co its mo st for
, raises
%
24
n,
itio
O
reme aft pos
ele vat or 8Vz Th e ext
.
the ele vat or 23
e
IN ST AL LA TIO N. - (S~
(3) RE MO VA L AN D
.
(3) , thi s section
par agr aph 2 c (2) and

I
I
I

'ii
Jl

Figure 72 -

(4) AD JU ST ME NT .
by
or in neu tra l po sm on
( 11) Secure the ele vat
or
vat
ele
rhe tra ilin g edge of the
cla mp ing blocks fro m
of the em pen nag e boo m.
to the tra ilin g edg e
les co a ten sio n of 90
( b) Ad j use ele vat or cab
ckl es
tig hte nin g opp osi te tur nbu
(...:.. 5) lb by loo sen ing or
71.
location, ref er to figure
equ ally . Fo r tur nbu ckl e
l
craccor, tes t the con tro
( c) Us ing a bub ble pro
0
of
rd
wa
for
itio n wh ich is 5%
col um n for neu tra l pos
level. (See figure 72. )
is
ne
,errical wh en air pla
y
serring is inc orr ect it ma
( d) If con tro l column
tom
bot
nbu ckl es attached to the
be adj ust ed by the tur
move
ind access pan el "87 ." To
of the con tro l col um n beh
fro nt
two
for wa rd, loosen the
the top of rhe col um n
and
es,
ckl
n the two aft tur nbu
tur nbu ckl es and tig hte
r
fou
all
n,
equ al cable tensio
vice versa. To ma int ain
ns.
tur
of
en the same num ber
tur nbu ckl es muse be giv
n and safecy rhe tur n(e) Check cable ten sio
buckles.
ho ldi ng ele vat or in neu
(f) Re mo ,e the blocks
tra l pos itio n.
e
or stops in the em pen nag
( g) Ser rhe fou r ele vat
and
or a travel of 8 inches UP
boo m co all ow the elevat
1
~ or - ~16 inc h).
3 inches D0 \X' N (+ 11 2
st
ht and lef r boo ms mu
(h) Sto ps in bot h rig
the
at
s
arm
e
anc
ele vat or bal
make con tac t wi th the
travel;
DO W N position. Test
in
or
vat
same time. Pu t ele

Co lum n
Ne utr ali zin g Co ntr ol

pos itio n
scops for the D0 \X' ~
if cor rec t see tha t bo th
que arm .
t wich the ele vat or tor
make a pos itiv e con tac
the elefor the UP pos itio n of
Us e the sam e pro ced ure
vat or. Saf ety the scops.
e of the ele vat or at the
( i) If the tra ilin g edg
on the
che cor res pon din g po int
lef t end is hig her tha n
by tig httwist ma y be corrected
rig ht end , the ele vat or
the lef t
N cable tur nbu ckl e in
eni ng an ele vat or DO W
cable
res pon din g elevator CP
boo m, loo sen ing the cor
er boo m.
che opp osi te in the och
tur nbu ckl e and do ing
am ou nt
uld be giv en the same
Al l fou r tur nbu ckl es sho
tension.
of tur n. Recheck cab le
Section IX for idenci(R efe r to figure 71 and
W N cables.)
ficacion of UP and DO
CA UT ION

,el ar bot h ends of rhe

Ahvays rest eleYator rra
tra ilin g edg e.
n sto ps (re fer co figure
(j) Set the con tro l col um
pap er)
e of .003 inch (a sheet of
71. ,iew C) so tha t a gag
wh en
n
um
col
and the con tro l
will pass bet we en chem
m.
boo
e
nag
pen
its sto ps in the em
the ele ,at or is aga ins t
( k ) Safety the stops.
fol low ing :
(5) TE ST .-C he ck the
le ten sio n-90 (::: 5) lb.
( 11) Ele vat or con tro l cab
ion:
(b) Co ntr ol col um n act
, ele vat or DO WN ; aft
I. Fo rw ard mo ,emenc
.
movcmcnc,_elcvacor UP
0
/ 2 ) for wa rd of
( =1
2. Ne utr al po sic ion -5%
cral.
ver tica l; ele vat or in neu

RESTRICTED

105

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Section IV
Paagraph 4

3. Extreme position- approximately 91,4 forward and 24% c aft of neutral posi tion.
( c) Elevator action:

I. Neutral position-flush with trailing edge

of empennage booms, both sides.

2. Extreme throw-3 inches DO\X' N and BV2

inches UP ( + 1 ~:::.! inch or -=).~6 inch).
3. Play-maximum at trailing edge, %4 (.05)
inch.

( d) Stops:
1. Elevator balance arm-both left and right
stops must contact simultaneously.
2. Control column-.003-inch clearance when
balance arm stops make contact.
( e) Connections:

Figure 73 -

1. Turnbuckles-locked with safety wire.

( c) If tab travel is uneven proceed as follows:

2. Lock nuts-tight.

1. Disconnect bolt on aft end of push-pull rod.

2. Loosen lock nut on forward end of push-

Note

If adjustment is necessary, see paragraph (4),

preceding.

pull rod.

3, Rotate push-pull rod. One-half turn to the

right will lower tab about Vs inch.

e. ELEVATOR TAB CONTROL. (Sec figure 71,)

( 1) DESCRIPTION.-An elevator tab control unit
is mounted in the side control stand. Cables from this
unit go down around pulleys under the floor aft up into
the main beams, outboard on the left-han.d side to wing
station 89, aft through the boom in a manner similar to
the elevator cables, diagonally inboard through the
horizontal stabilizer and around the tab actuating drum
on the center line of the airplane.
(2) OPERATION.-A counterclockwise turn of

the tab control wheel lowers the elevator tab which

raises the elevator in flight, v.hich in tum tends to raise
the nose of the airplane. A clockwise turn produces an
opposite action which lov.ers the nose of the airplane
in flight.
(3) RE~OVAL AND INST ALLA TION.-See
paragraph 2 d (2) and (3), this section.
(4) ADJUSTMENT.
~( a) Adjust elevator tab cables at turnbuckles to
a tension of 35 (::::: 5) pounds. Use cable tension indicator. Safety turnbuckles.
(b) If tab goes beyond limits, 25 or 2o/i. 6 :::%u
inches, UP and DO\X'N, resolder stops on elevator tab
cables in position to give correct limits. Stops are reached
through access panel number "35" (figure 5) in the lower
skin of the horizontal stabilizer.
106

...

<

.:.:....

Elevator Tab Control Adjustment

4, Replace bolt at aft end and tighten lock nut

at forward end of push-pull rod.

5. Resolder elevator tab stops if necessary.

( d) If adjustment ( c) above is insufficient to correct throw proceed as follows:
1. Disconnect four bolts from nut (see figure
74, item "1") at forward end of actuating unit.

2. Shift nut to permit drum to '1"0tate 31/2 turns

in either direction from neutral.
3. One-eighth turn of nut will move tab .10
inch.

4. Replace bolts in any alternate four of the

eight holes and install Jock wires.

5. Resolder elevator tab stops if necessary.

( e) If tab play exceeds %~ inch proceed as fol-

1. Tighten bearing retainer (refer to figure 74,

item "3") only enough to take up bearing play. Lock
retainer with screws and stake heads.

2. Replace bolt at aft end of push-pull rod if

....

lows:

it is worn.
3. Shim or rebush bearings in aft end of pushpull rod or in mating tab arms if worn.
4. Replace tab actuator nut "l" (figure 74)
and/ or shaft "5" if worn.

RESTRICTED

...!

..
Section IV

Pa ra gr ap h 4

RESTRICTED

AN OT -75FF-2

ten sio n.
5. Recheck ca bl e

lo ca ted on che
Yator ta b co nt ro l
"
(f ) Ch ec k th e elc
ou ld in di ca te "O
che co ck pi t. It sh
in
nd
rsta
co
l
in
ro
if
nt
sid e co
ra l po sit io n;
che cab is in ne ut
(n eu tra l) wh en
rre ct ed by:
re ct, ic m ay be co
tu rn bu ck le s,
e le ng th s ac th e
I. Ad ju sti ng ca bl
(fi gu re 73 )
or :
cab di al po sit io n
2. Co rre ct in g th e
m an ne r:
in th e fo llo wi ng
d re m ov e
fro m sh af t "C " an
a. Re m o,e cr an k
sc re w "D ."
tw o sc re w
er place wich
b. Pr y ou t ce nt
be hi nd th e
e
ar
the dr iv er s
re
su
Be
."
"E
d
ars.
driYers "A " an
e co nt ro l un it ge
y di se ng ag in g ch
di al "B ," th er eb
g lig ht ly
ne ut ra l by pr es sin
c. Tu m di al to
of the di~!.
ag ai ns t th e face
ge:irs co
dr iv er s an d al lo w
d. Re m ov e sc re w
m es h.

ly.
an d cr an k assemb
e. Re pl ac e sc re w
CAUT IO N

af t "C " to
e co nt ro l un it sh
D o no t al lo w th
th e cr an k is
ra l po sit io n un til
m ov e fro m ne ut
in pl ac e.

I
I

'I

1.

2.

Nu t
W re nc h
S-34301 Sp an ne r

3.
4.

Re tai ne r

5.

Sh af t

Dr um

Ad ju st m en t
Ac tu at in g Un it
Fi gu re 74 -T ab

:
ck th e fo llo wi ng
( 5) TE ST .-C he
e ce ns io n- 35
b co nt ro l ca bl
ca
or
at
ev
El
)
(a

( ::: 5) lb.

m ov em en t, ta b
tio n - clockwise
( b) Co nt ro l ac
ta b D O W N .
wi se m ov em en t,
UP ; co un te rc lo ck
b in ne ut ra l.
n of co nt ro l- ta
( c) Ze ro po sit io

(d ) Ta b ac tio n:
inches U P
w -Z r.) 1; ( ~) i;)
/. Ex creme th ro
an d DO\X'N .
~~:! in ch .
at tra ili ng ed ge
2. Pl ay-m ax im um
:
( e) Co nn ec tio ns

ty wire.
lo ck ed wi th sa fe
I . Tu rn bu ck le s.
Lo ck nu ts -e ig ht

2.

No te
ra gr ap h (4 ),
ce
ne ssary, see pa
If ad ju stm en t is
pr ec ed in g.

figure 75 .)
CO N TR O L. (S ee
e
dd er pe da ls ar
O N . - Th e ru
n
io
ct
fri
(1 ) D ES CR IP TI
tian
sw in g on
n ha ng er s chat
ee
ng
tw
be
sti
ca
d
a
pe
d
m
an
da
e webs,
te d on th e fu se lag
che
be ar in gs , su pp or
A sm all lever, on
.
ne
la
e of che ai rp
d
ge
ga
en
l
v.
pa
at che ce nt er lin
d co a
, wh ic h is lin ke
c
ch
sts
ju
ad
,
er
ou tb oa rd ha ng er
d of che ha ng
en
r
pe
up
e
ch
g
le
at
in a ra tc he t
ac co m m od ate che
nd -a ft di re cti on co
ar e av ai la bl e
pe da ls in a fo re -a
ts. Five po sit io ns
lo
pi
nt
re
ffe
di
le ng th s of
incerconnecced by
Th e pe da ls ar e
t.
en
e
stm
ju
ad
e
wi th th
bl e scops lim it th
g be am . Ad ju sta
in
alk
~v
a
d
an
cr an ks
pe da l tra ve l.
co a fo rk ed
ar e bo lte d in pa irs
es
bl
ca
er
dd
ru
Th e
sid e of each
on che ou tb oa rd
d
ar
rw
fo
s
nd
te
pass th ro ug h
masc ch at ex
mases che cables
e
ch
om
Fr
y.
bl
105, an d
pe da l as se m
at fu se lag e scacion
ys
lle
pu
nd
ou
ar
d the ou te r
th e floor,
eel we ll webs an
wh
e
th
n
,ee
c.>
be
th ro ug h ho les
ex te nd af t
e m ai n be am , up
ch
r
de
un
ys
lle
y th ro ug h th e
sk in to pu
ou tb oa rd each wa
p,
ca
:im
be
r
we
in th e lo
n sim ila r co che
om in a di re ct io
bo
e
th
in
t
af
d
are accached
be am an
n 402 che cables
tio
sta
t
A
.
es
bl
el ev at or ca
on ta l sta bi liz er .
te d in the ho riz
vo
pi
s
am
be
g
to wa lk in
g be am a pu sh e of each v.a lk in
sid
rd
oa
tb
ou
e
Fr om th
ue-cube ar m .
che ru dd er torq
ch
wi
ts
ec
nn
co
pu ll ro d
e wa lk in g be am s.
it th e tra ve l of ch
lim
s
op
sc
e
bl
Ad ju sta
of che le ft ru dd er
N .-D ep re ss io n
d de (2 ) O PE RA TI O
dd er pe da l af t an
in gs th e rig ht ru
ai re
th
g
in
us
pe da l fo rw ar d ~r
e le ft ca
er s eq ua lly co th
th e
of
n
sio
es
flects bo th ru dd
pr
che left. De
co
rn
cu
co
t
gh
em
ect. Exr~ e
pl an e in fli
che opposice eff
s
ha
l
da
pe
er
rig ht ru dd
th e ru dd er s 28 .
e pe da ls deflects
m ov em en t of th
10 7

f. RL TI DE R

RESTRICTED

I
I

'
I

RESTRICTED

s.c,ion IV

AN 01-75FF-2

q_ RUDDER

HINGE

ii

ct
I

RUDDER TAB
HINGE

RIGHT HANO SHOWN LEFT HAND OPPOSITE

11

VIEW

.DOJ ClEARANCE
WHEN IN FULL LEFT .
RUDDER POSITION

NOTES:
1.

Refer to drawing 201067.

2.

---{ !-- denotes break in cable.

Initial rudder cable tension is 90 (:::: 5) lb.

3.
4.
5.

RUDDER PEDAL TRAV~L

.OOJ CLEARANCE
WHEN IN FULL RIGHT
RUDDER POSITION

Initial rudder tab cable tension is 35 (= 5) lb.

Maximum allo"'able play at rudder trailing edge is ~G~ inch.

6. Maximum allowable plar at rudder tab trailing edge is 13~

inch.

For Key to Cables, See Section IX.

Figure 75 -

r=-

Rudder Control System

'
108

LI I
RESTRICTED

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

thro w for inte r5. Check rud der travel at full

kpi t.
coc
the
s in
ference wit h ocher inst alla tion

TA LL AT ION .
(3) RE MO VA L AN D INS
e figure 75, dew A.)
( a) RU DD ER PEDALS. (Se
les "A. "
I. Di:.con nec t the rud der cab
s "B. "
2. Dis con nec t che bra ke rod
m links "C. "
3. Dis con nec t the wal kin g bea
chi ng the bea ring
.;. Rem ove the bol ts atta
ter bra cke t "D. "
cen
the
co
sup por ts to the fus elag e and
l pro ced ure and
5. To inst all, reverse rem ova
(4) , foll owi ng.
adj ust acc ord ing to par agr aph
par agr aph 2 f (2)
(b) RU DD ER S.- Refer to
and (3 ), this section.

el:
(r) To cor rec t rud der trav
view B) to allo w
I. Set the stop s ( figure 75,
/z (:::::: 316 ) inches in eith er
the rud der s a thro w of 111
dire ctio n .
Not e

bol t equ als 114 inch

On e turn of the rud der stop
el.
distance of rud der trav

(4) AD JUS TM EN T.

I
I
I

'I
t

Par agr aph 4

tral pos iti~ n:

(a) To place n:d der s in neu
1 % 6 inches from
1. Lef t rud der. Me asu re 105
75) to trai ling edg e of left
cen teri ng screw ( see figure
ma rk this neu tral pos itio n
rud der . Usi ng a sof t pencil,
trai ling edge.
of the rud der on che boo m
192 inches from
2. Rig ht rud der. Me asu re
der whe n in neu tral co the
trai ling edg e of che left rud
rud der . If necessary, adj ust
trai ling edg e of the righ t
enn age boo m unt il distance
rud der pus h-p ull rod in emp
itio n of righ t rud der on
"is correct. Ma rk neu tral pos
boo m trai ling edg e.
neu tral pos itio n or
3. Eicher clamp rud der s in
neu tral wh ile rud der ped als
hav e a hel per hol d chem in
are adj uste d.
rud der s afte r all
4. Check neu tral pos itio n of
ocher adjustm ent s are made.
in neu tral pos itio n:
( b) To place rud der ped als
me nt in the cen ter
1. Pla ce pilo t's ped al adj ust

not ch of the ratc het .

tral pos itio n, a bub2. Wh en rud der s are in neu
ced on the aft face of rhe
0
ble pro trac tor ( figure 75) pla
uld ind icat e 15 (= Vz )
rud der ped al sup por t arm sho
afc of ver tica l.
Not e

com pen sati on made

Air p lan e muse be level or
for airp lan e pos itio n.
ds less tha n 15
3. If bub ble pro tractor rea
kle s co opp osit e rud der and
(= 1/:?) , loo sen turnbucside
. If mo re tha n 15 ( = ~/2 ),
tigh ten chose on the same
e side and cighcen chose on
loosen turn buck les on che sam
the opp osit e side.
n of rud der s wit h
4. Recheck neu tral pos itio
ped als; if incorrect, adj ust
neu tral pos iti on of rud der
bag gag e com par tme nt.
turn buc kles in bat tery and / or

must make con tact

2. Scops to bot h rud der s
the emp enn age boo ms at the
wit h the wal kin g bea ms in
same time.
der ped al wal kin g
3. Set the stop s on the rud
a
to allo w clearance of .003
bea m (fig ure 75, vie w A)
the rud der s are at full thro w.
inch (sh eet of pap er) whe n
der stop s are
4, Ma ke sur e tha t all six rud
safe tied .
turn buc kle s to a ten(d) Ad jus t rud der cables at
all turnbuckles.
sion of 90 (::::: 5) lb. Saf ety
n.
( e) Recheck neu tral pos itio
owi ng:
(5) TE ST .-C hec k the foll
ten sio n-9 0 (::::: 5) lb.
( a) Rud der con trol cable
( b) Ped al acti on:

co left ; righ t ped al,

1. Lef t ped al, bot h rud der s
bot h rud der s to the righ t.
Vz 0 ) aft of ver2. Neu tral pos icio n-1 5 (=
.
tical ; bot h rud der s in neu tral
clea r oth er inst alla3. Ext rem e pos itio n-m ust
tions.

( r) Rud der action:

J. Neu tral pos itio n:

05 1 16 inches
a. Lef t rud der trai ling edg e-1
re 75) .
from cen teri ng scre w (see figu
e-1 92 inches
b. Rig ht rud der trai ling edg
e.
from left rud der trai ling edg
:J~ ) inches.
2. Ext rem e thr ow - 111/z (= 6
ed ge -3~ 4 ( .05 )
3. Pla y-m ax imum at trai ling
inch.

(d) Scops on wal kin g beams:

and righ t scops muse
J. Em pen nag e-b oth left

con tact sim ulta neo usly .

pa rt) -.003inch
2. Coc kpi t (ex trem e forw ard
stops make contact.
clea rance whe n emp enn age

RESTRICTED

109

I
RESTRICTED

Section IV

AN Ol-75FF-2

Paragraph 4

4. Replace bolt at aft end and tighten lock nut

at forward end of push-pull rod.

( e) Connections:

1. Turnbuckles-locked with safety wire.

5. Resolder elevator tab stops if necessaf).

2. Lock nuts-tight.

(d) If adjustment (4) (c), preceding is insufficient to correct throw:

Note

If adjustment is necessary, see paragraph ( 4)

1. Disconnect four bolts from nut (see figure

74, item "l") at forward end of actuating unit.

preceding.

2. Shift nut to permit drum to rotate 31/2 cums

in either direction from neutral.

g. RUDDER TAB CONTROL.

(1) DESCRIPTION.-The rudder cab control unit
is mounted on the sloping face of the center control
stand. The cable from the drum travels forwa_rd through
the control stand, down through the floor, outboard
through the nose wheel well webs, aft and up into the
main beam, outboard to wing station 89, aft through
he hooms si~!lar co the rudder cables, around a pulley
t s .ion 402, up into the vertical stabilizer, and down
ne tab actuating unit. The left and right rudder
.mies are interconnected by a cable running through
, tabilizcr. The cable travel is limited by sleeves on
,ne cable and adjustable stops in the stabilizer.

(2) OPERAT!ON.-A clockwise turn of the tab

control crank deflects both rudder tabs to the left. In
flight, air pressure on the left surface of the cab deflects
the rudder to the right which in turn tends co turn the
airplane to the right. The pro~edure is reversed to proYide a left-turn tendency or to balance a ~endency to
yaw to the right.

3. One-eighth turn of nut will defiecnab about

%2 inch.
4. Replace bolts in any alternate four of the
eight holes and install lock wires.

5. Resolder rudder cab scops if necessary.

( e) If both rudder tabs are not in neutral at the
same time:
1. If one is outboard when the other is in

neutral:
a. Clamp one tab in neutral with soft wood
blocks to trailing edge of rudder.
b. Loosen turnbuckle through access door
34R (figure 5) until undamped tab can be moYed to
neutral position.

c. Tighten to proper tension the rudder tab

cable in boom on side of undamped cab.
2. If one tab is inboard when the ocher is in
neutral:
a. Clamp one tab in neutral.

(3) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION. paragraph 2 g ( 2) and ( 3), this section.

See

(4) ADJUSTMENT.
(a) Adjust rudder tab cables at turnbuckles to a
tension of 35 (::: 5} lb. Use cable tension indicator.
Safety turnbuckles.

( b) If tabs go beyond limits to the right and left,

resolder stops on rudder tab cables in position to give
correct stop. Stops are reached through access panel 34
(figure 5) LH and RH in the lower skin of the horizontal
stabilizer.

b. Loosen turnbuckle in boom on side of

undamped tab until tab can be moved to neutral position.
c. Tighten turnbuckle through access door
34R ( figure 5) until cable is at proper tension of 35
( 5) pounds.

(f)

If tab play exceeds

1h 2

inch:

I. Tighten bearing retainer "3" (figure 74)

only enough co take up bearing play. Lock retainer v.ich
screws and stake heads.

2. Replace clevis bolt at aft end of push-pull

rod if it is worn.

( r) If tab travel is uneven co right and left:

1. Disconnect bole on aft end of push-pull rod.

2. Loosen lock nut on forward end of pushpull rod.
3. Rotate push-pull rod. One-half turn to the
right will deflect tab to the right about 1/s inch.
110

3. Shim or rebush bearings in aft end of push

pull rod or in macing tab arms if worn.
4, Replace cab actuator nut "l" ( figure 74)
and/ or shaft "5" if worn.

5, Recheck cable tension.

RESTRICTED
l..

Sec tio n IV

RESTRICTED

Pa rag rap h 4

AN 01- 75F F-2

following:
( 5) TE ST .-C he ck the
:5)
l cable ten sio n-3 5 (:::
(a) Ru dd er tab con tro
pounds.
s to
ock wi se movement, tab
(b) Co ntr ol acc ion --d
ht.
rig
mo vem ent , tabs to
left; counterclockwise
neuco ntr ol- bo th tabs in
(c) Ze ro po sit ion of
tra l.
(d ) Ta b act ion :
(= ~'r n) inches lef t
i
I. ~x tre me thr ow -2 16
and rig ht.
tra ilin g cd ge -% 2 inch.
2. Pla y-m ax im um at
( e) Connections:
wi th safety wire.
I. Tu rnb uc kle s-l oc ke d
2. Lock nu ts- tig ht.
No te

, see pa rag rap h ( 4)

If adj ust me nt is necessary
preceding.

Fig ure 76 -

Ad jus tm en t
Ru dd er Ta b Co ntr ol

te
re 76) does no t ind ica
( g) If tab dial (fi gu

neu tra l:
zero wh en cabs arc in

I
I
[

).
m sha ft "A " (figure 76
I. Remove cra nk fro
se' ?ri ng dial pla te.
2. Remove screw "B "
," relieve pressure on
3. W'ith a screw dri ve r "C
tro l un it
g the pla te. Use the con
the dial "D " by rai sin
sha ft as a fulcrum.
the lef t han d ins ert ed
4. W ith the fingers of
dia l up,
ter sta nd "E ," force the
at the lef t sid e of the cen
dia l gears.
the reb y dis eng agi ng the
No te

I
I

age, a ho ok made of
. gears ref use to diseng
on the rig ht- han d sid e
stiff wi re may be used
he lp life the dial.
of chc cen ter sta nd to

i. W IN G FLAPS.

flaps
e figure 52. )-T he v.. ing
(1) DE SC RI PT IO N. (Se
Th is
.
rod
ll
pu
shpu
attached co a
are con tro lle d by cables
Th e
.
tor
mo
p
fla
c
by a hy dra uli
rod in tur n is acruaced
ich tra vel
ges "17 " and "2 5" wh
flaps rid e on flap car ria
is det er
e flap ret rac ted po siti on
on carriage tracks. Th
h car ria ge
the for wa rd end of eac
mi ned by eccentrics on
nts on
tion B-B ), nu t adj ust me
assembly (figure 52, sec
and ~b les
s "2, " "3, " an d "4, "
the lower carriage rod
for adces
nu ts (view A) . Ac s
wi th adjustable ter mi nal
ed an d
end
en the flaps are ext
jus tm ent is pro vid ed wh
d.
ove
( figure 5) are rem
wh en inspection pan els
No te

it indicates neu tra l an d

5. Tu rn the dia l un til
all ow gears co mesh.
ver ; replace screw and
6. Remove screw dri
cra nk .

'u

L LOCK.
b. SURFACE CO NT RO
ne is
- Wh en the air pla
(1) DE SC RI PT IO N.
by
ked
loc
the ele vat or can be
mo ore d the ailerons and
sill
the
on
d, when no t in use,
a rube assembly scowe
it window.
of che rig ht- han d coc kp
is
- Wh en the air pla ne
(2) MA IN TE NA NC E.
ing
ord
acc
or
ero ns and the ele vat
mo ore d, secure the ail
figure 29.
th
to directions given wi

CA UT ION

tro l un it sha ft "A " ro

Do no t all ow che con
is
sit ion uncil the crank
move fro m neu tra l po
in place.

g, or adj ust ing flaps,

Wh en ins tal lin g, testin
by means of the han dalways op era te them
in the cockpit.
op era ted hy dra uli c pu mp
(2) OP ER AT IO N. -S
chis section.

(a) ,
ee par agr aph 19 e (1)

I1' STAL LA TI ON . - See

(3) RE.MOY AL AN D
( 4), chis section.
par agr aph 1 / (2) and
111
RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF- 2

Section IV
Paragrap h 4

. ( g) Operate flap and check for possible binding

(4) ADJ USTMEN T.

( a) \Xfith cables detached, push and pull flaps
through full operation by hand. Check for freedom of
movemen t.

( b) Attach cables to flap carriages and flap push

pull rods.
( c) Bring flap cables to 70 (::: 5) lb tension
using the cable nuts on the push-pull rod. (See figure
52, view A.)

( d) Retract the flaps and check the flap leading

edge for a .003-inch clearance at the lower wing surface.
( See figure 77.)

C---- ----.--.-.--,-..-..-.,~
- . ~ -;j

and interference with wing structure. Make adjustme nt

at the eccentrics (figure 52, section B-B), if necessary.
1. Extend the flaps.
2. Remove the bolt holding the eccentric lock.
3. Rotate eccentric so that the forward end of
the carriage rides higher (or lower) in the flap track.
4. Replace eccentric lock and bolt.

5. Retract flap; test for snug fit and free action.

If satisfactory, extend flap and safety eccentric lock.
Note

After adjustme nt of forward carriage-end,

check for .003 clearance at flap leading edge .
(figure 77).
(b) Check flap for side play and for looseness
m all positions. Correct by center adjusting bolts "16"
( figure 52) .

Figure 77 -

2. Remove adjusting bolt lock.

3. Turn adjusting bolts clockwis.e to tighten

flap in track.
CAUTION

/s to
(e ) Check flap trailing edge which muse be 1
114 inch beyond the wing trailing edge. (See figure 77.)
Make adjustme nt by tightenin g UP cables and loosening
DOWN cables co further retract flaps. Reverse procedure to extend flaps.

Do not put too much tension on the track

rollers or the entire carriage will "freeze" and
fail to operate.

4. Replace lock and bolt.

5. Retract flap; test for snug fit and free

Note

operation .

When making adjustme nt always maintain

cable tension by tightenin g and loosening cable
nuts an equal number of turns.

(f)

Check flap trailing edge for contact with

wing trailing edge, while in retracted position. (See
figure 77.) .Adjust at the lower carriage rod (figure 52)
as follows:

6. If adjustme nt is satisfactory, extend flap

lock bolts.
safety
and
(i) After flap adjustme nt, synchronize flap travel
by adjusting cable lengths, maintain ing 70 ( =5) lb
cable tension.
(5) TEST.-C heck the following :
(a) Flap conuol cable tension- 70 (=5) lb.

1. Extend- flap.

( b) Flap retracted position:

2. Loosen lock nuts "2" and "4."

.3. Turn adjusting nut "3" to shorten rod and

flap tra11mg ed ge. Turn adjusting nut co

to lov.er
.
lengthen rod and to raise the flap trailing edge.
Note

One turn of the nut equals

l
l

1. Remove safety a~d bolt.

":9JITIV[ (Qllolh( T w[[.

Wing Flap Adju.stme nt

1
3116
me

J. Clearance at leading edge-.00 3 to .250

inch.
2. Clearance at trailing edge:

a. Positive contact with wing.

b. Overlap of
trailing edge.

fl ap
m

position.

Ila

to

114

inch aft of v.ing

(c) Flap movemen t:

1. No binding -

is

with cables disconnected.

RESTRICTED

must move freel y by hand

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

2. No exct:ssivc play.
ally.
3. All flaps muse ext end equ

I
J

I
I

5. ALIGHTING GEAR.

r contricycle-type alig htin g gea

a. GE NE RA L-T he
fro nt
the
in
ls
wel
ed in

mo unt
sists of two ma in uni ts
t
ms, and a nose wheel uni
boo
rd
wa
for
(d) Scops:
sec tion of the
t
kpi
coc
and
nt
tme
par
ent com
crack end s are secondmo unt ed bel ow the arm am
el
trav
r
1. Micarca scops at flap
gea
e
Th
ge.
ela
the fus
ched by flap carriage.
in the for wa rd sec tion of
is
ary and sho uld not be cou
ut the ful cru m poi nts , and
abo
aft
nde-a
for
e
ctly
19
dire
aph
is
agr
par
see
el
oug h
2. Fo r lim it of flap trav
pis ton -ty pe cylinders thr
ope rat ed by hyd rau lic
in hyd rau lic system.
( 1) ( d), this sec tion .
tro ls con nec ted co the ma
con
t
kpi
coc
enc y han d pum p, loact uat ing nu t-.0 35 inch
uni ts retrace aft. An em erg
the
All
( e) Pla y in flap mo tor
r, is
a
pilo t's sea t nea r the floo
por tio n of nut is wo rn to
cated at che rig ht of the
ma xim um . (Re pla ce if any
tem
sys
r in eve nt of hydraulicused co cxter:id the gea
kni fe edg e.)
are
ks
loc
rau lica lly- ope rate d
fail ure . Au tom atic , hyd
of
ns
itio
(j) Co nne ctio ns:
and che dow n pos
vid ed for bot h the up
pro
com
ls:
rs
ina
doo
h
term
retr act ed, flus
I. Sw age d cable
gear. \"v'hen che gea r is
the
fuse
of
the
th
end
( out boa rd
eel wells. Bo
a. Co nne ctin g tur nba rre ls
tely enclose it in the wh
ple
.
.
lled
tro
con
five
lly
n
rs arc hyd rau lica
rod ) - not mo re tha
lag e and the boo m doo
mo tor -dr ive n pus h-p ull
rau
hyd
a
of
ans
me
act uat ed by
Each lan din g gea r uni t is
vis ible thr ead s.
r
gea
in
ma
e
Th
.
tin g link age
52, view A) -n ot
lic cyl ind er and con nec
ine
eng
the
b. Co nne ctin g nut s (fig ure
in
ced
pla
cyl ind er
assembly is ope rat ed by a
thr ead s.
ible
e
vis
Th
ree
ad.
-th
khe
nty
bul
twe
ll
n
-we
tha
eel
mo re
the wh
sup por t bay for wa rd of
upp er
mu st close "w itne ss
by a cyl ind er below che
ved
2. Pus h-p ull rod s-s cre ws
mo
is
t
nose gea r uni
t.
sho ck
e
tigh
Th
be
se
nt.
mu
s
tme
nut
par
k
ent com
hol es" in nut s "3. " Loc
deck floor of the arm am
ion ,
cot ter pin s.
t is olco-pncumacic in act
stru t assembly of each uni
3. Castle nut s-s afe tie d wit h
ms .
pin g and ene rgi zin g me diu
usi ng oil and air as che dam
ess
t prc ,ents exc ive
No te
y dam per on the nose stru
mm
shi
A
ted
. see par agr aph ( 4),
for k. Hy dra ulic ally -op era
If adj ust me nt 1s necessary
osc illa tion of. the wh eel
t
uni
h
eac
hol low wheel axles of
pre ced ing .
pin up locks eng age the
are
ks
loc
up pos itio n. Do wn
and hol d the gea r in the
agr aph
par
ee
.-S
VE
L
cylinders co hol d the pis ton
VA
ing
IT
uat
j. FL AP TR AV EL LIM
inc orp ora ted in the act
initio n. A wa rni ng lig ht is
.
and gea r in che dow n pos
19 e {l) (d) , this section
ible
vis
a
e
,id
pro
nt pan el co
aph
sta lled on the ins tru me
DI CA TO R- Se e par agr
ht
k. FL AP "PO P-U P" IN
itio n of the gea r. Thi s lig
pos
the
ng
means of che cki
n.
dow
or
up
.
tely
tion
ple
is not com
1 h, this sec
glo ws wh ene ver the gea r
co
ted
nec
con
is
t
kpi
of the coc
AP S.
A han dle on the LH sid e
l. DIV E RE CO VE RY FL
s
ine
erm
det
and
ve
val
l
ear fou r-w ay con tro
this
g-g
,
din
(1)
i
lan
1
the
aph
agr
par
lic
(1) DE SC RIP TIO N.- See
For che pri nci ple of hyd rau
the act uat ion of the gea r.
see par agr aph 19 h, chis
.
sec tion
ion of che lan din g gea r,
rat
ope
k
TIN G.- Se e par agr aph 20
section.
. (2) TR OL 'BL E SH OO
3, this section.
)
AR . (Se e figures 78 and 79.
agr aph l i (3) , chis secb. MA IN LA ND IN G GE
(3) RE MO VA L-S ee par
of the cwo ma in gea r asdon .
( l) G.E J.~ ER AL .-E ach
chis
,
(4)
i
two
1
aph
agr
e par
air-oil cypc shock scruc;
(4) MA INT EN AN CE .Se
semblies is ma de up of an
g
dra
l
stee
r
ula
dra g stru t; a tub
sec tion .
dra g link s, atta che d co the
the
at
and
t
stru
co che ma in
stru t, atta che d at one end
er,
( 5) AD JU ST ME NT .
hrd rau lic act uat ing cyl ind
a
s;
link
g
(5) ,
1
och er co the dra
aph
agr
g
par
dra
the
See
co
L.ted
ICA
nec
k unit, con
(a) "1E CH AN
inc orp ora tin g a dow n loc
36a
ing
lud
inc
.
bly
chis section
rak e assem
link s; and a wh eel -an d-b
par agr aph 20 k ( 4)
.
tire
r
( b) EL EC TR ICA L-S ee
tou
inch sm ooc h con
( d), chis sec tion .
See par agr aph l i (6) , chis
(a) RE MO VA ~.
(6) IN ST AL LA TIO N.sec tion .
of gro und wich win g
J. Raise airp lan e cle ar
chis
,
(e)
,
(4)
k
20
agr aph 2 b.)
(7) TE ST .-S ee par agr aph
jacks. (See Section III. par
sec tion .
113
RESTRICTED

in

Sec tion IV
Par agr aph s 4 S

RESTRICTED
AN O1-7SFF-2

Section IV

/
.,

.I
_/

...

\~

'

'\
I

'..

\\

\ .
\
\

1.

Turbosupe rc:ncrger Overspeed

Gene rotor

2.

Hydroulk Broke Line

3.

Coolant Tube

4.

Broce

5.

Mein Lending Geer Assembly

6.

Wheel Assembly

7~ Grounding Wire
(Ref., LH Geer Only)

8.

Figure 78 -

114

Door Assembly

Main Landing Gear lnstal/ at!;_~ w

RESTRICTED

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7 5FF- 2

1.

Fulc rum Nut

2.

Fulc rum Pin

3.

Fulc rum

4.

Fulc rum Pin Reta inin g Bolts

Drag Link .Pin

5.
6.

7.
8.

9.

12.

Drag Stru t

13.

Upp er Cyli nder Cha mbe r

14.

Orif ice

15.

Dreg Stru t Atta chin g Bolt

low er Cyli nder Cha mbe r

17.

Actu atin g Cyli nder

Dow n lock Elbo w Fitti ng

11.

16.

I
l

Drag Links
Actu atin g Cyli nder End
Term inal

Dow n lock Pin

Dreg Stru t Adju stme nt Nut

10.

18.
19.
20.

Torq ue Arm s
Whe el Axle Nut
Whe el Axle
Stru t Pisto n

22.

Mai n Shoc k Stru t Cyli nder

Asse mbly
Side Stru t Atta chin g Bolt

23.

Side Stru t

21.

,.'

'n
JI

1.
2.
11.
18.

Figu re 79 -

TOOLS
Wre nch
Nut
Pin
Fulc rum
Fulc rum Pin Pull er
Dreg Stru t Adju sting Wre nch
Axle Nut Wre nch

Mai n Land ing Gea r

RESTRICTED

S-20 408- 34
S-10 401
S-20 129
S-12 102

115

RESTRICTED
~ion IV
, 0

AN 01-75FF-2

,agraph 5

O: '.{:: inch aho, c centc:r lint "A-D" of drag ~tnn to cc:ntcr

of drag link pi"<>l c."

2. Remove air filter and duct as a unit. Mark

:iuct to insure proper replacement.
3. Disconnect brake hose "2" ( figure 78) ac
Jppcr boom support bracket and drain hydraulic fluid
into a clean container.
4. Remove bole "15" (figure 79) from drag

Note

Adjustmc:nt, made in the down po~1t1on will

rection of : 1 ,; men

in

the down pmi tion wi ll

usually change the up position I/ 8 inch. It i,

recommended that all initial adju~tmcnts he
made with the gear in the down position.

6. Remove fulcrum pin retaining boles at "4"

6. Inflate shock strut co a minimum of 12;

lb/ sq m. and retrace gear.

(figure 79).
7. Support shock strut assembly to remove its
v.eighc from fulcrum pins and, using pin puller S-10401,
at "2'" (figure 79), withdraw fulcrum pins enough co
free them from shock strut fulcrum.

Note

For ease in handling, remove the wheel assembly as outlined in paragraph 6 a ( 1), this
section.

( b) DISASSEMBLY.-Remove side struts, drag

links, and torque arms individually by removing their
a teaching boles, pins, and nuts.

(c) ADJUSTMENT. (See figure 400. )-With

gear installed and in down position buc not connected to
d:ag links, and v.ith the links not connected to actuatorcylinder piston rod, proceed as follows:

J. Swing gear aft and connect drag strut "12"

to drag links "6." (See figure 79.)

11

2. Relieve actuating-cylinder "down" pressure :

by operating ailerons, then lift down-lock pin "10."
.., l
:::
it . .,
3. Pull.., ....-;~:,;.acruator
piston
rod
aft
and
screw
\
...
~ ~.i
into terminal "7::J,?~tiLoflY five threads ~w.
\ ... ,,

-t ~

. ,l,1111

'"

' ,.; r J

' .

, .;

~,::\

":i\~~

. ~:... -

,.,-

1.

2.
3.
4.

Do not use pliers, pipe.~.ches, or any knurled, har4-jawed tools ~n pisto~ rod, as ~ese
tools w_i!l mar the polished and ground surfaces
causing"unit to leak or seize during operation. .
Remove_'_rurning tool from piston. .rod before
operatin.g landing gear, or damage
firewall
may result.

Grease Fittings
Pencil
Torque Arm
Outboa rd Web

Figure BO -

Up Lock Pin Clearance

to

4. Swing gear forward into down-locked posi-

cion.
Note

Tool used to hold down lock pin must be

removed.

5. Adjust piston rod at

(figure 79) co
maintain at "C" ( figure 400B a distance of from 11
, 16 to
116

'I
I
I
I

8. Lower landing gear assembly.

'.: ; ~ ' .. CAilTION .

IJ

gent:rally double in the up position: :. c:., ;; rnr

11rut attachment ro main strut.

5. Remove inboard and outboard fulcrum pin
nuts "l" (figure 79); use tool S-20408-34.

::o I ,

u
[

7. \\"'ich a pencil held against grease fittings

"l" (figure 80) of torque arm "3" so that the pencil
point couches boom web "'4 ," force gear up against
bumper, by hand. and down against up lock pin. The
length of pencil mark on web indicates up lock pin
clearance, whi ch must be ~({~ ( = 1
,:iJ inch . Adj use drag
strut "12" (figure 79) at "11" co gee this cl earance.
8. \Yich gear retracted, check for 1 :i:: to r,;~inch "break o,er dead center as shown in "A" (figure

RESTRICTED

Section IV
Pa ra gr ap h ~

RESTRICTED

AN 01-75FF-2

re 79) wi ll raise
ag str ut "1 2" (fi gu
dr
ng
di
ten
ex
;
0)
40
we r th e gear.
g th e str ut will lo
in
ten
or
sh
;
ar
ge
e
th
sim ila r
de d, ins ert pu tty or
9. W ith ge ar ex ten
Jock
up
of
reg ion
w en d of axle at
st
ain
ag
wn
su bs tan ce in ho llo
do
ll it
Retrace ge ar an d pu
k
loc
up
of
pi n en ga ge me nt.
h
pt
de
d ge ar an d measure
u
ee
cw
be
be
up lock pin . Ex ten
ld
ou
Im pr es sio n sh
.
tty
pu
in
n
sio
es
pi n im pr
boles ho ld in g
ad ju st pin , remove
%2 to ~)r, inch deep. To in bo ar d wheel well web) an d
(o n
cli p in pi n gr oo ve
terclockwise
uce "b ite " or coun
red
co
se
wi
ck
clo
n
tu rn pi
19 b (7 ), chis
ef er co pa ra gr ap h
(R
."
ite
"b
se
rea
to inc
co rep lac e clip.
se cti on .) Be su re
d up lock
e between hu b an
10. Check cle ara nc
ll do wn on ge ar,
in up position. Pu
ar
ge
th
wi
er
mp
bu
Clearance sh ou ld
an d release ge ar.
,
ge
ga
ler
fee
ert
ins
ut ca nn ot be ad0 inc h. If dr ag str
me as ur e .003 co .01
necessary. (See
mp er an d sh im as
jus ted , rem ov e bu
figure 39 9.)
ur cycles
th ro ug h th re e or fo
I I. Op er ate ge ar
er fu nc tio nin g.
co check fo r pr op
stm en t by
make fu rth er ad ju
12. If necessary,
po sit ion ,
wn
do
in
ve! wi th ge ar
cra
d
ro
ton
pis
g
ch.a ng in
ion . (S ee figth ge ar in up po sit
wi
'
.
'
2
"1
ut
str
ag
an d dr
ur e 79 .)
tti ng s. If
fo r accuracy of se
I 3. Check ag ain
en t of
stm
ma lad ju
d or retrace fully,
k for
ec
Ch
ge ar fails to ex ten
exists.
pi sto n ro d tra ve l
ne d
tli
ou
as
ac tu ati ng cy lin de r
ju st
n in figure 247. Ad
ro d crave! as sh ow
(6 ), chis section.
in pa ra gr ap h 19 b

I
j

(j

,
I

\;

. .,
\ '

1.
2.

3.
4.

Dr eg Link Pin
ly
Pi vo t Tu be As se mb
s
Pi vo t Po int
Dr eg Link

Fig ur e 81 -

(d ) TE ST .
n th ro ug h
tm en ts as ge ar is ru
I. Ch ec k all ad jus
several cycles.
on iandun til it is su pp or ted
2. Lo we r air pl an e

in g ge ar .

d in
ar scrucs as ou tli ne
3. Accuace lan di ng ge

, fo llo wi ng .
pa ra gr ap h (2 ) ( g)
ON .
(e ) IN ST AL LA TI

e" Pin
Dr ag Lin k "F re

n and mo vin g
me time cwiscing pi
sa
the
ac
,
bly
em
in g ass
ely th ro ug h
ly un til pin tur ns fre
us
eo
an
ult
sim
ks
dr ag lin
wise, lo ok in g
(T ur ni ng rube clock
l.
ive
tr;
k
lin
of
ou t arc
councerclockg<;>nal co len gt he n;
dia
e
us
ca
ll
wi
d,
fo rw ar
bo ar d di ag on al)
gh te n jam nuts (in
Ti
.)
ten
or
sh
co
wise,
ecy ~1ire.
ali gn me nt, an d saf
co ho ld piv ot cube
CA UT IO N

.)
N. (S ee figure 81
I. PR EP AR AT IO
. Pi n "1 "
pin
of
fo r fie
a. Ch ec k dr ag lin ks
th ro ug ho ut
dr ag -li nk bu sh ing s
in
m
cu
co
e
fre
muse be
int s. Gr as p pi n
ve! ab ou t piv ot po
cra
k
lin
of
arc
full
ce arc of travel.
links th ro ug h com pie
ve
mo
d
an
nd
ha
wi th
pr ev en t sli pp ag e
, if necessary, co
pe
ca
th
wi
n
pi
p
W ra
wh ile tu rn in g.
tu rn by
co be coo eight co
b. If pi n is fo un d
tb oa rd
ou
on al on
fro m ou tb oa rd di ag
menc
ch
ca
ac
ha nd, remove bole
in t of
e assembly ac po
en t.
hm
ac
att
drag-link-pivoc-cub
m
l fro
wichdraw dia go na
to pivoc tub e, an d
bo ard
on bo th en ds of in
c. Loosen jam nuts
ten or
sh
or
ng
ni
he
na l cube, len gt
go
dia
rn
tu
d
an
l,
dia go na

tension
rd dia go na l un de r
Do no t pu t ou tb oa
juscing
en ins tal lin g or ad
or co mp res sio n wh
nd only.
st tub e len gt h by ha
piv ot po int s. Ad ju
diagonal
ad ju sti ng in bo ar d
Sec piv ot po in ts by
on ly.

RESTRICTED

No te

e, where
lac em en t procedur
Un de r no rm al rep
ma ge d,
ge ar has no r been da
air pl an e or lan di ng
ot su p
se tti ng of bo om piv
do noc dis tur b the
pla ne in
s occurred co che air
pore. If da ma ge ha
d bo om
ar
di ng ge ar or fo rw
the are a of th e lan
in free
ca
ob
is impossible co
str uc ru re, an d it
replace
to
pt
its, do no t att em
op er ati on of al l un

11 7

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Section IV
Paragraph 5

6.

230240 (2 req)

1.

Fitting

2.

LS2803 (8 req, mcx)

Spacer
required
cs
-7,
-6,
-5,
-4,
-3,
-2,
(Use
for proper adjustmen t. These mcy
be used on either end of fulcrum .)

3.

Drift Pin

4.

Drift Pin

5.

Boom Contour Station

8.

S-33202

9.

179.875

10.
1 ,.

Figure 82 -

Main Landing Gear Fulcrum Alignment

c. Remove aligning pins separately and insert fulcrum pins.

boom pivot supports m the field as special

tooling is required for this operation. (Ref.
drawing 230587.)

d. Align fulcrum pin holes with a drift pin

and install retaining bolts.

2. INSTALL ATION PROCEDU RE.

a. Lift strut into place and align fulcrum

pins by using aligning pins. (See figure 82.) Support

strut against falling.
b. Withdraw outboard aligning pin enough
to insert a sufficient number of LS-2803 spacers to give
proper side adjustmen t between drag strut "l" and main
landing-ge ar-strut assembly "3." (See figures 83 and
84.) Replace aligning pin to hold spacers in place.
Maximum misalignm ent of drag strut in relation to shock
strut lug "2" with gear in either extended or retracted
position mwt not exceed % inch. If this limit is exceeded, reposition drag link washers and fulcrum spacers
~ give proper adjusunent .
111

7.

e. Install fulcrum pin lock nuts and safetybolt in place.

f. Install brake assembly. (Refer to paragraph 6 b (3), this section.)
g. Install wheel assembly. (Refer to paragraph 6 a ( 1 ) , this section.)
h. Fill shock strut as outlined in paragraph

b (2)

lo.~.... ,.

(f ), following.

i. Inflate strut with air until piston extends

2.i to 3 inches from cylinder w hen airplane is resting
on ground.
j. Test gear as outlined in paragraph (d),
preceding.

RESTRICTED

..

AN6-35A (2 req)
Bolt
AN960-6 l 6 (2 req)
Wosher
AC365-62 4 (2 req)
Nut
196126
Strut Assembly
225457 (2 req)
Pin
225479 (2 req)
Nut
225497 (2 req)
Wosher
AN3-24A (2 req)
Bolt
AC365-10 32 (2 req)
Nut
Nut(Usewr enchS-204 08-34) 225479 (1 req)
225458 (1 req)
Pin

I.
..

IL

Sec tion IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

1.
2.
3.

Gea r
Fig vre 84 - Mai n Lan ding
ted
rac
Ret
nt,
nme
Stru t Mis alig

Dra g Stru t End -fitt ing

Dra g Stru t Atta chm ent Lug
Sho ck Stru t Ass emb ly

Gea r
Fig ure 83 - Mai n Lan ding
ed
end
Ext
nt,
Stru t Mis alig nme

.;

.J

J
l

I
f

.u
11

Par agr aph S

R SHO CK STR UT.

(2) MA IN LA ND ING GEA
re 85.) -E: ich
(a) DE SCR IPT ION . (See figu
tic in acti on, with air as
mai n sho ck stru t is oleo -pne uma
oil the dam ping med ium .
the ene rgiz ing med ium .. and
nde r enc losi ng a pist on
The uni t is com pos ed of a cyli
a wheel axle fitting. Synat the end of whi ch is fast ene d
pac king s insu re ope rati on
thet ic and ; leat her che vro n type
. Pac king s are iden tifie d
wit hou t loss of cyli nde r fluid
painced on low er por tion
by a yell ow and a gree n strip e
indicates syn thet ic packd
of cyli nde r. The yell ow ban
her packing. Boch ban ds
ing, and the gree n ban d leat
of packings. Tor que
tion
toge ther indi cate a com bina
and che axle fitting,
r
nde
cyli
arm s, atta che d co bot h the
ent rota tion of the piston.
mai ntai n alig nme nt and prev
re i9. )-I n com(b) OPE RA TIO N. (See figu
"19 " the upw ard
axle
co
pres sion . whe n force is app lied
nde r "21 ." Thi s
C)li
inco
"
thru st telescopes pist on "20
ic fluid in cha mbe r "16 "
accion, in cum , forces h\'d raul
14" inco upp er cyli nde r
above the pist on thro ugh . orif ice"
resistance which absorbs
cha mbe r "13 ," crea ting a fluid
pressed by the hyd raul ic
pare of the shock. Air com

s furt her resistance to the

fluid in the upp er cha mbe r add
pressure has bee n thus
axle
tele scop ing action. Aft er
es the fluid back into
forc
air
abso rbed , the com pres sed
g the pist on. Res tric tion
low er cyli nde r "16 ," exte ndin
gn ensures smooch rein flow acc ord ing co orifice desi
coveI')' from shock.

( c) REM OV AL. (See figure i9.)

und with win g
I. Raise airp lane clea r of gro
h 2 b.
grap
para
jacks as outl ined in Sec tion III,
2. Def late stru t at air valve.
con nec tion
3. Dis con nec t brak e line at low er
e line
into a c1ean concainer. Plu g brak

and dra in fluid

and brak e-co nne ctio n hole .
low er poi nt
4. Dis con nec t side stru t "23 " at
of atta chm ent "2! ."
duit .
5. Dis con nec t scissors switch con

RESTRICTED

Not e

mounced on LH
Tor que arm scissors swi tch is
.
land ing gea r st.rue only
ent bolt "15 . "
6. Rem ove dra g scrut atta chm
reta inin g bolt .
7. Rem ove inb oar d fulc rum pin
119

- -
---RESTRICTED
AN 01-7 5FF -2

Sec tion IV

Par agr aph 5

nut. ( Lise tool

8. Remo"e inbo ard fulc rum pin
S-20408-34.)
inbo ard ful.
Y. Sup por t stru t and with draw
r. (Us e pin
nrle
cyli
t
~tru
crum pin enough co release
pul ler S-10401.)
dow nwa rd twis t
I 0. Lower stru t by exe rtin g a
s free of fulc rum "3."
ing mot ion until cyli nde r end drop
(d) DIS ASS EM BLY .

ure 85) , and

/. Remove filler plug "I" (fig
er.
tain
con
n
clea
a
dra in hydraulic fluid into
crew glan d nut
2. Remove lock screws and un$
427-38, figure 40.)
"12 " (fig ure 85) . (Us e tool S-20
Not e

is loca ted beA wip er ring "11 " ( figure 85)

dle this ring
Han
tween glan d nu.t and bea ring .
ly dam age d.
easi
is
with care for its feat her edg e
y dow n wit h
3,' Car eful ly bum p pist on assembl
s
l bea ring "10 " (fig ure 85) drop

a mal let or the foo t unti

ping fails to disl odg e
belo w end of cyli nde r. If bum
air-valve bod y and inflate
bea ring and pac king , repl ace
ring and pac king from
stru t ju.st eno ugh to force bea
stru t.
cylinder. Do not ove r-in flat e
" (figire 79) .
4. Dis con nec t torq ue arm s "17
"5" (fig ure
5, Unscrew pist on reta iner sleeve
re 40.)
85) . (Use wre nch S-33701, figu
t cyli nde r.
6. Wit hdr aw piscon from stru
sen ing Jock
7. Rem ove pis ton hea d by loo
S-20628-21,
nch
~re
e
(Us
scre w and uns crew ing hea d.
figure 40.)

I
I

I
,I

CAU TIO N

1.

Fille r Plug ond Air Vol ve

2.

Nom e Plo te

4.

ly
Sho ck Stru t Cyl inde r Ass emb
Pist on Heo d Top Beo ring

5.

Pist on Slee ve

6.

Pist on Ass emb ly

and :~vip er ring .

7.

Upp er Poc king Spo cer

Che vro n Poc king Rin gs

. (See figure 86. )

( e) MA INT EN AN CE REP AIR
mon source of trou ble
-Fl uid leakage is the mos t com
g glan d nut, or repl acin g
and may be stop ped by adju stin
glan d packing.

3.

8.
9.

Low er Spo cer

10.

Bot tom Beo ring

11.

Wip er Rin g

12.

Gla nd Nut

13.

Axl e Ass emb ly

Fig ure 85 120

to pist on, pre'When asse mbl ing pist on hea d

lock scre w
sure
e
mak
to
n
caution mus t be take
resu lt in
will
this
erve
obs
to
is tigh t. Fail ure
ing to cause an
screw loos enin g and hea d turn
pas t hea d irico
eventual loss of hyd raul ic fluid
pist on bod y.
ers, bea ring ,
8. Remove stru t pac king , spac

D NU T.
/. AD JUS TM EN T OF GL AN
Not e

is inst alle d and

Make adju stm ent whi le stru t
ing gea r.
'111.'eigh t of airp lane rests on land

ck Stru t
Mai n Lan ding Gea r Sho

RESTRICTED

Section IV

RESTRICTED

Para grap h 5

AN 01-75 FF-2

rs
Replace chevron pack ing rings and space
bed
seate
erly
indiv idual ly. Make sure each ring is prop
hydraulic
fore insta lling the next. Dip rings in strut
of rings
apex
chat
fluid to facilitate insta llatio n. Be sure
rs are
space
and
ings
point s down , and chat correct pack
two
of
osed
comp
are
insta lled. Strut chev ron pack ings
ing
draw
AAF
co
ng
lowe r rings of leath er, coof ormi
rial,
mate
etic
synth
of
43B223 7, and four uppe r rings
able, actuate
Specification AN6 225- 49. If means are avail
a minimum
for
l
trave
its
pisto n throu gh at least half
of 500 cycles.
Reverse disassembly procefill cylinder co level of
and
fully
dure. Compress strut
U. S. gallo n (0.84
one
ately
oxim
filler hole with appr
Specification Al'J,
fluid
aulic
hydr
of
n)
Impe rial gallo
ed air and
VV-0 -366 . Actu ate pisto n to remove crapp
securely
and
ll
check fluid level. If level is corre ct, insta
tight en air valve body and gask et.
(f) ASSEMBLY. -

(g) TEST .

'

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

6.
7.

Bear ing
Wipe r Ring, AN6231
Sleev e
Uppe r Spac er
Uppe r Pocking, Specification AN6 225- 49
Lower Pocking, Specification AAF 43B2237
Lower Spac er
Figu re 86 -

J
.I
]

I
I

u
II

ane so
I. With shoc k strut installed, rock airpl
to overcome
strut will alter natel y exten d and compress
pisto n shou ld
pack ing friction. Whe n prop erly inflated,
in parag raph
exten d from cylin der a distance as given
ting strut infla(h), follo wing . Whe n check ing or adjus
a level surface
tion, place airpl ane in taxi posit ion on
shelt ered from wind .
d
2. Test filler body and valve and pack ing glan
Leak
ion.
solut
r
-wate
for air leaka ge with a neutr al soapy
seepfluid
aulic
hydr
by
age at pack ing glan d is indic ated
ed.
age, or by bubbles when soapy wate r is appli
CAU TION

Land ing Gear Strut Pack ing

en
a. Remove lock screws and gradu ally tight
holes
w
-scre
Lock
glan d nut until leakage has stopped.
every 20 )
are locat ed to allow 18 adjustments (one
co one comp lete turn of gland nut.
d
b. Rock airpl ane sligh dy co make sure glan
co
n
pisto
cause
to
gh
enou
nut has not been tight ened
bind.
c. Replace lock screws and safety wire.
d. If pisto n seizes or binds, replace gland

testDo not use soaps of high lye conte nt when

.
parts
l
ing for leaka ge as they will etch meta
inafter
ion
Wip e all surfaces dry of soap solut
spections have been made.
val pro(h) INST ALL ATIO N. - Reverse remo
rests on
ht
weig
e
cedu re and lowe r airpl ane until entir
n expisto
until
struts
land ing gear. Infla te main shoc k
s
inche
3
or
load,
full
tends zy2 inches maximu,m , with
on
line
red
from
ured
maxi mum , with light load, meas
ned in parapisto n to end of glan d nut. Test gear as outli
grap h ( g), prece ding.

pack ing.
CAU TION

2. REP LAC EME NT OF PAC KING .

in
Air valves muse be of the high -pressure type
-71.
accordance with Specification AN-C

Note

ing.
Strut muse be disassembled to replace pack
and
jacks
wing
with
nd
grou
off
ane
Raise airpl
outfollo w proce dure for scrut disassembly as
clean
lined in parag raph ( d), preceding. Place
aulic
hydr
cacch
conta iner beneath piscon to
fluid.

ING
(3) MAI N LAN DIN G GEA R ACT UAT
CYL INDE R.
raph 19
( a) DES CRIP TION . - Refer co parag
h ( 6), this section.
RESTRICTED

121

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Section IV

17:'
0;
1.

Pilot Droin Plugs

2.

Door Actuating Cylinder

3.

Door Hinge

A.

Nose Wh eel Well Door

5.

Door Lctch

6.

Nose Wheel Assembly

7.

Nose Land ing Geer Assembly

Figure 87- Nose Landing Gear Installation, Rear View

122

.,J -

..

,.

RESTRICTED

Sec tio n IV
Pa rag rap h 5

RESTRICTED

AN 01-7SFF-2

"
sec uri ng dra g str ut "20
3. Remove bo lt "23 "
cha in "21 ."
and disconnect saf ety

h
Re fer co par agr aph 19
(b) OP ER AT IO N. ( 2), thi s section.

No te

wheel assembly may be

Fo r ease of han dli ng ,
g gea r removal as outrem ov ed pri or to lan din
(1) , this section.
lin ed in pa rag rap h 6 a

(c) RE MO VA L.

of gro un d wi th wi ng
I. Raise air pla ne cle ar
, par agr aph 2 b.)
jacks. (Se e Section lII
g
c pre ssu re by op era tin
2. Re lie ve ~y dra uli

ing boles.

g hy dra uli c lines.

3. Di sco nn ect and plu
at fire wall.
4, De tac h fire wall seal
pis ton -en d assembly
J. Re mo ve pin att ach ing
ure 79 ).
to dra g lin ks at "7 " (fig
"9 " fro m aft pa rt of
6. Re mo ve elbow fitt ing
cyl i?d er (fi gu re 79 ).
clevis to sup po rt bay.
7. Re mo ve nu t ho ldi ng
do wn wa rd.
8. Sli de cylinder aft and
loc k fr
ma in lan din g gea r up
(4) UP LO CK .-T he
well
eel
wh
d we b of each ma in
mo un ted on the inb oar
the
of
eng age s the ho llo w end
is
so tha t the up loc k pin
It
d.
icio
gea r is in the UP pos
wh eel axl e v.h en the
red
an
tem
g gea r hy dra uli c sys
con nec ted to the lan d:n
ce. Fo r
ens ion begins to take pla
leases the ge ar wh en ext
, this
(7)
/,
, ref er to pa rag rap h 19
a com ple te des cri pti on
section.
main
.-I aco rpo rat ed int o the
( 5) DO W N LO CK
ich
wh
pin
ted
era
sm all pis ton -op
act uat ing cyl ind er is a
en
wh
ton
pis
er
ind
cyl
in the ma in
ext end s int o a gro ov e
ent
vem
mo
ts
ven
pre
ed. Th is pin
the ge ar is ful ly ext end
ton dured, an d reieases the pis
end
ext
of the ge ar wh en
, ref er
Fo r fur the r inf orr nar ioa
ing the ret rac tio n cycle.
, this section.
to pa rag rap h 19 /, (i)

ain
4. Remove ful cru m pin ret
nuts.
5. Remove ful cru m pin

ail ero ns.

I
I

L
]
[l

d 88 .)
AR . (Se e figures 87 an
c. NO SE LA ND IN G GE

gea r
casterable nose lan din g
( l) GE NE RA L- Th e
uts ,
str
ag
e sho ck str ut, du al <1r
consists of an air-oil typ
e
rak
d-b
-an
qu e arms, and a wh eel
a wh eel for k an d tor
e
Th
.
tire
r
27-inch sm oo th con tou
assembly mo un tin g a
a
by
ted
rac
in ali gn me nt wh en ret
ge ar assembly is kep t
al
ern
int
ice inc orp ora ted in ,the
me cha nic al cen ter ing dev
cyl ind er.
ton and shock str ut
con str uct ion of the pis
by the
ed
ed po sit ion is ma int ain
Al ign me nt in the extend
dam per .
act ion of the shi mmy
exe figure 88 .) - Ge ar
( a) RD fO VA L. (Se
ten ded .

!l

gea r v.heels and low er

1. Block ma in lan din g
un d, senose gea r is clear of gro
tail of air pla ne. \\=' hen
nd loa d.
cure tail wi th 80 0-p ou
at air valve.
2. Deflate sho ck str ut

(Use

too l

520402-27.)
r and remove two ful6. Su pp ort lan din g gea
Wi thd raw
pin pu lle r S-10402.)
cru m pins "5 ". (U se
rt.
po
sup
its
cru m fro m
pin s eno ug h co free ful
it is clear of air pla ne
7. Ro tat e ful cru m un til
efully.
str uct ure and low er car
ve
(Se e figure 88 .)- Re mo
(b) DI SA SS EM BL Y.
uts
str
ck'
sho
and
dra g str uts "20 ,"
side brace str uts "6, "
ts, pins,
ov ing the ir att ach ing bol
rem
"7 " ind ivi du all y by
an d ou ts.
(Se e figure 396.)
(c) AD JU ST ME NT .
ind~r piston rod len gth
1. Ad jus t act uat ing cyl
im ate ly
(fi gu re 88 ) uncil app rox
at clevis actachmenc "!"
end .
vis
cle
and
e between lock nut
eig ht thr ead s are visibl
No te

rwill iucrease break-ove

Sh ort eni ng pis ton rod
ipos
N
W
th gea r in DO
cen ter of dra g str ut wi
n.
itio
pos
UP
gea r in the
0tion an d will low er the
will decrease che
rod
ton
pis

Le ng the nin g
g str ut with gea r in
bre ak- ov er- cen ter of dra
will raise the gea r in the
DO W N po siti on and
U P po siti on .
k .nucs at "24 " ( fig ;re
2. Loosen dra g str ut loc
ce bet we en
of str ut un ril the distan
88 ) and adj ust len gth
inches.
s
Y
I
ly
is app rox im ate
the ends of str ut cubes
No te

str ut will dec rea se the

Sh orc eni ng the dra g
in
dra g str ut with gea r
bre ak- ov er-cen ter of
the
in
r
gea
che
l low er
DO W N po sit ion an d wil
UP po siti on .
str ut ~ill inc rease the
Le ng the nin g che dra g
dra g scrut with gea r
bre ak- o,er-cencer of the
and will raise the gea r
in the DO W N po siti on
siti on .
10 the UP po
dra g scr ut len gth pro3. Ad jus t pis ton rod and
n final reat dra g str ut) co ob tai
gressively ( pre fer abl y
ures 393 and 396.
sul ts as specified in fig
.
inch slack. If necessary
4. Check chain for 114
ut
str
on
mp
eri ng or raising cla
ad jus t ten sio n by low
6.)
39
assembly. (See figure
12 3

RESTRICTED

Section IV

RESTRICTED
. ,

AN 01-75FF-2

---- CD

.,
1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

25.

9.
16.
19.

TOOLS
Fulcrum Pin Nut Wrench
Fulcrum Pin Puller
Cylinder Retaining Nut Wr.e nch
Axle Nut Wrench
Shimmy Damper Retaining Ring

25.

Wrench
Torque Lever Adjusting Nut Wrench

's.

...
Jo.

Piston Rod End Terminal

Actuating Cylinder
Down Lock
Fulcrum Pin Nut
Fulcrum Pin
Side Strut
Shock Strut
Shimmy Damper Piston
Shimmy Damper Cylinder Assembly
ShimmyDam per Reservoir Assembly
1t
Torqu~ Arm
Torque Arm Pin
Towing Eye Bolt
Nose Wheel Fork
Wheel Axle
Wheel Axle Nut
Shock Strut P-iston
Pocking Gland Nut
Shimmy Damper Retaining Ring
Dreg Struts
-Safety Chain
Fulcrum
Dreg Strut Bolt
Dro'g Strut Adjusting Nut
Torque Lever

~-

S-20402-27
S-10402
S-20125
S-12101
S-20634-11
S-20129

Figure 88 -

Nose Landing Gear

RESTRICTED

---- --

I
,

Sec tion IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

--,.-l,-(D
1j ~; .

l_t_

.f.I1--<D=tl

Par agr aph S

re 88. )
(b) RE MO VA L. (Se e figu
ced ure as out line d in
I. Fol low rem ova l pro
ced ing .
par agr aph b (2) (c) , pre
connect side brace
2. Sup por t str ut and dis
ent to fulcrum.
stru ts "6" at upp er atta chm
dow nw ard twist3. Lower stru t by exe rtin g a
d loosen suffihea
t cyl ind er
ing mo tion unt il keys in stru
cru
p fre e of ful m.
cienc!y co allo w stru t to dro
e figure 89 .)- Rc fer to
( c) DIS AS SE MB LY . (Se
ced ing .
par agr aph b {2) (d) , pre
" and dra in hyd rau lic
J. Remove fill er plu g "l,
er.
fluid into a cle an con tain
unscrew gla nd' nuc
2. Rem ove loc k screws and
1, figure 40. )
"12 ." (Us e cool S-20636-2
No te

d between gla nd nut

A wip er rir.g "11 " is loc ate
rin g wich care for ics
and bea rin g. Ha ndl e this
age d.
fea the r edg e is easily dam
assembly wit h a
3. Ca ref ully bum p piscon
end
bea rin g "10 " dro ps below
ma llet or the foo t uncil
and
g
fails to dislodge bea rin
of cyl ind er. If bum pin g
jus t
t
scru
bod y and inflate
pac kin g, replace air- val ve
Do
er.
ind
and pac kin g fro m cyl
eno ugh co force bea rin g
noc over-inflate stru c.
s.
4. Dis con nec t tor que arm
"5. " (Us e too l
5. Un scr ew pis con sle eve
S-34501, figure 40. )
!l scruc cylinder.
6. Wi thd raw pis ton fro
sen ing lock screw
7. Remove piscon hea d by loo
40.)
e cool S-20628-21, figure
and uns cre win g hea d. (Us

I
I
I

1.

2.
3.
- 4.

5.
6.
7 .
8.
9.
10.
11,
12.
13.

L
I

"

Fill er Plu g end Air Va lve

No me Pla te
em bly
Sho ck Str ut Cy lind er A;s
g
arin
Be
Top
Pis ton He ad
Pis ton Sle eve
Pis ton As sem bly
Up per Poc kin g Spc;icer
Ch evr on Pac kin g Rin gs
Low er Sp ace r
Bot tom Be ari ng
Wi per Ring
Gla nd Nu t
Nu t

Figure 89 -

CA UT ION

ck Strut
No se Lan din g Ge ar Sho

AR SH OC K ST RU T.
(2) NO SE LA ND IN G GE
e figu re 89 .)- Th e nose
( a) DE SC RIP TIO N. (Se
simio-p neu ma tic type, and is
sho ck str ut is of che ole
g
rat ion co the ma in lan din
lar in con stru ctio n and ope
resleeve "5" eng age s a cor
gea r sho ck scrucs. A cam
in a
top bea rin g "4" to ma inta
spo ndi ng cam cue in the
r
gea
the
che nose wh eel wh en
for e-a nd- afc alig nm ent of
dam
y
compression. A shimm
is recracted or noc und er
ext
ven
pre
tor que arm s ro
per is inscalled abo,e che
e wh eel at hig h speeds, but
nos
~essive osc illa tion of che
er
the wheel co swivel on eith
is con stru cte d co per mit
e.
the airp lan
sid e of the cen ter line of

hea d to piscon, preWh en ass em blin g pis ton

make sur e lock screw
cauciofi muse be caken co
e this wil l result in
is eight. 'Fa ilu re to observ
curning co cause an
d
screw loo sen ing and hea
d pas t hea d inco
flui
lic
evencual loss of hyd rau
pis ton body.
spacers, bearing, and
8. Re ~o ve scruc packings,
wip er rin g.
RE PA IR. (Se e figure
(d) . MA IN TE NA NC E
b (2) ( e), preceding.
86 .)- Re fer co par agr aph
r co par agr aph b (2) (f) ,
(e) AS SE MB LY .-R efe
S.
e scruc wich onl y .75 U.
pre ced ing , exc ept fill nos
ion
cat
cifi
Spe
d,
flui
hyd rau lic
(.62 Im per ial) gal lon of
AN -VV -0- 366 .
agr aph b (2) (g) , pre (f) TE ST .-R efc r co par
ma in
c is identical wit h chac for
ceding. Tesc for nose scru
hes
inc
4
end
ext
pis ton sho uld
scruc, exc ept nose scruc

RESTRICTED

125

Sec tio n IV
RESTRICTED
AN 01- 75F F-2

SPRINGS
MIDDLE POR TIO N OF
Y
OMITTED FOR CLARIT

-----CD
7
-----------{
.:____ _ _ _ _ _CD

------

-------@

~~==------------

I
l

-~

-----------@

~-----------1.

Poc k ing Nu t

2.

Wo she r

3.
4.

" O " Ring Po cki ng

"O " Ring Po cki ng

5.

Pis ton

6.

7.

g
Ou ter Ex ten sio n Sp rin
g
Inn e r Ex ten sio n Sp rin

8.

Cy lin der

9.

Yo lve Sp rin g Re tai ner

10.

Vo lve Sp rin g

11.

Po pp et Ch eck Vo lve

12.

Go ske t

13.

Th reo ded End Fit tin g

sq in.
for lea kag e-1 200 lbi
NO TE : Test pre ssu re

Fig ure 90 -

lind er
Sh imm y Da mp er Cy

RESTRICTED

12 7

~-

I
I

RESTRICTED

S.ction IV

AN 01-7SFF-2

,orogroph 6

A. Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir

B. Broke Moster Cylinder
C. Bell Cronk Assembly
D. Swivel Fitting
E. Parking Broke Handle

COLOR KEY

aKl SUP!'lY LINES

-

PRESSURE LINES

//.

I
I
I

t
I

NOT,

Re~o...-. ilock from coblu.

Oo no, apply 1en1ion ro coblti

Figure 91 -

Brake System Location and Flow Diagram

( c) DISASSEMBLY.-Refer to paragraph ( 1)
(c), preceding.

(2) NOSE LAJ\"DING GEAR WHEEL

ASSEMBLY.
( a) DESCRIPTION.-The nose wheel assembly
consists of a cast wheel, a tire. and a cube, similar to the
main wheel assembly. No brakes are installed in the nose
wheel assembly. The wheel and tire assembly is mounted
on the axle of the nose landing gear strut located in the
forv.ard section of the fuselage. The tire is a 27-inch
smooch contour, 8-ply casing, Specification AN-C-55A,
using a 27-inch SCB Dual Seal tube, Specification AN-I
14, and mounted on a cast magnesium wheel, Specifica
cion AN-W-6.
(b) REMOVAL.

(e) ASSEMBLY.-Refer co paragraph (1) (e),

preceding.

ID

(/) INSTALLATION.
J. Replace wheel assembly as outlined in paragraph ( 1) ( f), preceding.

2. Lower nose of airplane and remove load

from tail.
b. BRAKE SYSTEM.

1. Block main landing gear wheels and lower

tail of airplane.

2. When nose wheel is clear of ground, secure

tail with 800-pound load.
3. Remove wheel assembly as outlined in paragraph ( 1) ( b), preceding.
130

(d) MAINTENANCE REPAIR.-Refer to paragraph ( 1) ( d), preceding.

(1) GENERAL. (See figure 91.)-The braking system consists of cv.o barrel-type compensating master
cylinders, directly connected to cv.o 12.7-inch nine-disctype brake units. The hydraulic brake fluid is fed by
gravity from two reservoirs, located on the aft bulkhead
of the gun compartment, co the inlets of the respective

RESTRICTED

I
I
11

Sec tion IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7 5FF -2

I
I
I
I

A.

B.

Bra kes Off

Bra kes Par tiall y App lied

I.

"

I
L

I
I_
C.

I
L
;1

D.

Bra kes Full y App lied

Fig ure 92 -

Bra kes Re l eas ed

Bra ke Ope rati on C y cle

RESTRICTED

131

--------
Section IV
Paragraph 6

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

(D .

10

(- --_J\\\W

I
22

1. Eyebolt Lock Nut

2. Rubber Boot Strop (Smoll)
3." Rubber Boot
.4. Rubber Boot Strop (Lorge)
5. Cylinder Body
6. Steel Sleeve Insert
7. Gravity Inlet Port
8. Inlet Connector Fitting

9. Compensating Port
10. Pressure Port
11. Return Spring
12. Spring Sect
13. Front Piston Seel
1.4. Piston Heed Ports
15. Piston
Figure 93 -

( a) OPERATION. (See figure 92.)-The oper

ation of the brake system may be divided into four com
ponems or positions in the brake-application cycle: "A,"
Brakes Off; "B," Partially Applied; "C," Fully Applied,
and "D," Released.
Note
Item numbers in text following are called out
on figure 93 except as noted.

16. Reor Piston Seel

17. Piston Return Stop
18. Snop Ring
1 9. Piston Rod
20. Boot Air Vent
21. Piston Rod Coupling
22. Eyebolt Terminal

Brake Master Cylinder

master cylinders (figure 91 ). The cylinders are lo:ated

on the aft bulkhead of the gun compartment in line v>'ith
the rudder pedals. From the master cylinder, the hydraulic fluid pressure is transmitted to the respective
brake units through tubing along the front center-section
shear beam and through the forv.ard boom to the main
landing gear shock strut by flexible tubing. The fluid is
carried from the center section to the strut, to allow re
traction of the gear, and from the strut to the brake co
permit movement of the shock-absorbing unit.

132

15

21

J. In the brakes off, or fully released position,

there is no pressure in the master cylinder, since piston

"15" does not cover compensating port "9," Hence, the
brake discs may turn freely, since there is no hydraulic

I
I

pressure at the brake unit.

2. \Xlhen the brake is partially applied, the piston moves forward covering compensating port "9."
Any further movement of the piscon develops pressure
on the fluid in the master cylinder. This is transmitted
through the hydraulic lines to the brake cylinder, partially compressing the discs and slov.oing the rotation of
the wheel.

3. To build up braking pressure, a sufficient

quantity of fluid must pass to the brake cylinder to
cause piscon "9" ( figure 94) co move out and bring the
discs together. After contact is accomplished, any further movement of the master piston brings increased

RESTRICTED

Se cti on 1V

RESTRICTED

AN 01-75FF-2

: ~ ~ ' .. ..

.'

.. -

~~~

19

!I l

1. Bl ee de r Sc re w
r
2. Bl ee de r W as he
ug
Pl
r
3. Bl ee de
4. Se el Ri ng
er Sp rin g
5. Pi sto n Se el Ex pe nd
6. In su lat ing Disc
7. Pis ton Se el Ga sk et
g
8. Pis ton Re tur n Sp rin

tai nin g Nu t
16 . Disc St ec k Re
g Nu t Lock Sc rew
9. Pis ton
17 . Disc Re tai nin
sc
Di
ing
ak
Br
y
Key
10 . St ati on er
18. Disc An ch or
ing Disc
Pl ate
ue
rq
To
le
11 . Ro tat ing Br ak
19. Ax
An ch or Br ac ke t
er
ac
Sp
le
12 . Br ak e M ou nti ng
20 . Ax
In let Plu g
At tac hin g Bolts
13 . Hy dr au lic Line
21 . To rq ue Pl ate
r
Sc rev .
14. Inl et W as he
22. An ch or Key
ge
Ga
r
ele
15 . .06 6- inc h Fe

Fi gu re 94 -

l
I

Br ak e As se mb ly

13 5

RESTRICTED

-- ~-- - -....

-. -

- -

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Section IV

"' l

1. Stop

6. Bell Cron k Asse mbly Brock et

11. Bell Cron k Assem bly

2. Pulle y

7. Ratch et

12. Pullr od

3. Cobl e Asse mbly

8. Cable Adju sting Barre l

9. Broke Ma$t er Cylin der

13. Cabl e Asse mbly

4. Pow! Stop Block

S. Pow[

14. Hand le

10. Cobl e Asse mbly

For Key to Cablei., See Seetion IX.

Figur e 95 -

Park ing Brak e Insta llatio n

RESTRICTED

Se cti on IV
RESTRICTED
AN Ot -75 FF -2

ARD
LH ENGINE - INBO
ne l
1. To p Fo rw ard Pa
l
ne
Pa
t
2. To p Af
Sc oo p
3. Ex ha us t Sh rou d
Tu be Sc oo p
st
Bla
g
4. Sp ark Plu
l
ne
5. Sid e Fo rw ard Pa
l
ne
Pa
r
nte
6. Sid e Ce
7. Sid e Af t Pa ne l
l
8. Bo tto m Af t Pa ne
ct
Du
p
Flo
9.
m Pa ne l
10 . lnt erc oo ler Bo tto
p
oo
Sc
e
ak
Int
11 .
Fla p
12 . Oi l Co ole r Exit
Flo p
it
Ex
ler
oo
erc
lnt
13 .
n en d Af t Do or
sio
ten
A. St art er Ex
for Ex ter na l He ate r
ate r Do or
B. En gin e Se cti on He
Do or
ce
rvi
Se
nt
ola
Co
C.
Co ve r
D. Oi l Co ole r Dr ain

T
LH ENGINE - FRON
e Du ct
1A. Oi l Co ole r Int ak
e Du ct
ak
Int
ler
oo
erc
lnt
2A .
I

'

OARD
LH ENGINE - OUTB
l
1. To p Fo rw ard Pa ne
2. To p Af t Pa ne l

L
]

"'

oo p
3. Ex ha us t Sh rou d Sc
be Sc oo p
4. Sp ark Plu g Bla st Tu
l
5. Sid e Fo rw ard Pa ne

1.

l
6. Sid e Ce nte r Pa ne

7. Sid e Af t Pa ne l
l
8. Bo tto m Af t Pa ne
9. Flo p Duct

I
.:I

Bo tto m Pa ne l
10 . lnt erc oo ler
11 . Int ak e Sc oo p
it Flo p
12 . Oi l Co ole r Ex
it Flo p
13. lnt erc oo ler Ex

on
wl ing Ide nti fic ati
Fig ure 96 -- Co

13 9

RESTRICTED

Sectio n IV
Parag raph 7

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75 FF-2

7. NACELLE GRO UP.

(8) Panel "12" is chc oil coole r exit flap.

The
electrical actua ting mech anism is accessible
throu gh
panel "6."

a. GEN ERA L-Th e nacelles consist of the

cowli ng

and engin e suppo rt struct ure exten ding fonva rd

of the
fire wall (stati on 1551~ ). The cowli ng is made
up of
remov able panel s which provi de access to the
engin e
and accessories for inspe ction and maint enanc e.
Cooling air ducts are also includ ed in the nacelles.
b. REM OVA BLE COW L PANELS. (See figure
96.)

,. COW L FORM ERS. -Cow l forme rs are attach

ed
to the engin e and other pans of the engin e sectio
n co
provi de a base for the remov able cowl panel s, which
are
butt-j ointed co form a smoo th engin e housi ng.

'

( 1) Panel "I" provi des access to the top of each

cylind er bank. The right- hand panel incorp orates
a sen
ice door throu gh which the coola nt suppl y
may be
checked and replen ished .
(2) Panel "2" provi des access to the cop of the
engine accessory housi ng.
( 3) Panel "3" is the extern al cover of the exhau
st
manif old and provi des access to the exhau st manif
old
and inner shrou d.
( 4) Panel "5" provi des access to the lower part
of
the engin e. Open ings in the forwa rd end accom
mo
date the spark plug blast rube scoop "4. Panel
"5"
(inbo ard side only) has a 4-inch heat induc tion
hole
and cover plate "B." Remo val of the cover plate
permi ts
the admis sion of heat from an external source
to pre
v.arm the engin e durin g cold weath er opera rion.
Panel s
"5" and "6" (inbo ard only) have polish ed metal
a;:eas
which make possib le a visual check on the positi
on of
the nose landi ng gear from the cockpit.
( 5) Panel "7" provi des access to the lower sectio
n
of the engin e accessory comp artme nt. Each righthand
panel has a hinge d door "A" over the manu al
starte r
shaft exten sion, and mesh ing contro l. A three-inch
cover
plate attach ed to the door permi rs induc tion of
extern al
heat to the accessories comp artme nt.
( 6) The ducts "l A" and "2A" form the lower
forward sectio n of the nacell e and condu ct air throu
gh the
carbu retor air interc ooler radiat or and the oil
coole r
radiat ors.
(7) The two panel s "8" and
to the lower portio n of the engin e.
two 7-inch holes and cover plates
drain ing facilities for the oil coole r
conta ins the interc ooler exit flap.

;:,.~

hlL. ,,:.::. _
~~-
r ' ':;-:

.,;;...,..4., 4 ~ - - - - -- .. _ . . . . _
_ ~- -

Figur e 97 -

Note
Instal l interc ooler exit duct plugs in panel "8"
if carbu retor air tempe raruie s of 15C (59F )
or less are e:-:perience:d durin g flight at cruising
powe r. The plugs are scowed in the armam ent
comp artme nt as loose equip ment. Instal l plugs
at forwa rd ends of right and left-h and inter
coole r exit ducts. Secure in place with eight
PK 84.x.A-8-24 screws throu gh duct flange.

Air lntok e Ducts

d. AIR INTAKE DUCT S.

( 1) DESC RIPT ION. (See figure 97.)- The
carburet or air interc ooler ducts and oil coole r radiat
or ducts
form the lower section of the engin e nacelle. The
tern
perat ure of the carbu retor air and engin e oil is contro
lled
by eleetrically opera ted exit flaps which contro l
the mass
flow of air throu gh the radiat or units.
(2) REM OVA L.
( a) Remove the side engin e cowls, "5," "6,"
and
"7." (See figure 96.)

( b) Remo ve the screws and bolts securi ng the

intake duce to the forwa rd bulkh ead.

"IO" provi de access

Panel "11" conta ins

"D" to provid e oil
radiators. Panel "9"

OIL TEMPER,.TURE
REGULATO~

( c) Disco nnect the forwa rd side cowl formers.

( d) Disco nnect the aft lower cowl formers.
( e) Disco nnect the oil coole r flap push- pull tube
at the bell crank .

(f) Remove the engin e stud nuts which secure

the air duct forwa rd moun ting brack ets.
( g) Disco nnect the oil lines at the tempe rature
regul ator and drain the oil into a clean conta iner.
Note
If desired the oil tempe rature regula tors may
be remo" ed. (Refe r to parag raph 15 g (2),
this sectio n.)

140

RESTRICTED

..

'l
Se cti on IV
Pa ra gr ap h 7

RESTRICTED
AN 01 -75FF-2

\I
I

11
I

r- '' ... f

;:r

<D.

..

'

..

I
I

-'
1.
2.
3.
4.

Di ag on al
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt

9. Po ds
5. Ad jus t m en t
10. Bolts
En gin e
6. Bolts
11 . Bo y As sy . Left
mb ly
7. Di ag on al As se
al
12 . Di ag on
*8 . Bolts
0 inc h -p ou nd s.
40
0to 35
*T o be tig ht en ed
pp or t A ss em bl y
e M ou nt a n d Su
gin
En
98
e
ur
Fig
dia go na ls
bo lts . Some of the

13 .
14 .
15 .
16.

Ad ju stm en t
Bo lt
Bolt
Tr us s

facilihaYe ad jus tin g nu ts.

mp on cn c pa res .
rep lac em en t of co
or
ion
lat
tal
ins
tat ing
e, be su re the
im pe cti ng an en gin
or
g
lin
tal
ins
hn
he
\'\.
d co 35 0-400 inc
"8 ." are tig hte ne
,
lts
bo
wn
nu
do
cie
is an alu mi m
e su pp or t bay, "1 1."
Th
e.
qu
tor
ds
un
po
en ds b~ lin in gs
or ce d on the af t
pp
su
ing
rg
fo
oy
all
ll ch an ne ls an d
ard bo om wh eel we
rw
fo
the
co
d
he
ac
att
the en gin e crusses.
low er su pp or t fo r
d
an
afr
the
s
rm
fo
crusses "1 6" pr oed alu mi nu m all oy
Tw o crian gu lar fo rg
co che trusses are
e en gin e. At tac he d
vide su pp or t fo r ch
co ole r flap ac tug pa ds "9 ," the oil
the en gin e mo un tin
or ts.
che inc erc oo ler su pp
:icor su pp or ts an d

remoYe the
air int ak e du ct an d
( h) Su pp or t the
un tin g brackets.
bo lts of the rea_r mo
at secure the
addicional screws ch
(i) RemoYe an y
en gin e section.
incakc du cts co the
(if accached)
ct an d reg ula tor s
(j) Lo we r the du
ess to the:
es
.) Th is pro ,id acc
97
ure
fig
ee
(S
as a unic.
gin e.
un de rsi de of the en
T BAY. (S ee
NT S AN D SC PP OR
e. E~ GI NE ~f OU
mp os ed of three
en gin e mounc is co
fig ur e 98 .)- Ea ch
d dia go na ls. Al l
ort bay, trusses, an
sections: the su pp
ure d by ma ch ine d
on en t pa ns are sec
se cti on s an d co mp
RESTRICTED

141

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Se cti on IV

Pa rag rap h 8

--

.,

I
\

.... .. .J

- ...

>'

'

(
I

Figure 99 -

, Inb oa rd}
Points (B ay Se cti on
En gin e Di sco nn ect ion

ON NE CT IO N
(5 ) EN GI 1'E DI SC
(O UT BO AR D) .

PO I1 'T S

ler an d
cts be tw een inc erc oo
(a ) Re mo ve air du

" (fi gu re 10 2).

ca rbu ret or "l " an d "4
interbetween fire wa ll an d
( b) Re mo ve air du ct
2).
co ole r "2 " (fi gu re 10
e "4 "
rem ov e co ola nt lin
( c) Di sco nn ect an d
(fi gu re 101}.

st rube
rat or co oli ng air bla
( d) Di sco nn ect ge ne
at ge ne rat or.
ort "l "
tion low er cowl su pp
(e) Re mo ve bay sec
(fi gu re 10 1).
g arm at
ercooler flap act ua tin
(f) Di sco nn ect inc

the be ll crank.
pp ort "l "
section top cowl su
( g) Re mo ve bay
(fi gu re 10 3).
be tw een
lle r pit ch co ntr ol rod
(h ) Re mo ve pro pe
14 8

ort , ite m ''2 ''

nte r en gin e cov,J su pp
fire wa ll an d top ce
(.figure 10 3).
l rod s
le an d mi xtu re concro
(i) Di sco nn ec t thr ott
at car bu ret or.

," an d
e shr ou ds "l, " "2 ," "3
(j) Re mo ve rail pip

"4 " (.figure 19 0).

(.figure
pip e "5 " an d "6 "
(k ) Di sco nn ect tail

19 0).

ctr ica l
rem ain ing rubes, ele
( l) Di sco nn ect all
fro m
e
ibl
ess
str ips ,,vhich are acc
bay
co nd uit , an d bo nd ing
the
co
se
the en gin e, or as clo
the ou tbo ard sid e of
section as possible.
No te
e
disconnect or rem ov
to
y
It is no t necessar
s
ead
r-l
fai
, concrols, or
any tub ing , co nd uit
r
nte
ce
the
vicinity of
att ach ed to, or in the
b.
section fro nt be am we

RESTRICTED

Sedion IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Paragraph 8

....,
~~

I
I
I
I
I

Figure 100 -

Engine Disconnect ion Points (Engine Section, Inboard}

(7) PREPARA TION FOR STORAGE .

(6) HOISTING AND ATTACH ING.

( a) Accach hoisting sling as illustrated in figure

104.

( a) GENERA L-Prepare engine as directed in

Section II, paragraph l b, e, and f.

(b) Relieve load on engine mounting boles by

caking up load with the hoist.

Note

The procedures given in che references in paragraph (a) preceding apply co the scorage of
engines which are installed in airplanes. The
following additional seeps muse be taken when
preparing engines for storage apart from che

. ( c') Remove the bolts thac accach the right- and

lefc-hand engine mount side truss co the support bay
forging "7" (figure 99) and "2" (figure 101).
( d) Remove the boles attaching the main right
and left-hand tubular diagonal members co the wing
fitrings "8" (figure 99) and "3" (figure 101).
( e) Move engine slightly forward and upward
~ich hoist.

airplane.
(b) Blow ouc coolant syscem with dry air and

seal openin,:;s.
Note

(f)

Mixture 1, referred co throughou t chis section,

( g) Hoist ecgice clear.

is one pare Spec. AN-VV-C-576 co three pares

of aircraft engine lubricacing oil, Spec. AN-VV0-446. When Spec. AN-VV-C- 576 and Spec.

Be sure all connection s have been severed and

chat norhing remains co interfere wich removal of che
engine.

RESTRICTED

149

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Sectio n IV
Para grap h 8

-------...

.. ,

----------~-------~---

n.
Figur e 10'1 -

Outb oard)
Engine Disco nnect ion Point s (Bay Secti on,

oil
. AN-V V -0-44 6 mixtu re is comp ound ed the
(200
93C
tely
xima
must be heate d to appro
F), then Spec. AN-V V-C- 576 mixed in, and
mixtu re heate d t0 appro xima tely 121 C (250
F) to get comp lete mixin g.
cover
( c) Remo ve prope ller shaft thrus t-bea ring
e
replac
and
1,
re
mixtu
with
place, spray chrusc beari ng
wipe
and
nt
solve
with
cover plate . Clean prope ller shaft
place wich
dry. Insta ll splin e prote ctor and secure in
threa ded plasti c cap.
a
(d) \X'hen accessories have been remo ved, spray
and
es
dri,
e
small quan tity of mixtu re 1 insid e the engin
ts. These
instal l the accessory drive covers with gaske
vacuum
,
pump
fuel
ator,
covers inclu de starte r, gener
nor.
gover
ller
prope
and
,
pump , hydra ulic pump
Seal che follo wing openi ngs with stand ( e)

ard shipp ing pares :

150

I. Cool ant outle t elbow s .

2. Cool ant inlet flange.

3. 1/ 4 in. Cool ant pump drain nipple.
4. Oil pump inlet flange.

5. Oil pump oude t flang e.

a
6. Insta ll meta l carbu retor cover (secure
).
cover
r
unde
unit
tle
throt
silica gel bag in carbu retor
7. Cover or plug all distri butor housi ng vents

and openi ngs.

8. Close all other fittin gs and connections that
stand ard
have been remo ved with the appro priate size
pipe plugs .
(f) \X'ipe engin e dry.
other
(g) Touc h up crank case split line and

-up lacqu er.

paint ed surfaces wher e necessary with touch

RESTRICTED

l
{[

Sec tion IV
Par agr aph 8

RESTRICTED
AN O1-7SFF-2

I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I

Fig ure 102 -

tbo ard }
nts (En gin e Sec tion , Ou
Eng ine Dis con nec tion Poi

INS TA LL AT ION .
e. PR EP AR AT ION FO R
low ing seeps are necess(1) GE NE RA L.- Th e fol
of sto rag e fro m the eng ine
ary co remove the evidences
pri or co ins tall atio n.
No te

pre par ed for sho rt

Engines wh ich have bee n
n for service. Seeps
sto rag e need no pre par atio
can be mo re con(a) thr oug h (/) fol low ing
>re the eng ine is
ven ien tly accomplished bef:
ins tall ed in the airp lan e.

u
II

:I

ID

the deh ydr atin g

Exercise care an rem ovi ng
silica gel the ref rom
plu gs. If any bre ak and the

plu g fro m red uct ion

(b) Rem ove deh ydr ato r
gea r fro nt case.
gs, covers, and silica
( c) Remove all oth er plu
gel bags.

e deh ydr ato r plu gs

( a) Remo\'e cyl ind er bor
Be for e ins tall ing the spa rk
fro m the spa rk plu g holes.
cra nks haf t and observe for
plu gs slo wly rota te the
ve mechanism. An y valves
pro per ope rati on of the val
s
kin g sha ll hav e the ir stem
chat are fou nd to be stic
ogas
ed
ead
unl
a mix ture of
gen ero usl y lub rica ted wit h
oil. Co ntin ue co turn the
ting
rica
line and eng ine lub
ves
all evidence of stic kin g val
eng ine ove r by han d unt il
of
ess
exc
no
certain chat
has bee n eliminated. Ma ke
inders.
mix tur e is pre sen t in the cyl
CA UT ION

cted seccion of the

fall s into the engine, the affe
d and tho rou ghl y
eng ine muse be dissemble
dea ned .

y the bre ake r mecha( d) Wi pe off tho rou ghl

h
and bre ake r mechanism wit
nism and lubricate ma gne to
ligh t eng ine oil.
r, and clean as directed
( e) Rem ove the oil stra ine
cion.
in par agr aph 15 /, chis sec
dry, and re-oil
(f) Remove, clean in gasoline, ens
in elb ow scre .
bot h fro nt and rea r oil dra
ck change eng ine sta nd
( g) Pla ce eng ine on qui
re 113.
sim ilar co tha t sho wn in figu
No te

sid e trusses and

Fir st atta ch engine mo unt
bed on wh ich co
a
be
dia gon als so the re will
mo unt the engine.
, fittings, and equip( b) Ch ang e all accessories
to the rep lac em ent engine.
me nt fro m the old engine
151

RESTRICTED

M--r. --:

I,.

RESTRICTED

Section IV
,a,agraph 8

AN . 01-75FF-2

f
f
//;

Figure 103 -

Engine Disconnection Points (Nacelle, Upper}

board and outboard side truss bolts first "7" (figure 99)
and "2" (figure 101).

Note

Be sure that all transferred tubes and fittings

are placed on the new engine in the same
relative position and angle as they were on
the old engine.

I
I
[

IMPORTANT

(i) Install engine, mounting structure, and

associated equipment on the airplane.

(2) HOISTING AND ATTACHING.

(See figure 104.)
( a) Hoist engine into position and attach in-

Before inserting bolts the holes must be aligned

~ith a "bullet" type drift pin. (This can be
made from an engine mount bolt.}
(b) With the aid of a hoist, jockey the engine
back and forth unci! the tubular diagonal attachment
holes "8" (figure 99) and "3" (figure 101), are aligned
accurately enough to permit perfect alignment with a
"bullet" type drift pin.

..
[

( c) Connect all tubing, electrical conduit, fittings,

controls, and air ducts.

CAUTION
Check the entire installation, system by system,
for loose connections, nuts, bolts, dips, and
fairleads. Check to be sure there are no interferences, chafing or rubbing between tubing,
conduit, controls, etc.

(3) FINAL INSTALLATION CHECK.

( a) After the engine is connected, fill and vent
carburetor as follows:

J. Open fuel tank valve.

2. Set mixture control at "AUTO RICH" and

throttle at half open.

3. Operate fuel booster pump by "flicking"

Fig'ure 104 152

Engine Hoisting Sling

the switch "ON" and "OFF" to raise fuel pressure to

four lb/ sq in. Continue to operate booster at this pressure
until fuel appears at supercharger drain.
RESTRICTED

Section IV
Par agr aph 8

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

PRESEL ECTE D
MARK

PO SIT ION .
( b) LO CA TIN G PIS TO N
Note
109 , 110, and 111.
Ref er to figures 107, 108,
eng ine s is idenPro ced ure for righ t and left
atio n is opposite.
tical exc ept chat cra nks haf t rot

UP
MOVE DISC TO L INE
TER
ZER O ( 0 ) UNDER POIN

n of rocacion.
I. Det erm ine nor ma l dire ctio
the compressioa
2. Place No . IL pis ton on
t
wil l the n be on the exh aus
stro ke. Nu mb er 6L pis ton
n).
ope
aus t valves
stro ke (bo th inta ke and exh

FRONT

Fig ure 108 -

Ste p 1
Fin din g Pis ton Pos itio n,

dire ctio n of
3, Rotate pro pel ler sha ft in the
the

I
I

I
I

G
w
0

;;;

......

moves up and forces

rota tion unt il No . 61: pist on
ind ex wit h the preselected
top ce.,c er ind ica tor han d to
hal f scale of the top cen ter
ma rk slo. 4) on the top
108.
indicator, as sho wn in figure
and set mag net o tim ing
-f, Loo sen d amp screw
de scale as sho wn on figure
disc on zer o usin g the insi
108.

ci

:c
....

"'i5m

I
(
REAR

Fig ure 107 -

Fig ure 109 -

Di agr am
Cyl ind er Ide ntif ica tion

, Ste p 2
Fin din g Pis ton Pos iti on
155

RESTRICTED

l
1

RESTRICTED
AN 01 -75 FF -2

Sec tio n IV

! '"

'

-.

"'

I
.~ ~ jl P -- .
":

'

. '.

'

~
.

J
[
97 77
REFER TO OWG. 24

Fig ure 11 3 -

ge Un it
En gin e Qu ick -ch an

RESTRICTED
1 l;R

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN Ot -75 Ff- 2

C
LS
MIX TU RE CO NT RO

LS
THROTTLE CO NT RO

RO LS
PROPELLER CO NT

''

I
L

I
l
I

.
Tu rnb uck le.
ble
Ca
tes
ica
Ind
-- i
lb.
5)

(
55
Ca ble Te nsi on co be

NOTES:
1.

2.

,
(

r-

tR CONTROL
CARBURETOR AIR ALT

..

[
.,II

Section IX .
Fo r Key to Cables, See

Fig ure 11 S -

ntr ol Sy ste m
Po we r Pla nt Co
RESTRICTED

161

F
I

Section

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

rv

VIEW

A-A

( CARBURETOR)
ANGLE "a" EQUALS APPROXIMATELY 20'
ANGLE "b EQUALS ONE SERRATION

t.
2.
3.

"5.
6.

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
1-4.
15.
16.
17.

18.
19.

Rod Anembly (Prop. Governor)

Operator Auembly (lntercooler Flap) (Ref.)

Rod Auembly (lntercooler Flap) (Ref.)
Type C-2 Turbo-Regula tor (General Electric)
Remond - Effective Serial AF-'-'2-'309.

Figure 116 -

162

20. Type A-2 Manifold Preuure Regulator (Alli,on)

2 t. Carburetor lever (Mi,tture) (Stromberg)
22. Drie Auembly Support (Oil Cooler Flop) (Ref.)
23. Rod Assembly (Oil Cooler Flap) (Ref.)
2-4. Drie Auembly Support (Oil Cooler Flap) (Ref.)
25. Differential Pulley (Throttle)
26. Differential Pulley (Mixture)
27. Power Actuator (Oil Cooler Flap) (Ref.)
28. Drien Actuator (Oil Cooler Flap) (Ref.)
29. Differential Pulley (Prop. Goernor)
30. Starter Me,hing Control (Ref.)
31. Starter Extension Shaft (Ref.)
32. Rad Auembly (Throttle)
36. Carburetor lever (Throttle) (Stromberg)
37. Rod Auembly (Throttle)
38. Rod Assembly (Mixture)
39. Rod Auembly (Prop. Goernor)
-40. Rod Auembly (Prop. Goernor)

Rod Auembly (Throttle)

Rod Auembly (Throttle)
Rod Auembly (Mixture)
Rod Auembly (Mixture)
Rod Auembly (Throttle)
Rod Auembly (Turbo-Regula tor)
Rod Auembly (Turbo-Regula tor)
Carburetor Arm (Throttle) (Stromberg)
Rad Auembly (Prop. Goernor)
Wa,tegate leer
Wa,tegate
Rod Auembly (Wo:tegate)
Rod Auembly (Wa,tegote)
Carburetor Stop (Throttle)
Rod Auembly (Prop. Governor)

Power Plant Controls, Left-Ho.n d Engine

RESTRICTED

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01 -7 5F F- 2 .

'\I

[
NNECTION
TYPICAL ROO CO
TO BEU CRANK

f.)
Co ole r Flo p) (Re
bly Su pp ort (O il
22. Dri ve Au em
Flo p) (Ref.)
r
ole
Co
l
(Oi
bly
Ref.)
23. Rod As sem
l Co ole r Flo p) (
bly Su pp ort (Oi
2.C. Dr ive Au em
tle)
ror
(Th
ley
Pul
25. Dif fer ent ial
Pu lle y (M ixt ure )
26. Dif fer ent ial
Fla p) (Ref.)
tor (Oi l Co ole r
f. )
27. Po we r Ac tua
l Co ole r Flop) (Re
(Oi
tor
tua
Ac
28. Dri ven
op. Go ver no r)
(Pr
lley
Pu
l
tia
29. Diff.. ren
f.)
shi ng Co ntr ol (Re
30 . Sta rte r Me
aft (Ref.)
Sh
n
sio
ten
Ex
r
31 . Sta rte
bly (Th rot tle)
32 . Rod As s,.m
ly (Th ror tle )
37 . Rod Au.. mb
(M ixt ure )
bly
em
Au
d
3S. Ro
(Pr op. Go ver no r)
bly
em
Au
d
Ro
39 .
(Pr op. Go ver no r)
bly
sem
As
d
Ro
.CO.

rol lle )
Rod As sem bly (Th
ixt ure )
Rod Au em bly (M
(Tu rba Re gu lot or)
5. Rod As sem bly
(Tu rbo -Re gul ato r)
bly
6. Ro d As sem
(Tu rbo -R egu lat or)
bly
em
7. Rod Au
(Pr op. Go ver nor )
bly
em
9. Rod Au
er
lev
te
go
10. Wa ste
e
har ger Wo ste gat
11. Tu rbo sup erc
ost ega te)
(W
bly
em
Au
d
12. Ro
bly (W ast ,.g ate )
13. Ro d As sem
r)
ly (Pr op. Go ver no
mb
..
s
As
d
Ro
15.
(Pr op. Go ver no r)
bly
em
Au
d
Ra
t 6.
ler Fla p) (Ref.)
sem bly (ln tar coo
17. Op era tor As
p) (Ref.)
Flo
ler
coo
ter
bly (ln
18. Ro d Au em
ene ral Electric)
(G
r
ato
gul
-Re
rbo
lli, on)
19. Ty pe C-2 Tu
r .. R..gu lot or (A
Ma nif old Pre su
.C.C-24309.
20 . Typ e A- 2
ective Ser ial AF
mo
Re v,.d - Eff
1.
3.

[
m

Fi gu re 11 7 -

on d En gin e
nt ro ls, Ri gh t-H
Po we r Pl on t Co
RESTRICTED

16 3

H
S.C,ion

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

rv

~====~~l-:-f.;..._

.005 TO .012 NORMAL GEARANCE

(BOTH REGULATORS)
.005 TO 050 MAXIMUM GEARANCf (ONE REGULATOR ONLYJ

ri

33 )

. ' '~l
'"'-

A. Left-Hand Throttle System Rigging Settings (Closed Position}

_}

I
E

I
8. Righi-Hand T_hrottle System Rigging Settings (Open Position}
Figure 118 164

Throttle Controls Adjustment, C-2 and A-2 Regulator Installations

RESTRICTED

Se cti on IV

Pa ra gr ap h 10

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

d with a
-re gu lat or , co mb ine
A rype C-2 tur bo
is inc or po rat ed in

pr es su re reg ula tor ,

typ e A-2 ma nif old
ov ide s au tom ati c
tro l sysrem an d pr
the po we r-p lan e-c on
the engines.
po we r reg ula tio n of

~-_L_

-v--

No te

tio n go ve rn in g:
Fo r de tai led inf or ma
rag rap h
gu lat or , refer to pa
Ty pe C-2 tur bo -re
n.
17 d (3 ), this sectio
ref er to
pr es su re reg ula tor ,
Ty pe A-2 ma nif old
), this section.
pa ra gr ap h 17 b (3

FO RW AR D

Fi gu re 11 9 -

Throttle Ar m St op

e arm stops

R ca rb ur eto r th ro ttl
y if
( g) M atc h the L/
in figure 119 (o nl

as sh ow n

"1 4" (fi gu re 118)

be en ad ju ste d) .
t
no
s
ha
d
ee
sp
e
en gin e idl
in fully
r th ro ttl e arm "8 "
(I, ) Place ca rb ur eto
lever
sec
d
an
4"
"1
th ro ttl e sto p
st
ain
ag
ion
sit
po
closed
6.
view A-A, figure 11
"3 6" as ind ica ted on
ion , ad jus t
" in closed po sit
(i) W ith arm "8
co ma int ain a
r thr otc le ro ~ "3 2"
eto
ur
rb
ca
l
tal
ins
d
an
arance {.005 co
.01 2 inc h no rm al cle
clearance of .005 to
ly ) be tw ee n regu, on e re gu lat or on
.050 inch maximum
oti ng cra nk lev er
sit ion sto p an d piv
lat or closed (lo w) po
figure 118.)
"3 5." (See view A,
"3 4" atof ma in lever ar m
(j) Check po sit ion
an d LH
RH
oa
pr es su re reg ula tor
po sit ion
tached to ma nif old
co
ble
be as ne ar as possi
engines. Ar ms muse
0.
sh ow n ia figure 12

gu lat or
s co the C.2 tur bo -re
Th e thr ott le linkage
jus ted
ad
s
ay
alw
pr es su re reg ula tor are
essure
pr
an d A-2 ma nif old
k)
ec
(d
nt ca rb ur eto r inl et
tuirerec
to pr ov ide sufficie
d
ee
sp
e
wi de ran ge of en gin
de r
un
re,
to rake ca re of a
fo
ere
Th
old pressure.
nif
ma
ted
ec
sel
y
an
me nt s ac
arg e pressure
e co mp res so r dis ch
th
s
on
iti
nd
co
al
no rm
nif old pr es su re
ssive. Th e A-2 ma
ce
ex
tly
gh
sli
be
wi ll
al powers by
s ov erl ap ar no rm
thi
ols
ntr
co
or
lat
re gu
ou nt, if necessary.
bu tte rfl y a sm all am
e
ttl
ro
th
the
g
sin
clo
figures 115,
OC ED UR E. (S ee
(2 ) RI GG IN G PR
letters, an d
,
ers
mb
)- (A II ite m nu
8.
11
d
an
7,
11
116,
erw ise indifigure 118 unless oth
to
er
ref
s
ter
let
l
de rai

'

RE AN D
PARALLEL TO FO
URETOR
RB
CA
AF T LINE OF

ca ted .)
CA UT IO N

l
l

ull y to
ng pr oc ed ur e ca ref
, Ac co mp lis h rig gi
.
ers
" of cockpit lev
pr ev en t "s ep ar ati on
16 inch fo re co ntr ol levers 7;
(a ) Set the th ro ttl
d tig hte n fri cti on
me af t po sit ion an
tre
ex
the
of
rd
wa
l '' sp rin g ba ck "
or cle levers in ini ria
lock. Th is places thr
en t of the levers ,
cti on s on rea dju stm
po sit ion . Fo r ins tru
fo llo wi ng .
see pa ra gr ap h ( o)
bu t do no t
s ac turnbuckles,
(b ) Co nn ec t cable
inspection places
are loc ate d be hin d
les
ck
bu
rn
Tu
n.
hte
tig
5) .
"1 30 " 1 / R (fi gu re
5" L/ R (a
lock on pulleys "2
(c ) In sta ll ca ble
fu l in thi s
lp
he
be
oe ho ok wi ll
sh
a
co
r
ila
sim
ho ok
op er ati on ).
55 (::!: 5)
at turnbuckles co
(d ) Ad ju st cables
r 3/ 16-inch bo lt)
til ali gn in g pin (o
un
n
sio
ten
ds
un
po
(fi gu res 116, 117,
pulleys "2 5" 1 / R
h
ug
ro
th
ss
pa
ll
wi
y bracket.
an d 118) an d pu lle
L R wh en .
in g pins ac "2 5"
( e) Re mo ve ali gn
ten sio n from pins.
ad jus tm en t removes
tio n.
( f) Te st system fo r op era
No te

d pulley
st tu rn clockwise, an
Pu lle y "2 5" RH mu
wh en
se,
wi
ck
clo
n counter
"2 5" LH muse tur
vanced.
, as throtcles are ad
viewed loo kin g aft

TWO SftU .TIONS

N
ON t SUIATION OOW
110 M ,AlA Ufl.
TO WEI

u,

FIO"" ,AlA I.LE l

row o

'" !HG INf -

aoseo

N
THI Onu ,OS ITIO

M ain lev er
gu la r Se tti ng of
Figure 12 0 - An
lat or
gu
Re
ess ur e
Ar m, M an ifo ld Pr

dimensions
cra nk br,ackets co
(k ) Ad jus t be ll
given be low :
AC KE TS
BE LL CR AN K BR
d 11 7)
an
6
11
e
(S ee figur
Le ng th- In .
Item
.
In
thng
Le
Item
15 1/ 4
RH: In bo ar d
20 7/ 16
No ne
rd
LH In bo ar d
oa
tb
RH Ou
16 1/ 2
LH Ou tbo ard
16 5

RESTRICTED

Section IV
Pa rag rap h 10

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

ba rel y str ike s

r piv oti ng lev er arm
for wa rd un til rcg ul: tio
er. Ti gh ten
lev
er- tra ve l of co ck pit
pa pe r. Di sre ga rd ov
tai l D. )
fri cti on lock. (Sec De

1m au. tAH a

~~~"

END VIEW

AS SHO WN

WITH AIM

fUU Y Ul!N OfO

Figure 12 2 -

ate
Po sit ion of W as teg

pro sit ion is inc orr ect

If wascegace op en po
ceed as fol low s:

i
...

I
I

mt :nt .
"l " to pre ve nt mo ve
I. Cl am p be ll cra nk
"1 3" co ne xt ho le in
2. Ad jus t an d sh ift rod
"- ro dec rea se
tce d-l ev er- arm . (" ln
<he mo tor ou tpu t slo
ga te tra ve l.)
ut "- co inc rea se wa sre
wa ste ga re tra ve l. "O
ion s.
op en an d clo sed po sit
3. Re ch eck wa ste ga te
ect ion
ev er- arm pre ssu re sel
( u') Ad j use slo tte d-l
pro l
tal
ins
d
an
rm co fig ure 123
nfo
co
co
ism
an
ch
me
o "O ").
secring po int er at zer
tra cto r (fi gu re 12 4),
No te
rea d
n in figure 124 is
ow
sh
r
cto
Th e pro tra
all
d wi ll pe rm it ch eck ing
dir ect ly in 1, 64 's an
ut
tho
re sel ect ion rod wi
po sit ion s of pre ssu
ure
fig
du s. co ve r "5 ,"
necessity of rem o,- ing
r loc all y.)
cto
195. ( Fa bri cat e pro tra

l
]

SIDE VIEW

CAUTION

AS
MAKE TH IS ANGLE

pt be
ces sho uld an att em
Un de r no cir cu ms tan
itc h
sw
erg en cy ov er- spe ed
ma de to ad jus t em
ntur
pre ssu re ou tpu t by
set tin g or co mp res sor
ion
ect
sel
d of the pre ssu re
ing the nu t on the en
at
ted at the fac tor y or
jus
rod . Th is nu t is ad
d.
ke
loc
muse rem ain
die rep air de po t an d

LE
SMALL AS POSSIB
BY ADJUSTING AT
NS --- --- ~
SE RR AT IO

st fro m
," usi ng ho le far the
(x ) Ins tal l rod "7
5).
12
re
gu
(fi
co ntr ol arm

r
l
S .

ide
piv ot po int in ov err

CAUTION

arm
ces sho uld ov err ide
Un de r no cir cu ms tan
ate d.
me ch an ism be lub ric
piece
lock in co ck pit . Ins ert
( y) Lo o)c n fri cti on
of
er
lev
ng
oti
wa rd sto p an d piv
er
lc,
o f pa pe r be tw een for
le
ott
thr
pit
ula tor . Move co ck
ma nif old pre ssu re reg

RESTRICTED

1.

d
Pre ssu re Se lec tio n Ro

2.

Yo ke

3.

Sp ac er

4.

Sp ac er

5.
6.

Ov err ide Ar m
ve r
Pr ess ure Se lec tio n Le

7.

W ash er

Fig ure 12 3 -

ure
An gle Se tti ng , Pr ess

Se lec tio n Le ve r

16 7

l
S.ct io n

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7 SFF -2

IV

l
.38
DRILL S/16 (.312 )

SELECTION NUT FULL

~-- ---- PR ES SIJ RE
CLOSED

POINTER - I REO, .032

2ijST ALUM. ALLOY SHEET
SPEC . U-A- 12

URE SEgJ$llT01S/6Q GAP UNDER PRESS

lECTI OII NUT WITH THROTTLE
IH 20" HG. MANIFOLD PltESSIJRE
'
SETI ING

.21

VI
/

SKETCH SHOWING
INSHLLAT I OIi OF
RIGGING PROTRACTOR
OIi REGULATOR

110 ( . 19'1) - I HOLE LOCATE

~ FR()!(

END HOLE OH HGULATOR

PRESSURE SELECTION ARM

REGJLATOR ARM (REF.

PROTRACTOR

NUT - I REO.
MAKE FROM
2.2A17-02 HAS,
._TIC STOP ~UT

J..-.-

Q8 /6~ GAP FOR 60"

MANIFCLD PRESSURE (PIVOTING CRAN~
LEVER AGAINST ~OIi
WARD STOP)

~ HG.

\_GR AOU ATIO HS ARE I 1/ Q PRO( r 15 ') APART. I 1,ij OH

nACTOR EQUALS I /6~" 0~ GAP
UNDER PRESSURE SELECT ION HUT

NUT - I REO ,---- .....

UlS0 -1032

BRAZE

SCREW - I RfQ

!ol.l Y BE MADE FROM

....

H
OVERSPEED SWITC
0
SHOULD "CL ICK
HERE

SECTION

U526 -1032 ~-32

A- A

NUT - I REQ, - - - -~- --..

AN31S-3R

RIVET TO
SUPPORT ONLY

REGUU TOR l RM (REF .)

.12
~
NUT - I REO. MU E--- -..:. --,i:
FR OM AC366F I 032

SUPPORT - I REO. ,06ij

r-3~ TYP.

2ijST ALUM. ALL OY SHEET

SPC. o-A : 12

l-.16 RTY P.

ROD (BRlZ E)

3/32 DRILL
W - I REQ.
;-- --,e :;.. .--- --- --- -SC RE
AN526-1032R-B

SCR EW- I REQ. M U E fa!* AN526-1032R-7

------

AM960-10 Oil U960 -1 DL "'ASH

ERS USE AS REQUIRED TO
LOCATE POINTER PROPERLY

f . {IO

----ST1UP - I REQ C 2 0 - - 2ijSf ALUM . ALLOY SHT.

SP! C. AN-A-12

Figu re 124 -

168

MAKE f'OH

or
Rigg ing Prot ract or, C-2 Reg ulat

RESTRICTED

Se cti on IV

A. Sp inn er Sk irt

(J Req)

B.

Sp inn er Ba ck pla te

C.

I
Ins pec tio n p
Sp inn er 8cc k p Iate
on e

0.

' er As sem bly

Front Spinn

E.

Ele ctr ic Po we r Unit

(3 Req)

I
] '

I
[

\t
!

L~

I z.._.

Fig ure 12 6 -

er As sem bly
Pro pe II er Sp inn
RESTRICTED

17 3

Sec tion IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

I
I

D'
'
16

1.
2.

3.
4.

5.
6.

11

10

'-

Pro pel ler Sha ft

Shim ( for use if req uire d)
Rea r Con e
Slip Ring Hou sing
Pro pel ler Sha ft Ad opt er
Pro pel ler Hub Ass emb ly
Fig ure 127 -

7.

8.
9.
, 0.
11.

l
.f

17

Gre ase Sea l

Front Con e Hal f
Pro pel ler Sha ft Nu t
Sna p Ring
Sha ft Nut Lock

, 2. Lock Pin Ass emb ly

, 3. Gre ase Sea l
14. Neo pre ne Sea l
, 5. Pow er Unit
, 6. Electric Mo tor Cov er
17. Brush Ass emb ly

uen ce
Pro pel ler Ass em bly Seq

hub at a 90-degree ang le

( c) Place pro trac tor on
r bubble. An gle sho win g

Par agr aph 11

cto
co first seccing. Cen ter pro cra
airp lan e.
of
le
ang
und
o~ scale is gro
il one bla de is in a hor iunt
( d) Tur n pro pel ler
tor, now set at 90 degrees,
zon tal pos itio n. Place pro trac
ler unt il bub ble is centered.
aga ins t hub and cum pro pel
nta l pos itio n. Do not move
Bla de is now in a true hor izo
pro pel ler.
ng bla de from center of
( e) Me asu re 42 inches alo
spo t, on thru st or flat side of
hub. Pla ce pro trac tor at thi s
de and cen ter bubble. An gle
bla de, per pen dic ula r to bla
rep rese nts ang le of pitc h for
fou nd, plu s gro und ang le,
ced ure for fea the r and
this bla de. Rep eat this pro
ocher blades. Hig h pitc h
hig h pitc h. Als o rep eat for
s and low pitc h ang le 22.7
ang le sho uld be 57.7 deg ree
e ang les cor resp ond ing to
deg ree s. If bla des do not hav
it is pos sibl e bla de gea rs
these and dev iati on is gre at,
~ich pow er gea r. Rem ove
arc not ma tch ed pro per ly
bla de gea r sett ing with ind ex
pow er uni t and check each
inn er circumference of hub
ma rk of hub cen ter !in~ on
in line wit h a poi nt two and
face. Ind ex ma rk sho uld be
of gea r seg men t, me asu ring
one -qu arte r teet h pas t end
pro pel ler rota tion lett er
fro m end of gea r on wh ich
'"L" or '"R" is stam ped .
lers arc ofte n shi ppe d
(6) ASSEMBLY. - Pro pel
wich cwo hbd cs :cmoved_

CAUTION

bol ts.
Do not dis turb bla de cla mp
bla de from pac kin g
( a) Rem ove hub wit h its one
ace, slip ring s dow n. Place
case and place on a clea n surf
sur fac e wit h bla de bea ring s
rem ain ing bla des on a clean
not resting on sur fac e.
kets and bla de assem( b) Tho rou gh! y clea n soc
and coa t hub bar rel and
blies of ant i-ru st com pou nd,
nt, Specification AN -G- 4,
bea ring s wit h hub lub rica
gra de AA.
Not e

s pre loa d shims

A No . 2 sha nk bla de req uire
as follows:
Bla de Gea r
Num ber s*

.000
.002
.004
.006

Sbi m
Num ber s

--0

-2
-4
--6

Act ual Shi m

Tbfrk11ess

.062
.059
.056
.053

nce of bla de gea r. Thi s

*Scamped on oucer circumfere
h das h num ber foll ow num ber mu st cor resp ond wit
ing par t num ber on ~him .

Sedion IV
Pa rag rap h 13

RESTRICTED
AN 01 -75 FF -2

d. ST AR TE R.

an d
-T he AC type G- 5A
(I} DE SC RI PT IO N.
icccr
ele
oo
aci
bin
operaced as com
g
kin
G- 6A scarcers may be
an
-cr
ect
dir
as
anking scar:ers,
nd
ha
ine rti a an d direcc-cr
as
or
rs,
rte
ctric-inertia sca
ele
as
rs,
rte
sta
ic
ctr
ele
ine rti a sta rte rs.
accelera heavy-duty int eg ral
Th e un it consists of
mu ltip le disc
, red uc tio n ge ari ng ,
ati ng mo tor , flywheel
, an d bru sh
chanism, dri vin g jaw
clu tch , en ga gin g me
the starters
e wh ich is used wh en
sp rin g rel eas ing devic
easing de. Th e bru sh spr ing rel
are ma nu all y op era ted
eases the
rel
the ''O FF " po sit ion ,
vice, wh en pla ced in
s effort
les
in
spr ing s. Th is results
ma nten sio n of the bru sh
ed
spe
to
ng the flywheel up
for
le
be ing req uir ed to bri
ab
ail
av
de
eel en erg y be ing ma
es
ua lly an d mo re flywh
vid
pro
e
vic
de
sol en oid me shi ng
sta rti ng . A bu ilt- in
nt.
me
ge
ga
en
ol of scarcer jaw
rem ote electrical co ntr

1
JI

I
j

nu all y,

r ma
To op era te the scarce
be op era ted manually.
the "O FF "
in
se mu st be placed
the bru sh spring-relea
sh sp rin gbru
the scarcer, the
ion. (W he n fac ing

posic
"O FF " posi
ve d clockwise to 1ie
release ha nd le is mo
ion.) (F ig
sic
po
wise co the "O N..
tio n an d counterclock
accelerate
y
all
g-R ele ase .) Ma nu
ure 139, Brush Sp rin
of ha nd
ans
me
no rm al speed by
the sta rte r flywheel to
r cra nk
rte
sta
the
cra nk ing co lla r of
cra nk inserted in the
ex ten t
an
h
suc
is dis ch arg ed to
sh aft . If the ba tte ry
sh ing
me
oid
en
sol
ica lly op era te the
tha t it will no t ele ctr
the
ge
ga
en
to
te the pu ll cable
the;
device, manually op era
ing
ep
ke
e
tim
s, at the same
il
sta rte r an d engine jaw
co
er
ost
bo
e
sed in ord er to pro vid
d
an
EN GA GE ~witch clo
le
cab
the
e
en gin e starts, releas
of
op era tio ns. W he n the
ed
spe
r
he
hig
itc h. Du e to che
op en che EN GA GE sw
atically.
s wi ll disengage autom
jaw
the en gin e jaw, the

(:?} OP ER AT IO N.

1
'-

TI
I_

L
I [

A
ELECTRIC IN ER TI
(a ) CO M BI NA TI ON
r
rte
sta
the
of
KI NG .-O pe rat ion
ing
AN D DI RE CT CR AN
nk
cra
t
ec
ctri~ ine rti a an d dir
as a co mb ina tio n ele
rti ng . W he n
ed for co ld we ath er sta
sta rte r is rec om me nd
wheel wh ich
en erg y is scored in a fly
use d in thi s ma nn er,
ft. W he n
sha
the mo tor arm atu re
is keyed dir ect ly on
speed of
g
tin
ed its no rm al op era
the flywheel has rea ch
rter an d
sca
the
12 to 15 seconds,
16,000 rpm , in fro m
che ro
in
red
sto
ge d an d the energy
en gin e jaws are en ga
rough
ch
jaw
e
gin
nsm itte d to the en
chatat ing flywheel is tra
me
e
eas
rel
d
loa
d tor qu e ov eran
ng
ari
ge
n
tio
uc
red
a
ing -lo ad ed
oa d release un it is a spr
erl
ov
e
qu
tor
e
Th
m
nis
clutch is to
Th e pu rpo se of the
.
tch
clu
c
dis
leltip
mu
gin e or un de r
rin g backfire of the en
du
r
rce
sca
the
t
tec
pro
flywheel is
en erg y scored in the
excessive loads. Th e
tor qu e," aft er
he av ier "b rea k-a wa y
the
e
om
erc
ov
to
d
use
ing is assumed
d of continuous cra nk
loa
r
hte
lig
che
ich
wh
by the electric mo tor .
the
KI NG .-O pe rat ion of
( b) DI RE CT CR AN

om
.
rec
is
r
rte
sta
an kin g electric
-cr
ect
dir
a
as
r
rte
vista
fro m pre
' en gin e is sti ll wa rm
me nd ed on ly wh en the
cra nk ing is
s
ou
nu
dia te an d co nti
me
im
d
an
g
nin
run
s
ou
switches
STAR T an d EN GA GE
che
g
sin
clo
By
.
ed
sir
de
is assumed
tir e loa d of sca rri ng
sim ult an eo usl y the en
by the ~lectric mo tor .
the
TI A. - Op era tio n of
( c) EL EC TR IC IN ER
an
for
ed
nd
me
om
rec
nia sta rte r is
t
un it as an electric ine
no
ergy is
source of electrical en
the
in
ere
wh
cy
en
erg
em
nk ing .
loa d of co nti nu ou s cra
sufficient to car ry the
op era
A. - Fo r emergency
(d ) HA ND IN ER TI
.
no t sufficient
of electrical en erg y is
uo n wh en the source
sta rte r ma y
ctrical op era tio n, the
to pro vid e pro pe r ele

cb
--- -0
se Ha nd le
Br ush Sp rin g Re lea
Me sh ing So len oid
Te rm ina l Block
lea se
r Br ush Sp rin g Re
Fig ure 13 9- :- $ta rte
1.
2.
3.

(3) RE MO VA L.
14 0.)
AR TE R. (Se e figure
( a) LE FT -H AN D ST
aft
oa rd aft , an d bo tto m
J. Re mo ve top aft , inb
en gin e co wl ing pa ne ls.
oven ga ge ha nd le by re.m
2. Di sco nn ect ma nu al
enr
ne
m sca
et an d clevis pin fro
ing pu lle y fro m bra ck
ga gin g arm.
to
ing excension sh aft
3. Re mo ve bo lt att ach
.
aft
d pu ll ou t e::-..-tensioo sh
Slarter crank soc ke t an
p to
wi
ng ge ne rat or re di
4. Re mo ve scrip ho ldi
ing
us
ho
on
t
rem oving Vi-inch nu
sta rte r ho us ing by
bo lt.

RESTRICTED

191

. ..
RESTRICTED
AN Ot-7 5FF- 2

S.ct ion IV
Para grap h l 3

engi ne.
JO. Remove nuts hold ing start er to
mot or end
I I. Tie rope ar,,u nd start er, drop
( figure
starr
to
ise
ockw
tercl
coun
and turn start er 90
s to start er remo "e
140 -Ste p A). The n attac h two rope
e pro\ 'ided ( figure
and pull up vertically thro ugh spac
clockwise so stare er
140- -Ste p B). Rota te start er 4 5
oil pressure fittin g
enga ge solenoid will pass berwetn
and fair-lead.
figure 141. )
(b) RIG HT HAN D STA RTE R. (See
aft engi ne
J. Remove outb oard aft and bott om
cow ling panels.
on.
2. Rem ove lo"ver inte rcoo ler duct secti
re3. Disc onne ct man ual enga ge hand le by
is pin from start er
mov ing pulley from brac ket and clev
enga ging arm.
t to
4, Remove bolt attac hing exte nsio n shaf
nsio n shaf t.
start er cran k sock et and pull out exte
inal
5. Disc onne ct wires from start er term

Step A

block.

6. Rem ove oil .pres sure gagt: line.

7, Remove nuts hold ing start er to engi ne.
up and re
8. Pull start er aft, turn driv e-en d
supp ort (figu re
mov e over outb oard engi ne diag onal
141) .

~'i.

-...i

-~ __,::;_ _i

I.

Step B
Line to Win g Ton k
Star ter Cron k Sock et
Man uel Eng age Han dle
Pres sure Line Con nect ion
Pito t Lines
Figu re 140 - LH Star ter Rem oval
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

block.
5. Disc onne ct wires from start er term inal
uit to
6. Rem ove dip hold ing larg e flex cond
cond uit to prov ide
cran k exte nsio n supp ort and drop
clearance.
strai ner
7. Rem ove wing tank fuel line from
en hose dam ps on
to check valv e and if necessary loos
sure gage lines,
pres
oil
and
e
~~ fuel line from check valv
.
> to prov ide grea ter clearance
line betv.een
8. Loos en hose clam p on pres sure
forw ard to
line
carb uret or and head er tank and pull
or housibut
distr
een
allow spac e for start er remo val betw
p.
ing and carb uret or acce lerat or pum
pull lines
9. Disc onne ct picot lines at unio n and
aft for grea ter clearance.
192

RESTRICTED

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.

low er lnte rcoo ler Duct Sect ion

Mon uol Eng age Han dle Pull ey
Star ter Hold -Dow n Bolts
Star ter Cron k Sock et
Out boar d Eng ine Diog onol Sup port

Figu re 141 -

RH Star ter Rem oval

Section IV
Par agr aph 13

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

-.

1.
2.
3.
4.

l
]
]

J
I

L
j ,_.

5.
Figu re 142 -

1.
2.
3.

Boo ster Coil

Con den ser
Sta rter Rel ay
Equ aliz er Res isto r
Circ uit Bre ake r

4.

5.
Figu re 143 -

LH Eng ine Jun ctio n Box

(4) MA INT EN AN CE.

t be a free fie in the
( a) BR USH ES. -Br ush es mus

play. Bin ding brushes

hold ers wit hou t excessive side
n wich a clot h moistened
and hold ers muse be v.iped dea
lace brushes if they are
in unl ead ed whice gasoline. Rep
th of Yi-inch. Scat new
wor n :1 11;-inch from a new leng
000 san dpa per arou nd
brushes by plac ing a stri p of No.
and pull ing the sandthe com mut ator , san ded side out,
tion . Be sure sanC:paper
pap er in the dire ctio n of rota
acor and chat brushes
con form s co con tour of cqmmuc
er seating, clean chor
rest firmly on san dpa per. Aft
metal particles.
oug hl) co remo\'e all san d and
mut ator is rough
(b) CO .MM UT AT OR .-If com
wich No. 000 sand pap er.
or dirt y, smooch and poli sh
uld be resurfaced ( dep ot
Bad ly scored com mut ator sho
ope rati on) .
ck bru sh spri ng
(c) BRC SH SPR ING S. - Che
spri ng raised above the
tens ion. \'X'ich the surface of the
tension sho uld be 24 to
top of brus h hold er. chc spri ng
ng tensio11 with bru sh
28 ounces. (Me asu re bru sh spri
" pos itio n.) To adju st
spri ng release han dle in che "ON
cott er pin and rota te adbru sh spri ng tension, remove
ease che spri ng cension,
just ing slee,e clockwise co incr
the spri ng tension: re
or councerclockwisc co decrease
stm ent is reached.
place coccer pin whe n corr ect adju
norm al ope rati on
( 5) TE ST. -Te sc the star ter for
checking time requ ired for
by clos ing scarcer swicch and

Con den ser

Boo ster Coil
Sta rter Rel ay
Equ aliz er Res isto r
Circ uit Bre ake rs
RH Eng ine Jun ctio n Box

d. The time sho uld not

flywheel co reach ope rati ng spee
icat ion of the flyv.heel
be mor e than 17 seconds. Ind
d may be noced by the
reac hing nor mal ope rati ng spee
cer levels off co a con
face chac chc "wh ine" of the scar
d.
scant picch as ic reaches cop spee
(6) INS TA LLA TIO N.
jaws before in(a) Exa min e star ter and eng ine
same type and
me
of
are
scallacion and mak e :Sure rhey
t.
men
age
eng
are of correct rota tion for pro per
ure for left and
( h) Re" erse rem on I pro ced
righ t-ha nd star ters .
figures 142 and 143 .)
t:. BO OST ER CO IL. (Sec
ster coil is a small
(1) DE SCR IPT ION .-T he boo
s a sup plem enta ry high
indu ctio n coil whi ch furnishe
Each boo ster coil is enervolt age dur ing eng ine scares.
cer EN GA GE switch and
gized thro ugh its respective scar
junc tion box.
is located in the respective engine
(2) REM OV AL.
eng ine cowl panels.
(a) Rem ove inbo ard side aft
coYers.
( b) Rem o,e eng ine junc tion box
lead from boo ster
( c) Dis con nec t low tens ion
coil terminals.
.
( d) Pul l out high tension lead
coil.
( e) Rem ove con den ser from
oYe coil.
rem
(f) Rem ove cwo screws and

RESTRICTED

193

Sect ion IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Para grap h 14

COLOR KEY
CII1J SUPPi.Y LINES
all!ll!!I P11ESS URE

0:U RETURN

-VE NT LINES
CAR& DECK PRESSURE
-

I
]
-

(_

A. Coo lant Sup ply Tonk

B. Sniffle Valv e
C. Restrictor
D. Drai n Cock s
E. Coo lant Rad iato rs
F. Tem pera ture Con trol Valv e
G. Che ck Valv e
H. Cros s

]
flgu re 144 -

I
I
LI

Diag ram
Coo lant Syst em Loca tion and Flow

l "8,"
5. "01 " engi ne section (rem ove pane
figure 9~).
a,"~
4. "D2 " engine secu on (rem ove pane l
figure 96).
( c) TO FLUSH.
inhi bited
I. Airp lane s prev ious ly serviced with
glycol (Na MB T):
ant is
a. Dra in the cool ing system whe n cool
.
fluid
the
catch
to
rs
aine
hot. Use clean cont
thro ugh
b. Wit h the drain s open , run wate r
l the
unti
neck
r
fille
system with hose in expa nsio n tank
drai n wate r is clean.

system
c. Close all drain s and fill the cool ing
with wate r.
system.
d. Drai n the wate r from the cool ing
e. Rep eat c, preceding.
eratu re
f. Run engi ne until cool ant temp
reaches 90 C (194 F).
r is
g. Dra in cooling system. If drai n wate
.
dean
ns
drai
r
wate
until
dirty repe at c and f, preceding,
r to
h. Wai t at least five minutes for wate
ethy
used
of
tion
solu
ing
drai n and then fill with flush
lene glycol.

RESTRICTED

195

Section IV

RESTRICTED

AN 01-7SFF-2

,I

1'17292 EXIT FLAP

J
197354
SKIN ASSEMBLY

I
I

'I
II

. 19721>~)
( REFER TO OW G. NO

Fig ure 146 -

tal lat ion

Co ola nt Ra dia tor Ins

199

RESTRICTED

Sec tio n IV
RESTRICTED
AN 01 -75 ff-2

+-

'

f"RC 'M OIL

~IL UTI ON V .t.LVF

rr-

_______ "'./JI

(K

?
/

a
]

I
I

'I
.I

-,..

A. Oil Re ser voi r

B. Ho ppe r
C. Sli de Vc lve
D. En gin e Gc ge
lve
E. Pre ssu re Rel ief Vo
lve
Yc
eck
F. Ch
G. Oil Pu mp Ho usi ng
er
H. Air mo ze Oil Str ain
bly
sem
As
lve
Vc
I. Co ntr ol
ato r
J. Te mp era tur e Re gul
ost at
K. Bim etc l lin e Th erm
ost ot
Flo ctin g-c ont rol Th erm
uen t)
seq
sub
d
en
09
243
44(AF

Figure 147 -

CO lOR KEY

c:= ::J
te-~ I

SUPPLY

Q )-

PRESSURE

RETURN:
JO LB/S O IN
c::::::=::i NOR MAL -11/2 TO

TO 75 LB/SO IN.
occ oc BYPASS COR E-JO
ANO UP
SUR GE- 75 LB/SO IN

==

w Dia gra m
En gin e Oil Sys tem Flo
2u1
RESTRICTED

t .. ,agra ph

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75 FF-2

ion IV

15

ure in the run

pum p and main tains a cons tant oil press
outle t drops,
er
ning engine. If the pressure at the strain
will pass to
oil
s
exces
the relie f valve will close, and no
pressure
ating
oper
the
the inlet side of the pump s until
retur ns to norm al.
the oil
From the main scavenger pum p outle t
valve
ol
contr
A
"]."
Bows to the temp eratu re regu lator
"I'',
anes)
airpl
some
and press ure switch assembly (on
oil.
the
of
path
the
ols
contr
moun ted atop the regu lator ,
pressure
Whe n the oil is hot and does not exceed a
throu gh
flows
and
lator
regu
the
s
of 75 lb/ sq in., it enter
s at
open
h
whic
,
valve
check
core
the
at
the core and out
and
congeals
a press ure of lVz lb/ sq in. If oil in the core
inlet chamthe
in
ure
press
the
,
lation
circu
preve nts core
in. above the
ber and muff will increase to 25 lb/ sq
t the pressure
press ure in the outle t chamber. At this poin
to the inlet
d
switch (inst alled on some airpl anes) porte
te, cau:;opera
will
and outle t cham bers of the regu lator
in the
oil
the
ng
heati
,
ing the oil coole r exit flap to close
sq in.
lb/
30
to
rises
ure
core. If the differential oil press
relief
muff
the
ing,
thaw
is
whil e the oil in the core
If
tank.
the
to
n
retur
will
oil
valve will open and the
75
of
ure
press
a
r
unde
valve
ol
oil enter s the contr
and the
/ sq in., the surge -prot ectio n valve will open
tank.
ly
supp
the
to
n
_,1J will retur
flow
An autom atic exit flap actua tor contr ols the
the
gh
throu
re)
eratu
temp
oil
the
of air (whi ch regul ates
oil
the
"],"
lator
regu
the
From
.
lator
temp eratu re regu
mits correc
flows into the therm ostat "K," whic h trans
r exit flap
tive oil temp eratu re changes to the oil coole
on.)
actua tor. (See parag raph 20 g (2), this secti

Remedy

Possible Cause

Trouble
Leak in radia tor.

High oil press ure.

Colla psed core

tube.

Remove and repair as per parai;raph g (2),

follow ing.

Fract ure at junc

tion of core and
shell.
Press ure relief
valve settin g
incorrect.

Repa ir as per
parag raph g (2),
follow ing.
Adju st as per par
rcraph e (3),
ollow ing.
Remove, test, and
replac e if necessary.
Oean with steam
or compressed air.

Defective gage.
Restricted retur n
line.
Low oil press ure.

Pressure relief
valve settin g
incor rect.
Restr iction in supply line.

High oil tempe ra

ture comb ined
with high coola nt
tempe rature .

Impro per igniti on

timin g.

Corre ct timin,::.
See parag raph 12
this section.

Slugg ish oil gage.

High oil temp erature.

Possible C11use

Corre ct valve adjustm ent See

parag raph 8 f
(2), this section.
See parag raph 8

Lean mixtu re.

, (3), this sectio n.

Impr oper oil supply, quali ty, or

diluti on.

Check suppl y. Dilute prope rly.

SOURCE
PLUG FOR 115 VOLT EXTERNAL POWER

Reme dy

Forei gn mater ial

in gage line.

Disco nnect gage

line at both ends.
Drain out oil. If
comp ressed air is
a,aila ble, blow the
line free.

Cong ealed oil.

Chan ge oil in
p.ge line to Spec.
AN-C-116.

Defec tive therm ostat unit.

Chec k and repla ce

if necessary.

Plugg ed air pas

sage in radia tor.

Visua l inspe ction.

Oean if necessary.

Radia tor in need

of intern al cleaning.

See parag raph g 2

(d), follow ing.

fied rate of engin e

oil Bow.

pump s, lines. etc.

for restrictions.

Cong ealed oil in

radia tor cooli ng
eleme nt.

Oose flaps until

circul ation is restored .

-- -- -- -- -- --Check
reserv oir
Deficiency in speci-

202

Figure 148 -

Oil Tank

b. OIL TAN K. (See figure 147, item "A,"

and figure 148.)
from
(1) DES CRIP TION .--Oi l tanks fabri cated
on
ted
moun
arc
3SO alum inum alloy, Spec. QQ-A-359,
"C"
valve
slide
A
the front face of each fire wall.

RESTRICTED

(3) TRO UBL E SHO OTIN G.

Trou ble

,,

Impr oper valve

adjus tment .

Abno rmall y low

or high oil tem
peramre.

Adjus t as per paragrap h e (3),

follow ing.
Clean with steam
or comp ressed air.

,:., .,-

...

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Section IV
P'orog,aph 15

,~uent to Af44-24309 are equipped "'ith the improvcd

"'floating-co ntrol" thermostat.
For detailed information, see paragraph 20 g, this
section, and figure 279.

Each unit operates its respective exit flap through

a bell crank and push-pull rods attached to the lead screw
clevis.
(2) RE.MOV AL.
( 11) POWER UNIT.

,. OIL COOLER FLAP ACTLTA TORS.

(Set figures 152 1111d 153.)
( 1) DESCRIPT JON.-The oil cooler exit flaps arc

actu:ned by an electrically driven jack screw mechanim.

The oil cooler acruamr assembly consists of two unirs, the
power unit and the driven unit. The power units contain
an electric motor, a spur and worm gear speed reducer,
and a lead screw. A switch box is mounted on the power
unit which contains the position contact and limit
Sl'l.'itches. (See paragraph 20 g (4) and 20 i (2), this

1. Remove bcilt attaching actuator lead screw

to bell crank.
2. Disconnect flexible drive shaft at actuator.

3. Disconnect breeze from switch assembly.

4. Remove cwo bolts securing outer actuator,
pivot to bracket.

5. Remove actuato;.
(b) DRIVEN U1'IT.

section.)
The driven unit contains only a worm gear speed
reducer and a lead screw. It is driven by the power unit
through a flexible shaft.

1. Remove bole attaching lead screw to bell

crank.
2. Disconnect flexible drive shaft at actuator.

COLOR KEY

ll:lla2 PRESSURE LINES

E::ill

VENT LINES

DRAIN LINES

B.
C.

Figure 150 206

Five-step Bimetcl Line Thermostct

Floating-con. trol Thermostct
(AF.44-24309 and subsequent)
Temperature Regulctor Assembly
Oil Reservoir

LH Engine Oil System Locolion ond Flow Diogram

RESTRICTED

Section IV
Parag raph 15

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2
CAUTION

3. Remove four bolts holdi ng pivot to bracket

and remove unit.

When remov ing jack screw keep shims . spacers.

and bearings in sequence.

(3) DISASSEMBLY.
b. WOR M GEAR .

( ,1) POW ER UNIT . (Sec figure 152.)

1. RemO\e limit and position switch box. (See

parag raph 20 i ( 3), rhis section.)

a. jACK SCREW.

(1) Remove ten screws, items "2," " 33,"

and "30" from bearin g housi ng items "3" and "34."

(2) Remove .beari ng housi ng from main
"29."
gear housi ng
(3) Remove pin from end assembly "48."

( -4) Remove shields covering jack screw

.. 12."

(5) Remove jack screw from main gear

(]) Remove housi ng" 13 conta ining right

angle drive.
CAUTION

In remov ing right angle drive housi ng, do not

drop coupl ing "10" between worm gear and
right angle drive.
(2) RemO\e four screws "44" holdi ng
electric motor to main gear housi ng.
(3) Remo ve electric moro r "43."
( -4) Remo ve spur gear pin "42," and spur

gear "40."

(5) Remo ve retain er "24."

housi ng "29."
. C!

l
;

COLOR KEY

PRESSURE LINES

111::a VENT LINES

al!m

DRAIN LINES

1
u

J
u

B.

C.

Figur e 151 -

Five.s tep Bimet al line Therm ostat

Floati ngco ntrol Therm ostat
(AF44 -2430 9 and subse quent )
Temp e rature Regu lator Assem bly
O il Reservoir

Diagr am
RH Engin e Oil Syste m Locat ion and Flow
RESTRICTED

207

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Sectlo IV

COLOR KEY
MAIN

1111

SECONDARY

(--

V[Nf

),'

llllil
Ill

BALANCE

DRAIN

,/
,( '

<
/

l i9u ft ISS -

fuel System locolion ond flow 0 109, om; P-38l- 1

RESTRICTED
211

---- ---------- -- ---

Section IV
Paragraph 16

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

(c) INSTALL ATION.

Note

Use the following lubricants to facilitate installation of fuel tanks: Glycerine and water mixture for tubes and exterior comers of tank;
common talc for remainder of exterior.
1. Place gasket on .filler cap opening.
2. Place the tank in proper position. (See figures 167, 168, and 169.)

311

- .....'\

_]

... ..

\'i'

_j.

- -

.-- - ~

!t9.!li.
1.
2.
3
4

_
-- .

Figure 167 - Installation ol Reserve

Fuel Tank, Steps A and 8
8,9 ,10, II, ANO 12 REFER TO LS5n SCREW LENGTHS
If\ tNOICATES HOLES FOR 197552 SOCt<ET USED WITH
300 GAL. CROP TANK
INOICATES 192439 BOI.T (USE 19450! BOLT TO AT
TACH BOMB SHACKU: FAIRINGl
INOICATES SCREWS THROUGH FAIRING

___.I

.:n

-::.~-;' . - -

REFER TO OWG NO 249000

Figure 165 -

Fuel Tank Inspection Panels

(b) REMOVAL.

1. Drain the tank by removing sump plug in

lower wing surface.
2. Remove droppable- tank fairing. (See paragraph b (4) (c) following.)

3. Remove panel assembly.

4. Remove sump cover plate and access cover.

5. Remove screws and clamps from the interior
of the tank; then, remove fuel gage transmittin g unit through hole in fuselage web in cockpit.

___ ______
-

- ------ -

.---

Figure 168 - Installation ol Reserve

Fuel Tank, Step C

-=-.....----:::::...
-..',-;- "'..;,.,\'.
'':::___:.~ - :- ..

---- -1. ..
----- .
.
\ --

\' .

6. Lower tank from the airplane.

- -.:. -. --- -Figure 166 -

Reserve Fuel Tank Sump; P-38L - 1

RESTRICTED

_______.-------

Figure 169 - Installation ol Reserve

Fuel Tank, Step D

21~

..
RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

s.ction IV
Para9r aph 16

I
[
300 GALLON TANK

I
[
1.

2.
3.
. 4.

5.
6.

7.

Sway Brace
Sway Brace
Sway Brace
Sway Brace
Tank Sump
Weter Drain Plug
Displac ing Strut

[
[

NOTE:
Left-hand shown. Number 4 and number 2 braces are
interchanged on right-han d. (Io neld emergency all
braces are intercha ngeable. )

ISO GAUON TANK

Figvre

170 -

Droppa ble Tank Attacb ment

a. Place the aft inboard corner of the tank

in positio n. Use a curved tube about twelve inches long
inserted in the fuel line to guide the fuel line into the
tank nipple,

d. Work the forwar d inboard corner into

collaps ing the tank downw ard and inward
by
posmon
forward side.
inboard
at the

b. Positio n the lift side on the control shroud

and push the aft outboa rd corner in place by collaps ing
the tank downw ard and inward from the outboar d side.

should catch, correct by pushing downw ard on the tank

from the filler cap openin g on the upper surface of the
center section.

c. Force the forward outboar d corner into

positio n by collaps ing the tank downw ard and inward

at the outboa rd forward side.
220

.3, If the filler neck on the top side of the tank

4. When necessary insert the fuel line into its

corresp onding tank sleeve by pushing the tank upward
and letting the tank slide down on the tube.

RESTRICTED

Sectio n IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

- '

].

]
S ply birch)
Apply glue (Spec. AN-G -8) to patch (3 or
and tank surfac e. Rub patch into place.

Remo ve finish in and aroun d injury.

J
J
1

pressure.
Bond damp method (prefe rred) for opply in~
.
Allow glue to set (appro ximat ely 6 hours)

Sandb ag metho d far

applyi ng pressu re.

Nail patch metho d using

5/16 brass nails. Space nails

3/ inch apart.

]
Q

of patc:h.
Use chisel and rough sandp aper lo bevel edges

ed area.
Apply dope (Spec. AN.TID-51.4) over the repair
form
that
es
bubbl
Smoot h fabric into place. Puncture any
h accord ing
and opply dope again . Allow to dry. Refinis
ro Spec. AN-C -83.

Figur e 171 -

ir
Plyw ood Drop pable Tank , Smal l Hofe Repa

RESTRICTED

223

RESTRICTED

Sedion IV

AN 01-75FF-2

..:

~ .
~

-,(.

\N,., .... .",

-_

~-- f

:~

c t;

;.{f?s.~.

-~

.;

Cul an elliptical hole around the

Cul patch ''A'' from spore skin section lo Fit lank cutout. Cut

damaged area. Cul from directly

elliptical bocking plate "B" one inch larger than patch "A:' Cul hole

below so that sawdust will not foll

in plate "B" one inch smaller then patch " A:'

into tank.

!
[

Apply glue (Spec. AN-G -8) to underside of tonk cutout

ond top side of bocking plate "B", then insert plate throuph

Apply pressure with cs many "C" clomps cs possible end

allow glue to set (opproximotely 6 hours).

cutout in tank.

(
rn

Insert flush patch "A"' into cutout in tonk end apply

Remove Finish around patch end apply Fabric (Spec.

pressure with o bond clamp or weights cs shown in Fig.

AN -16-128) and two coats of dope (Spec. AN-TID-51.4).

171 .

Refinish in acc:ordonc~ with Spec:. AN-C-83.

Figure 772 -

224

fiz

Plywood Oroppable Tonk, Lorge Hole Repair

RESTRICTED

Fl

Section IV
Parag raph 16

RESTRICTED
AN Ot-75F F-2

Note

Note

Always determ ine fuel selecto r valve setting

by "click" or "feel" and not solely by dependen ce on the positio n of the control handle
pointe r in the cockpit. If this precau tion is not
taken, the gate ~ill not be in perfec t alignment with the ports in the valve allowi ng fuel
to flow betwee n tanks.

The "OFF" positio n is the droppa ble fuel tank

inlet port.
( d) Tighte n cable turnbu ckles located behind
panel "80," ( figure 3).

( e) Move selecto r valve contro ls throug h all

positions. Check for "click" of valve as each positio n is
indicat ed.

(2) REMO VAL.

( a) Remoy e recogn ition light panel "82" and

access panel "153" (figure 3).
( b) Drain fuel tanks.

(f) Adjust as require d at cable turnbu ckles, or,

if comple te rotatio n is not obtain ed, remove the selecto r
valve and center the selecto r valve drum to allow complete rotatio n of the selecto r valve controls.

(5) TEST .-Test statically the outlet port with 35

lb/ sq in. pressure for three minute s and the inlet ports
with five lb/ sq in. pressu re for two minutes.

(,) Discon nect fuel lines.

( d) Remov e three bolts holdin g valve.

( e) Remov e unit.
CAUTION

(3) MAIN TENA NCE REPAIRS. - Clean valve

thorou ghly to remov e any foreign matter which may
have collect ed inside the ports.

Whene ver fuel cock assemblies or contro ls are

disconnected, carefu lly check the parts upon
reassembly to insure correct indicat ion of the
contro l-hand le pointe rs.

d. FUEL STRA INERS . (See figure 175, item "D.")

(1) DESC RIPTI ON.-T wo type C-4 fuel straine rs
are located just forwar d of the selector valves. Additional straine rs are located in the engine bay sections.
The straine r cover, provid ing a sump and drain cock,
is held securely in place by a spring steel clamp sup
ported by two bolts. One of the suppor ting bolts is
fastene d by a wing nut to expedi te qpenin g the straine r
for the removal of the screen.
(2) REMO VAL.
(a) FUSELAGE FUEL STRAI NERS.

ure 3),

1. Remov e recogn ition light panel "82" (fig-

2, Disconnect lines.
1.

2.

Fuel Tonk Selecto r Vo Ives

Fuel Tonk Selecto r Valve Contro ls

3, Remove one bolt holdin g each strainer.

4. Remove units.

For Key to Cables, Sec Seetion IX.

Figure 174 -

Fuel System Cable Contro ls

(4) .ADJU STME NT. (See figure 174.)

( a) Place selecto r valve contro l "2" in "OFF"
positio n.
(b) Detach selecto r valve "l" from mount ing
bracke t and selecto r valve drum.

( ') Rotate selecto r valve yoke until it clicks into

the "OFF" positio n.
226

(b) WING TANK FUEL STRAI NERS.

I. Remove engine bay section side and bottom
cowl formers.

2. Discon nect fuel lines.

;. Remove the two bolts securing the straine r.
4, Remove the straine r.

e. FUEL PUMP S.
(1) GENE RAL.- Fuel pumps provid e positive fuel
pressure at all times. The two engine driven pumps are

RESTRICTED

'

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

. ~I .~..

.,

,.

j
j
j
r;

.-..-,. , .
:F

A.

B.
C.

D.
E.
F.

1.

Dra in Cocks
Main
St and Sur 9 e Tank Sumps
ra,ners
Se le ctor Valve s

2.
3.

4.

Check Valve
Boos te r Pum ps
Figure 175 -

5.
P-38L-1
Fuel Compar tment, Bottom Aft F use I age;

RESTRICTED

227

-.-

.. ___

....

[
RESTRICTED

Section IV

AN 01-75FF -2

COLOR KEY

AIR (COOLfD)

c:::::J
ii::..l
c:J

EXHAUST GAS

FREE AIR

AIR (HEA TEO)

r
[
[
f

l
9.
10.
11 .
12.
13.
14.

15.
16.
17. .
18.
19.

20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.

26.
27.
CUTAWAY SHOWI NG OPERATION OF SUPERCHARGER

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.
8.

Scoop, Exhaus t Manifo ld and Shroud

Exhaus t Manifo ld
Spark Plug Blast Tube
Electric al Relay Box
Magne to
Magne to Blast Tube
Air Pressur e to Distribu tor Housin g
Air Pressur e to Magne to Unit
Figure 180 -

236

28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.

Distribu tor Housin g

Carbur etor Intake Duct
Intensif ier Tube, Cockpi t Heat and Defrost ing
Exhaus t "Y" Toil Pipe
Cover Assemb ly, Superc harger Baffles
Blast Tube, Superc harger Main Bearing and
Cooling Baffles
Superc harger Cooli ng Cop
B-33 Superc harger
Oil Cooler Intake Scoop
lnterco oler Intake Scoop
Oil Cooler Exit Duct
lnterco oler Exit Duct
Blast Tube to Tachom eter Genera tor
lnterco oler Unit
Genera tor Blast Tube
lnterco oler Intake Duct
.Air Filter
Superc harger. Air Intake Scoop
Impelle r
Diffuse r Vanes
Compre ssed Air. Outlet to lnterco oler
Free Air from Cove.r Assemb ly
Nozzles
Nozzle box Inlet Exhaus t Gos from Engine
Turbine Wheel
Slip-str eam Air
Waste Gate
Air Baffle
Shaft Housing Contai ning Turbo Lubrica tion
System

Inducti on and Exhaus t System

RESTRICTED

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

r-

-"\

J
_]
_]

=i

[l
'1

KEY

Oil

CI ]

FUEL VAPOR

Il l

NEGATIVE
PRESSURE

EJ

ATMOSPHERIC
PRESSURE

Il l

2.

nif old s
Fuel-a ir Mi xtu re to. Ma
nt
Su pe rch arg erS eal Ve

3.

Scroll

4.

Dif fus er Va nes

5.

Stu ds
Ca rbu ret or Mo un tin g

6.

Ai r Inl et

7.
8.

Fuel Inj ect or No zzl e

1.

10.

Re gu rgi tat ion Tu be

Dif fus er Va ne s

11.

Ind uct ion Sy ste m Dr ain

12 .

Scroll

13.
14.

ar
Su pe rch arg er Dr ive Ge
Ge ar an d Sh aft
Su pe rch arg er Pin ion

15 .

Pre ssu re Ty pe Se al

9.

Im pel ler
Fig ure 181 -

m Dia gra m
Fu el Ind uc tio n Sy ste

23 7
RESTRICTED

I
s,.ction IV
Paragraph 17

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

tubes acting on the diaphragm in the air section of the

regulator unit produces the metering force which controls the fuel metering pressure in the fuel section of
the regulator. Thus, the fuel metering pressure (pressure
across metering jets) delivered to the control section is
controlled by the air metering force or the mass air
flow through the carburetor throats. In this manner a
uniform fuel/ air ratio is obtained regardless of throttle
setting or air density. Two vapor vent floats are located
in the upper section of the regulator unit. The floats
actuate inverted needle valves which permit npor in
the carburetor to return to the reserve fuel tank and
still maintain fuel pressure in the carburetor.

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

Automatic Mixture Control Unit

Throttle Unit
Bleeder Plugs
Regulator Unit
Strainer Cover
Fuel from Engine-driven Pump
To Fuel Pressure Gage and Oil Dilution Valve
Line from Fuel Control Unit to Spray Nozzle
Fuel Control Unit
Vent to Reserve Tank
Accelerator Pump
Manifold Pressure Regulator

igure 182 -

Bendix-Stromberg Carburetor,PD-12KB

a. THROTTLE UNIT.-The throttle unit

>llows conventional lines in that it has throttle valves,
!nturi tubes for developing suction, and a group of
11pact tubes for collecting the average entrance pres1re. Thus the metering force, or the differential pres:e between the venturi suction and impact tubes, is
!veloped. It may be seen that the magnitude of the
etering force developed varies according to the air fiow
rough the venturi and throat. This metering force is
ansmitted through passages ip. the throttle unit and
icomes the force or motive power for operation of the
gulator unit.
b. AUTOMATIC MIXTURE CONTROL.le automatic mixture control is a metallic bellows
;ponsive to variations in temperature and pressure
1ich operate a contoured valve. It maintains the cor:t fuel/ air rario in the carburetor under conditions
,arying air temperature and pressure. This is accomisbed by the contoured valve automatically varying
e impact tube pressure and thus the metering pressure
th air temperature and density changes.

The carburetor employs a plunger-type

accelerating pump "11" (figure 182) that is operated
by linkage from the throttle shaft. The pump is attached
to the regulator and forces fuel from the regulator unit
to the discharge nozzle.
d. FUEL-CONTROL UNIT.-The regulator unit supplies fuel at the correct pressure to the control unit ready to be metered at all throttle settings.
The fuel/ air ratios required for engine operation under
various conditions change greatly. Thus the fuel-control
unit contains several sets of metering jets in order to
meet all conditions. Moderately rich idling .is provided
by a movable plunger type jet which is controlled by a
rod from the throttle control bell crank. Idling mixture
is adjustable e:Kternally at fuel-control unit end of control rod (see figure 184). The various mixture settings
of "AUTOMATIC LEAN," "AUTOMATIC RICH,"
"FULL RICH," and "OFF" are manually controlled
from the . cockpit. These ranges are produced in the
carburetor by a sliding type valve which allows various
combinations of the control unit .metering jets to be
ported to the discharge tube and nozzle.
e. DISCHARGE . NOZZLE.-Correctly metered fuel under pressure leaves the control unit and
passes through the discharge tube to the discharge nozzle. The discharge nozzle consists of a plunger type
nozzle valve, spriog-loade9 in the closed position. A
diaphragm at one end of the plunger allows the fuel
pressure to overcome the plunger spring and open the
nozzle valve when fuel pressure is in excess of 4 lb/ sq
in. This is to prevent the leakage of fuel when the
engine is not operating.

c. REGULATOR UNIT.-The pressure dif:ential between the venturi suction and the impact
8

RESTRICTED

I
I
I

3. TROUBLE SHOOTING.
CAUTION

Check carburetor specifications and setting to

be sure that they are correct for the engine
make and model on which the carburetor is
installed. Do not change carburetor adjust-

i I
I

Sec tion IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Par agr aph 17

Air Filt er
Air Filter Duct
But terf ly Val ve
Elb ow
But terf ly Val ve
But terf ly Val ve
Inta ke Sco op
link

CAUTION
VAI.Vf MUS T 8 RIGC fD
WITH IN nus LIMI T

Rod
Rod
Rad

3.25
3.00

r.

j
J.....:

To SuperchorQer

-~v~r
- f w ~.

ALTERED AJAR.OW

Fig ure 188 -

RAM M1D AIR R.OW

and Con trol s

Ind ucti on Sys tem , Air Filter

to ope rate bot h systems.

on the side con trol stan d is used
che d pus h-p ull rods transA differential pull ey with atta
inta ke and filter valves.
mits the cable action to the air
con trol leve r
b. OP ER AT ION .-W hen the
n, rammed air will be
is in the full aft "OF F" pos itio
plie d wit h the con trol
sup plie d. Filt ered air will be sup
ure 3).
itio n.
leve r in full forw ard "ON " pos
RESTRICTED

LLA TIO N.
c. REM OV AL AN D INS TA
.)
18S
and
(Su (,gu m 115
( 1) Remove the foll owi ng:
,(a) Pilo t's seat.
" ( fig(b) Cover plates "89 " and "90

247

11

Section IV
Paragra ph 17

RESTRICTED
AN O 1-75FF-2

!(

DETAIL A
SPARK PLUG BLAST TUBE
CLAMP INSTALLED - THESE
ARE LOCATED AT THE 2nd,
7th AND 11th MANIFO LD
HOLES

..1.r.

_J

1
INSTALLATION SEQUEN CE
(RH Shown - LH Opposit e)

1.
2.
3.

1--

4.

5.

6.
7.
8.

Figure 189 -

Exhaust Manifol d and Shrouds

(b) REMOV AL. (See figure 189.)

I. Remove top and side cowl panels "l", "2",
"3", "5", "6", and "7". (See figure 96.)
2. Release fasteners and remove shrouds "l",
"2", "3", "7", "8", and "9" surroun ding sleeve assembly
"6" (figure 190).

3, Loosen clamps on. sleeve assembly "6" and

tail-pipe "21" (figure 190).
I. Remove sleeve clamp "5" (_figure 190).

5, Drive sleeve assembly "6" into tail-pipe

190).
(figure
"21"

RESTRICTED

Gasket
Forward Shrovd, Lower Section

Gasket
Manifol d Assemb ly
Spark Plug Blast Tube Half-clo mp
Lock Vvosher
Stud Nut, Bronze
Forward Shroud, Upper Section

249

Section IV
P.aagraph 17

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Sleeve Assembly, Upper Quarter LH

Sleeve Assembly, Upper Quarter Inboard LH
Sleeve Assembly, Lower Quarter LH
4. Sleeve Assembly, Lower Quarter Inboard LH
5. Half Clomp
6. Sleeve Assembly, Forward
7. Sleeve Assembly, Upper Quarter RH
8. .Sleeve Assembly, Lower Quarter RH
9. Sleeve Assembly, Inner Half RH
10. Hoff Clomp
11. Sleeve Assembly, Forward
12. Shroud Assembly, "Y" Stock Upper
1.
2.
3.

Figure 190 -

6. Remove screws at "5" and "6" (figure 102)

which secure the cowl formers to the exhaust shroud.
Remove screws of wjng fillet formers.
7. Remove front bulkhead connection s to the
shroud at "7" (figure 102).
a. Remove exhaust manifold palnuts ( or lock
washers) and stud nuts.
250

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.

Panel Transition Section, Upper RH

Panel Tronsition Section, Lower RH
Panel Transition Section LH
Panel Transition Section, Bottom LH
Barrel Assembly
Support Assembly
Sleeve
Intensifier Tube
"Y" Assembly, Toil Pipe
Sleeve Assembly
Transition Assembly
Shroud Assembly, "Y" Stock Lower

I
I

Exhaust "Y" Stack

9. Remove the three spark plug blast rube

, clamps.
JO. Remove manifold "4", gaskets "3", shroud

"2", and gaskets "l" (figure 189).

CAUTION

Cover exhaust ports with suitable material to

keep out dust and foreign matter.

RESTRICTED

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

'-

------.....J

INSTAU ,ACKIN G AS
KEE, fNDS TOGfT HU.

THROU GH SlOT.
IEHD AS SHOW N AHO IHSflT
MUST HOT 11Df
STIAIGHTfH TO flT IUAIH fl. IIVl!T
U If HfCES.
FIANG
fl
tfTAIN
OH lfTAIH U. S,lf;.O
SAIY.

J
J
j

_ _-,n-,.
TIGHTEN ,ACKIH O OAM, TO 10 _
IH. Las. 01 UNTIL Q...t.Mr CAN

IAlfLY If MOVED IY HANO.

NOTE.,
WHEN" HEW ,ACKIH GS Alf lHSTAUEO
THE ,ACKIH G OAM,S MUST If TIGHTENED SNUG AND THEN LOOSENED IEfOlf
IMKlH O TH! FINAL AOJUSTMtHT. WHEN
,s
TIGHT ENING THE ,ACKIN G CLAM T
SNUG. CAif MUST lf,,TAU H TO ,tfVfN
TH!
DE,OIM ATIOH 01 DAMA GE TO
, ..cKIHG OAM, s.

HOTL
lffH
AfTU THE EXHAUST SYSTEM HAS HAS
IN OPflAT ION AHO THC SYSTEM
ATMOSL
HOU,,,A
TO
(O
HTUIN
AGAIN
ST
,HUIC TfMPfl ATUIU. THE EXHAU
MAY
,ACKING CLAM'S ANO l!TAIN US
,ACKN
TIGHTE
HOT
00
""EAi LOOSE.
D
ING Cl.AM'S 01 lfTAIN fl IOL TS BEYON
THE V~LUU WHICH Alf llSTfO UNUSS
TH
THEN
.
fVIDfNT
SfVflf LEAKAGE IS
,ACKIN GS MUST If IEPLACfD.

_J

CAUTION
THE
CAif MUST If TAKEN IN HANDLING
fO
EXHAUST SECTIONS WHEN lfMOV

Of
flOM THE AIIPLANE. OEfOA M,UION

,ACK ING SLffVU WILL lfSULT IN

SEVE RE UAKAG f Of THE ,ACKIN GS.

nu

-,
. AND
HMOVAILE TYPf UlAIN U. Cl.AM,
All
PACKIN G 1NS1AL \.Afl0N ON S0Mf

Of ,ACKIN G.
,ACKIH G CLAM' MUST If IN aNTU

wou

,LANES.

f11Sf

,ACKIN G IACIC.

[;

II

SINGLE

Figu re 191 -

Exha ust Pack ing Insta llatio n

RESTRICTED

251

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75Ff-2

1.

2.
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.

8
.

9.
10.
11.

12.
13.
14.

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.

33 Turbosu PerType
B(General
charger
Electric)
G

Cap (
Cooling. e Assembly
Waste Pip I Electric)
(Genera
Oil Ton k Vent Line

E)

Oil Tonk .h ger Oil

Turbosup ere er
Lines Stee I Structure
Stainless
Assembly
ke
or
lnta
Compress d Elbow
Scoop an W stegate
Regulator to 0
Linkage Outlet
Compre;sot:on Rear
Center ec m
Shear Bea

CD

Wos her
l'ng Shim
Permane nt Leve '
Brack~t e Side Cover
Toil Pip
r Cover
Toil Pipe Rea
Deck
Deflector Ring (G.E.)
Gi ll Deck

~ jv

~...

~,1

,,._ _>

~-. n
Figure 192- Turbos up ercharger /nstol/atro

RESTRICTED

253

I
I

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7 5FF- 2

Secti on IV
Para grap h 17

- - - - - 3 16 DPill

1 - - - -- 0"-R- lll JIG

)
Figu re 193 -

A. Turb osup erch orge r

B. Oil Tonk
Turb osup erch arge r Oil Syste m Loca tion
and Flow Diag ram
Note

presIn most cases of air leaks, the mani fold

presof
off
g
fallin
a
sure gage wjll either show
will
h
whic
ng
readi
ic
sure or give an errat
of
g
onin
uncti
malf
by
d
usually be accompanie
preor
ation
deton
by
the engin e mani feste d
a
ignit ion. In attem pting to supercharge with
r
highe
vely
ressi
prog
a
m,
leaky indu ction syste
reis
h
whic
up,
built
is
ure
exha ust back press
er
quire d to drive the turbo supe rchar ger at high
air
of
tities
quan
sive
exces
speeds to supp ly the
the
requ ired. This condition finally will reach
bewill
ure
press
back
ust
poin t wher e the exha
can
ation
oper
e
engin
al
come so high that norm
nce
no long er be maintained. \X'henever evide
systion
induc
the
ars,
of this cond ition appe
and,
tem must be thoro ughl y checked for leaks
.
tested
ure
if necessary, press

Figu re 194 -

successe. If the foreg oing proc edur e is not

a similar
ful, drill a % inch hole throu gh the bolt using
drill jig.
s
f. Tap out the rema ining threa d with a o/i
24N F tap.
Note
ged
If the threa ds in the boss have been dama
ve
remo
ding,
prece
by accomplishing e and f,
ger.
r~ar
and replace the turbo supe

b (2),
(f) ADJ UST MEN TS.- See para grap h 10
this section.

M
3. EXT RAC TING BRO KEN BOL T FRO
en
brok
a
ct
NOZ ZLE BOX . (See figure 194 .)-T o extra
s, use the
bolt from cooli ng cap and deflector ring bosse
follo wing proce dure:
.
.
.
e 194.
a. Cons truct a jig as shown in figur
b .. Drill a %6 inch hole throu gh the bolt,
be tak~n.
using a sharp drill so that a good chip will

(g) INST ALL ATIO N. (See figure 192.)

1. Attac h compressor outle t elbow to turbo
of
edge
top
supe rchar ger and tape top of ;lbow and
lling the
insta
when
ge
dama
ent
prev
to
adjacent duct
turbosupercharger.

er. ReDrill only throu gh the bolt, and no farth

move all chlps from airplane.
c. Fill the hole in the boss with a pene trating oil and allow it to soak.
3
d. Rem ove the brok en bolt with a No.
t."
screw extra ctor "Easy-Ou

[
[
[

CAUTION

Any boles or nucs used on hot sections of turb~

Heat
only.
tight
superchargers must be snug
any
expa mion will break the bolts if they are
be
must
ns
sectio
e
tighter. Cotte r pins in abov
AN380-C stainless steel.

CAUTION

256

x
Extra cting Brok en Bolt from Nozz lebo

r2. Inspe ct all passages throu gh turbosupe

for
ger
rchar
charg cr and duru to and from turbo supe
er.
matt
gn
forei
from
freed o~

RESTRICTED

r
r
[

I
RESTRICTED
AN 01-7 5FF- 2

Sect ion IV
Para grap h 17

bellov.s "A"
quan tity to be regu lated . An evac uated
selection
ure
press
the
by
sed
oppo
with in the box is
d
cont rolle by the
sprin g "B," the tension of whic h is
the th"Ule lever
lever "C." This leve r is oper ated by
libri um the force
in the cockpit. For cond ition s of equi
sprin g muse be
on the bellows and the tension in the
equal and opposite.

i;

the
If the regu lator is at equi libri um, that is,

g~~~:__

!'

ws area balances
box pressure times the effective bello
ld increase due
the sprin g tension, and the pres sure shou
speed, then the
to change in altitu de or indic ated air
than the sprin g
force on the bello ws area will be grea ter
ressed. If the
tension, thus the bello ws will be comp
the bellows area
pressure shou ld decrease, the force on
the bellows will
will be less than the sprin g tensi on, thus
exten d.
egate
This mori on is mad e to oper ate the wasr
s of
me:in
by
ge
in orde r to corre ct for the pres sure chan
"E"
cts
the conta
the pivo ted arm "D" whic h enga ges
limit
the
s with
and "F." Thes e cont acts are in serie
the total wast e
rol
cont
h
whic
"H"
and
"G"
switches
gate travel.

~ ..... .

Top
Righ tha nd Insta llati on, Whe el Well

A.

B.
1.

2.
3.
4.

5.
6.

7.
8.

s "I"
The cont acts "E" or "F" oper ate the relay
the
and
"W"
e
or "]" ~1,.hich ener gize the clutc h brak
open
to
r
orde
respective fields of the mot or "V" in
or closing the
or close the wast egat e "X." Ope ning
lebox thus
nozz
the
wast egate changes the pres sure in
determines
turn
in
h
cont rolli ng the turb o spee d, whic
r.
the outp ut press ure of the compresso

Top
Left -han d Insta llati on, Whe el Well
Was tega te Moto r Gea rBox
Was tega te Moto r
Tune d Circu it Box
Press ure Box
and
Dust Cov er-P ress ure Sele ction Rod
Eme rgen cy Over spee d Switch
Link age- -Thr ottle to Regu lator
Link age- -Reg u lator to Was tega te

Rear Mou nting Brocket

9 . Press ure Sens ing Line
, 0. Drain Cock
Figu re 195 -

lator
Type C-2 Turb osup erch arge r Regu

on, for
Refe r to para grap h 10 b ( 1), this secti
relat ions hip of
gene ral info rmat ion perta ining to the
ifold pressure
the C-2 turbo -regu lator to the A-2 man
regu lator .
-regu la(b) OPE RAT ION .-Th e type C.2 turbo
wing
follo
The
tor is show n schematically in figure 196.
and
ation
oper
is a deta iled desc ripti on of the regu lator
in
n
show
part
an expl anat ion of the func tion of each
the sche mati c diag ram.
is subThe airti ght press ure ( or cont rol) box
is the
h
whic
ure
press
jected to com pres sor disch arge
258

in conThe arm "D" pivo ted at "Z" is held

of the
s
mean
by
"O"
tact with one end of the slot
speed
over
the
sallow
sprin g "L" This arran gem ent
ws
bello
the
from
away
torqu e moto r "N" to take cont.rol
r
rolle
and
cam
the
of
"A" and sprin g "B" by mea ns
end
the
in
pin
the
,
at "M." Whe n regu latin g pres sure
of. the slot "O"
of the arm "D" is up agai nst the side
o :c.tc r t!::!!~hc! .
turb
farth est from tlte hell o~~ Whe n the
r "N" ( view
moto
ue
overspeed, the arma ture of the torq
sprin g "Q"
the
at
on
A-A ) is rotat ed agai nst the tensi
arm "D"
the
on
r
rolle
so that the cam "M" enga ges the
The
"F."
and
"E"
at
in orde r to oper ate the cont acts
belthe
and
"O"
slot
arm is then free to mov e in the
ure
press
the
as
"P,"
lows "A" comes up agai nst the stops
of
d
spee
turbo
tant
cons
in the box is redu ced to hold
24,00 0 rpm.

ated
The over spec d torq ue moto r "N" is oper
gene rator "R"
by the outp ut of the alter natin g curr ent
a flexible shaf t.
drive n by the turb o oil pum p thro ugh
throu gh a tune d
The outp ut of this gene rator is run first
and "U'" and
circu it cons istin g of the capacitance "U"

RESTRICTED

[
(

[
[

r
[

Section IV
Paragr aph 17

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

NOZZLE SOX
NOZZl.f BOX INlfT

PRESSURE
SENSING
/llNE

'I

'

----,----'

Nt:SSUH IOI
ANO OVEa5i'U:0 SWtfOt

'

-- --_L ----- -- -------..,

Ii

'II
I
I
I

-1

:
:

COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE

MOJOI ANO
fUNtO OICUlf

,/

RELATION OF VIEWS
SHOWN BELOW

,---------_-,,-,,-,,-:,,

,,,'

,.,,"

j
....r

TO 24 VOLT POWE~

l
[

MOTOR AND TUNED CIRCUIT

Figure 196 -

m
Type C-2 Turbo superc harger Regula tor Diagra

the induct ance "T" and then throug h re.ccifier "S" which
furnish es direct curten t to operat e the torque motor.
The purpos e of the tuned circuit is to- make the over
speed contro l more sensitive when operat ing near the
maxim um turbo speed. The increased sensitivity of the
tuned circuit is accom plished by makin g the effect of the
capaci tance balanc e the effect of the induct ance just
above maxim um turbo speed so that at this point, called
the resona nt frequency, the curren t .Bowing in the circuit is limited only by its resistance.

PRESSURE BOX

LINKAGE
(WASTEGAlt)

militar y engine powers are require d. The switch is operated by the pressu re contro l lever "C" so chat when the
pressure selection rod is fully extend ed to call for high
manifo ld pressures, the contacts are opened. Openi ng
the switch contac ts reduces the total capacitance, which
increases the resona nt frequency of the tuned circuit,
thus increasing the regulat ed maxim um turbo speed to
26,400 rpm.

The second capacitance "U'" may be opencircuit ed by openin g the norma lly dosed contacts of
the emerge ncy oversp eed switch. The purpos e of this
switch is to allow a higher turbo speed to be held when
RESTRICTED

Note
At serial AF-44-25059, the C-2 regula tor is re
placed with type C-2A which incorp orates
multi-speed contro l for selective War Erner
gency Power. Addiri onal capacitance connectors
give four turbo speed settings which are above
259

Sect ion IV
Para grap h 18

9.
10.
11.

Com pass , Pilot 's

Voc uum Gag e
Cloc k
Com pass , Rem ote lndic otor
Turn Indic ator
Fligh t lnd icoto r
Mcn ifold Pres sure
Tach ome ter
Coo lo nt Tem pera ture
Fuel Leve l Gag e, Fron t

12.

Altim eter

1.
2.
3.
5.
6.
-7.

8.

RESTRICTED
AN Ol-7 5FF- 2

B-20
AN5 771- 5
AN5 743- 1
AN5 730- 2A
AN5 735- 1
AN5 736- 1
AN5 770- 2
AN5 530- 2
AN5 795- 6
GE Mod el
8DJ-12LAF
AN5 760- 2
Figu re 197 -

13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

Air- spee d
Bank and Turn
Rote of Clim b
Engi ne Gog es
Corb ureto r Air T-em pero ture
Fuel Level Gag e, Rear

19.
20.
21.

Hydr aulic Pres sure

Land ing Gea r War ning
Vacu um Regu latin g Valv e

22.

Amm eters
(Rem oved )

23 .

Instr ume nt Pane l

Red Line Red Are

Red Line
(W11r
( Maxi - Gree n Arc ( j\fj,ij .
(Des ired) mum ) Emer .)
mum )

18. INSTRUMENTS.
Instr umm t

a. 1::,.;rSTRUMENT PAN EL.

nt pane l is at
(1) DES CRI PTIO N.-T he instr ume
type vibra tion
tache d to the fusel age by four Lord
mad e accessis
l
mou nts. The forw ard side of the pane
pane ls in fron t
ible by remo ving the scre'\\'-attached skin
tion to the fligh t
of and belo w the wind shiel d. In addi
es the bank and
and engi ne instr ume nts, the pane l carri
gear w~~n ing
turn vacu um regu latin g ,alve; land ing
instr uctio ns
and
light s; compass devi ation card hold ers;
char ger oper ation ,
for flaps , land ing gear, mach ine gun
rator s.
radio call, fuel service, comp ass, and gene
is inde xed
:ach instr ume nt case and cover glass
instr uthe
of
m
botto
the
with a whit e pain ted line at
on
ing
mark
limit
men t. The follo wing table shows the
the ,ario us in~~ruments.
262

F-2
AN5 820- 1
AN5 825- 1
AN5 773- 1
AN5 795- 6
GE Mod el
BDJ- l 2LAE
AN5 771- 4
1994 74
Po rker
4561-1-VaD
F-1

Tach ome ter

Man ifold Press ure
Fuel Press ure

3000
54

0 1600
2100-230
'
54-591/2
21
27 ,35.
14. 1 8

BS /_,. )o: 70
Oil Pressure
96/.~: f 60-9 5
Oil Te:n;:,erature
Cool ant Tem pera ture 125' f: 105- 115
100- 110

.j12..:

55

40
85
85

.
Hydr aulic Pr~ssure .. " .,. : 25.?.~15~.9

/
..
.
,
,;

"
Carb ureto r Air
. ,.
...,.
-._
........
45"C
Tem pera ture
... ,". 29 0
Air- spee d Indic ator 420 *370 .
Short
Long
Red
Yello w
Line
w
olt.

"
Yello
10,000
al
1. A . s.
t. A . S. ol 70,000 fl . all .
Line
Line
ft . ah .
1. A. S. ar 30,000

RESTRICTED

1f

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Paragraph 18

1r

EFFECTIVE SERIAL AF.iA-25059

ANO SUBSEQUENT

~
t
~.

'

~
_j
lj

TO WITHDRAW UNIT, REMOVE SIX

LSS56-4 SCREWS ANO PUll FOR.
WARO, UNSNAPPING BRACKET (4)
FROM SPRING (3).

"

~
i[

1.

Remote Compass Transmitter

4.

Bracket Assembly

2.

Tray Assembly

5.

Support Assembly

3.

Spring

6.

Support Assembly

7.
Figure 199 -

Access Door

Remote Compass Transmitter Installation

1. TRANSMITTER.

the following manner: Turn the compass inverter "OFF" and disconnect the electrical plug
to the installed transmitter. Connect the master
transmitter to the disconnected electrical plug of
the cable. Tum "ON" the inverter and manually turn the pointer of the master transmitter.
If the indicator follows the master transmitter
correctly, the trouble is then in the installed
transmitter. If it fails to follow correctly, the
trouble is in the indicator or the inter-con
necting cables. The wiring may be checked
with an ohmmeter and the source of the
trouble located.

Possible C=se

Remedy

Swirl of liquid
gives erratic
indication.
Leakage of com
pass liquid.

Not enough liquid

in the bowl.

Forward to repair
depot for .filling.

Leaky gasket.

Forward co repair
depot for impregnated gasket re
placement.

Compensator does
not have sufficient
effect.

Weak compensator magnets.

Forward co repair
depot for remagnetization of com
pensator magnets.

Trouble

2. INDICATOR.

Check all wiring against remote compass wiring diagram (figure 313).
When it has been established that all wiring
is correct, make certain that all mechanical parts of the
unit are in good condition.

Trouble
Erratic indication.

Sluggish operation.

RESTRICTED

.1

Possible C,:ust

Remedy

Loose pointer.

Forward to repair
depot for replace
ment or rework.

Dirty jewels and

Forward to repair
depot for cleaning.

pivots.

267

Sect ion IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

VENT
TO NOSE LANDING
GEAR UPLOO:

G.

H.

FROM AILERON
BOOSTER CONTROL" \ ' .
VALVE AND
\
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
CONTROL VALVE

AD.
AE.
AF.
AG.
AH.
Al.
AJ.
AK.

TO RH CARBURETOR
INTAKE DUCT
"'

AN.

AO.
AP.
AQ.
AR.
AS.
AT.
AU.

AV.
Figu re 207 -

284

rn
Syst em Pres sure Gag e
Rest ricto r Fitti ng
Hyd raul ic Han d Pum p
Eme rgen cy Pum p Check Valv e
Eme rgen cy Retu rn Check Valv e
Eme rgen cy Rese rvoi r
Eme rgen cy Syst em Relief Valv e
Byp ass Valv e
Han d Pum p Che ck Valv e
Flop Fou r-wa y Valv e
Rese rvoi r Reli ef Valv e
Mai n Syst em Rese rvoi r
Rese rvoi r Drai n
Suct ion Test Che ck Valv e
Retu rn Chec k Valv e
Acc umu lator
Syst em Relief Valv e
Pres sure Test Chec k Valv e
land ing Gea r Fou r-wa y Valv e

Basi c Hyd raul ic Syst em Loca tion

and Flow Diag ram

RESTRICTED

I
I
I
I
I

;ij

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

[l

10

12

II

'f'.

]-

J
J
3

28
13

15

14

21

16

22

17

18

19

20

23

_]

---

29

31

=i

r
=t
J

l.
I
I
I

NOTES: l.
2.
3.

Use hydraulic fluid, Specification AN-YV-0-366.

.
.
Pump shall not leak or show distortion when 1500 lb/ sq in. is applied at either pressure port for five minutes with
all other ports blocked.
Port-to-port leakage through selector valve shall not exceed 45 drops, min. at 1000 lb /sq in. operating pr~sure.

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

End Plug
Gasket, AN900-12
Cotter Pin
Wosher
Pin
Shaft
Wosher
Nut
Cotter Pin
Wosher
Wosher
Shoulder Screw
Plug
Check Valve Spring

15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.

Nome Plate
Lever
Body Assembly
Spacer
Safety Wire
Pin
Check Valve
Screw
Spacer
Packing, AN6225-4
Pocking Gland Nut
Piston Assembly
Pin
Valve Control Handle

Figure 214 -

29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.

Information Tog (Ref)

Handle Assembly
Link
Stud
Bearing Nut
Wosher
Piston Assembly
Nut
Wiper Ring
Cup
Gasket
Ring
Plug

Hydraulic Hand Pump

RESTRICTED

295

I
I

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

,ction IV
rragraph 19

I
I

COLOR KEY

FLAPS EXTENDING:
PRESSURE

CJI

RETURN

IE

1-

FLAPS RETRACTING:
PRESSURE

ma

RETURN

AK.

Flop Four-woy Valve

AL.

Flop Trove! Limit Valv.e

AM.

Flap Drive Motor

AN.

Reservoir Relief Valve

AO.

Moin System Reservoir.

11 0

Figure 215- Wing Flap Hydraulic System Location and Flow Diagram

ERING." In addition, it is possible by manual control

use the flaps in any position between "UP" and
)OWN" by holding the cockpit control handle in the
J P" or "DOWN" position until the desired amount of
1p is reached, and then returning to "OFF" position.

moved to the "DOWN" position, hydrau!ic fluid under

pressure flows inco the pressure inlet of the four-way
valve, through the inlet check valve to the down line,
and thus to the travel limit valve. Passing through the

ill

travel limit nlve at "B," pressure is transmitted to the

"J"

The flap control system consists of a four-v.ay

lcctor valve, a drive motor, and a travel limit valve

flap actuating motor which drives actuating screw

>aragraph e (1) (d), following).

nlve "A" to the four-way valve up line through the

\'<'hen the flap control lever in the cockpit is

through the geu box. Fluid then returns through check .

unloading valve and back to the reservoir.

RESTRICTED

'

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF- 2

Section IV
Porogrop h 19

ii

'

I
I

I
,.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Bearing Assembly
Collar
Universa l Joint Assembly
Dri ve Assemb ly Gear Box
Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir

6.
7.
8.
9.

10.
Mount ing Brocket
Flop Position Indicator Drive Gears 11.
12.
(Deleted AF42- 103979)
13.
Flop Travel Limit Valve
14.
Universal Joint Assembly

Figure 219 -

Wing Flop Travel Drive Mechani sm

over quadrant pulley and idler pulley, with quadrant

hanO::le in "CLOSE D" position.
(2) Drop cables through hat section.
(3) Replace screws in flanges; be sure co
install proper lengths. (See figure 221.) Tighten axle

CAUTION

In removing screws be sure to note correct location of each screw, as all are of different
lengths. (See figure 221.)
(7) Remove unit.

(8) Remove cable lock, and pull cable

through hat section.

boles and screws in lock place.

(.;) String cables through fairing along
floor, but do not push ends with turnbuckl es through

I
I
I
I

slot.

c. STRING ING.
(1) With lock pl ate and axle bolts in place

quadram cover, replace pulleys on axles and string

the cables. Outboard cable goes aft; inboard cable goe~
304

Arm
Simmond s Control
Flop Drive Motor
Flop Travel Lim it Valve Drive
Drive Assembly Lubricati on Fitting

(5) Reassemble pulley bracket "6," sering

_ca!>les, cake care co gee aft cable on outboard pulley. Install and secure lock plate with one screw. Tighct:n axle

bolt.

RESTRICTED

Section IV
Paragrap h 19

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

'-.

- --- -

T DEAD CENTER

---

-" -- ?
..._ ' ,

,/

-----

REFER TO OWG. 249835

1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.

Screw
Screw
Control Quadran t Cover
Screw
Screw
Pulley Brocket Assembly
Forward Inboard Coble

8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
1 3.

Cable Adjusting Turnbuck le

Aft Outboard Coble
Inboard Pulley Assembly
Aircraft Accessori es Flop Four-way Valve
Outboard Pulley Assembly
Cam Anembly

14.
15.
16.
17.

18.
19.

20.
Figure 221 -

Fair-lead
Fair-lead
Adel Clips
Simmond s Control
Flop Travel limit Valve
Hinged lever
Clip

Maneuve ring Flap Control

d. Disconne ct flap travel rod at universal

joint "9."
e. Remove four center-lin e boles which hold
back of valve to bulkhead and lift out valve.

3. DISASSE MBLY AND OVERHA UL.

(See figure 220.)
a. Remove shear pin "27."
b. Loosen nuts and cotter keys " 1" and turn
rocker "26" until lever clears gear "18," then push out
rocker.
c. Unscrew guide nut "4" and slide out stem
"3" and spring "5."
d. Examine spring "5" and replace if necessary.

j. Examine ball " 13" and seat "11" for scoring, abrasions, and corrosion . If seat requires lapping
proceed as follows:
(1) Select a short length of tubing having
an inside diameter slightly smaller than the ball; and
force ball into end of tube so that a little ~ore than half
the ball extends from tube.

(2) Using an extra-fine grinding compound equivalen t to U. S. Navy Specification 51 C226b,

lap ball into seat using a combined tapping and rotary
motion to avoid ringing valve seat.
(3) After a smooth, true seat is obtained,
clean valve seat thorough ly with naphtha or kerosene
( paraffin oil).

f. Remove packing adapter "9."

( 4) Discard ball used for lapping and replace with a new' ball. Under no circumstances should
ball used for grinding be used in valve.

g. Remove seals "7" and "8" and replace

if necessary.

(5) If seat cannot be reconditi oned satisfactorily by lapping , install a new seat and ball.

e. Remov.e gland nut "6."

h. Remove retainer nut "1 7."

i. Remove gasket "16" and replace if neces
sary.
306

4. MAINTE NANCE.-Check for leaks around

retainer nut "17." R eplace gasket "16" if necessary.
Check for leaks around stem ".3." Replace seals " 7"
and " 8" if necessary.

RESTRICTED

I
[

[
[

..... ...-....:II:

r-

Ml

r- r- ,

EL_.

-;-

1
RESTRICTED
FF-2
01-7S
AN

w.
Sedio n , ..

Il l

..
- -

M. Main Gear A,tua ting Cylin der, RH

N. Moin Gear Down lock
P.
Q.

R.

s.

COlO l klY
l'UUM tUOU U

S'UUM. IININ

LANOINO CfAI
PIUSU II

UP
DOWN

I
I
I

IIIUI H

T.

IIIIJ!!I

u.

aa

V,

w.

lltlZd

X.
Y.

t1

.z.

,uuu u
a:::az:a

AA.
AB.

IIJUI H

COOlANT ILA,S

OIIH

PIUSU U IIIUI H

AC.
AV.
AX.
AY.
AZ.

aouo , ,ussu11

IIJUIH-

IMUGINC'Y IIUNS) ()H

l'ISIIM E:m!I

...

SUOIO N 11

--

'\

Flgu, e 241 -

NOTE: unn , Rlcr 10 Figure 200.

lo,al lon and Flow Diag ram
and Cool ant Hydr au/1, Sylle m
Gear
ng
landi
Main
RESTRICTED
329

Reatr ktion Volve

Main Geor Shut, aff Valv e
Engin e Pump
Pump Che,k Volve
M,in Gear Shutt le Volve , RH
Moln Geor Door Canlr ol Volve
Main Gear Door Adua ling Cylin der
Moln Gear Door Shut-off Valve
Moin Geor Che,k and Relief Valve
Cylin der
Coala nl Radia tor flap Actua ting
Main Gear Up lo,k, RH
Coalo nt Temp eratu re Contr ol Volve
eralu re
Hydr aulk fluid Filler Cool aI Temp
Conlr ol
Coolo nt Tempe rolur e Shut, off Valve
londl ng Gear four, way Valve
Main Gear Up lock, lH
Moln Gear Shu Ille Valve , lH
Main Gear Actua ting Cylin der, RH

---- ,

RESTRICTED

Section IV

AN 01-7SFF-2

'.n
I

TO TANK

j
!

..

---.::...._

..

I
J
/.
l / / // ~

. .

_/

COLOR KEY
Prenure
Return
Geor Up

Prenure /

i
5

ilJIJII Return

5Geor Down

B!l2! Emergency System

le:El Sy,tem Prenure

(m6 System Return

I
1111

r -

. A.
AV.
AW.

11 . ,

B.
BA.
BB.

BC.
BD.

BE.

C.
D.
F.

Nose Gear Down Lock

Landing Gear Four-way Valve
Nose Gear Up Lock
Nose Gear Shuttle Valve
Nose Gear Door Shut-aff Valve
Nose Gear Check and Relief Valve
Nose Gear Door Locking Cylinder
.
Nose Gear Door Latch Check and Relief Valve
Nose Gear Actuating Cylinder
Nose Gear Shut-off Valve
Nose Gear Door Control Valve
Nose Gear Door Actuating Cylinder

L
NOTE: Letters Refer to Figure 206.

Figure 242 -

330

Nose Landing Gear Hydraulic System Location and Flow Diagram

RESTRICTED

..CIE
- - - :=_=:=__:= = = ~ ~ ~ -..

I
RESTRICTED

AN 01- 75F F-2

Sec tion IV

-- -- -

'~~-,,;

~:..

,_._

l
.,

.. _:

- - -- l)

.,--.

- . '. II I

-1

.I

11

l
~:: i.~ :r:: ic: =ri i~- --:

:: i::: =:: :::: :::: ::tT --

emb ly
1. Con non Bla st Tub e Ass
ly
emb
Ass
dle
Cre
non
Con
2.
3. 20 MM Air cra ft Con non
Tub es
4. Ma chi ne Gun Bla st
Tru nn ion Ass emb ly
nt
Fro
Gun
5. Mochi,ne
tion Chu te
6. Ma chi ne Gun Cos e Ejec
ing Pos t
unt
Mo
r
Rea
Gun
7. Ma chi ne
1-U ppe rRight
No.
Gun
8. .50 Col . Ma ch ine
ow er Right
3-L
No.
Gun
ne
chi
Ma
.
9. .50 Col
Fig ure 339 441 ,

Con non Clo mp Ass emb ly

Con non Cos e Ejection Chu te
esta l Tro ck
Con non Am mu niti on Tro y Ped
te
Chu
tion
Ejec
Con non link
te Adj ustm ent Post
Con non Am mu niti on Fee d Chu
Gun No. 4-Low e r Left
rs. .50 Col. Ma ch ine
No. 2-U ppe r Left
16. .50 Col . Ma chi ne Gun
ve- All Ma chi ne G uns
Slee
rel
Bar
Gun
17. Ma chin e

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Arm ame nt Com par tme nt

RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED
Af'J O1-75FF-2

I.

Section IV
Paragraph 19

r-0

O
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0

1.

2.
3.
4.

s.

I
I
I
I

Handle
Stop Pin
Shaft

6.

Snap Ring

7.

"0" Ring Pocking, AN6227 .5

(2 Req)

Stop Pin
Housing

8.
9.
Figure 256 -

Poppet

10.
1,.
12.
, 3.

"O" Ring, AN6227-1 1

Spring
"O" Ring, AN6227-12
Nut

Seat

Emergency Extension System Bypass Valve

cylinder, extending the gear. The emergency system does

not open the doors, therefore the landing gear lever must
be in the "DOWN" position; however, the wheels on chc
landing gear will push the doors open. If the landing
gear lever is not in the "DOWN" position, fluid will be
locked in the gear door cylinders, and the check valve
in the four-way valve, preventing doors from opening.
The purpose of the bypass valve "AI" is co drain
any leakage past the shuttle valve, back to the main
reservoir "AO." If the bypass valve is not open any
leakage past the shuttle valve will build up pressure in
the line between the shuttle valve and the 1000 lb/sq in.

relief valve "AH." It is possible for chis pressure to build

up sufficiently to operate the shuttle valve, closing off
the main hydraulic landing gear system, preventing
retraction of the gear. The purpose of the 1000 lb/ sq in.
relief valve "AF" is to protect the system against failure
if bypass valve "AI" is closed when attempting retraction,
and also to prevent excessive pressure being built up by
the hand pump.

RESTRICTED

CAUTION

When operating landing gear system on ground

checks, make certain landing gear doors are in
rhe open position.

347

I
I

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Paragraph 20

,_
....c

_J

1.
2.
3.

4.
5.

_J

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.

r
(

[
f I

u
II '
!

6.

12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.

Circuit Protector - Feathering lights

Circuit Protectors - Propeller Circuit
Ignition Moster Switch
Ignition Switches
Oil Dilution Switches
Starter Switch
Engage Switch
Position Light Switches
Generator Switches
Landing Light Switch (Circuit Breaker)
Gun Heaters Switch (Circuit Breolser)
Figure 261 -

2. Make sure the edges of replacemenr conduit are smooth and free from burrs that may fray
che wire insulation.
3. Use only cushioned-type cl.imps on flexible
conduit.
4, Check exposed conduit for oil or moisture
absorption.
(3) CIRCUIT PROTECTO RS AND FUSES.
( a) All branch circuits, with one exception, arc
controlled and protected against a sustained overload
by thermal, switch-type automatic circuit breakers, or
by toggle switches and separate push-button- type automatic circuit protectors. The radio crash switch circuit
is procecced by a fuse. For amperage limits and location
of circuit protectors and fuse, refer to the circuit protection chart. All circuit breakers an<l circuit protectors
in the fuselage are accessible to the pilot in flight. Two
types are used.

Remote Compass Switch (Ci'rcuit Breaker)

Fluorescent Cockpit light Rheostat
Voltmeter
Cockpit Light Rheostat
lntercooler Flop Switches
Automatic Coolant Control Override Switches
Pitot Heat Switch (Circuit Breaker)
Battery Disconnect Switch
Automatic Oil Cooler Flop Switches
Propeller Feathering Warning Lights
Propeller Feathering Switches
Oxygen Pressure Gage

Main Switch Box

1. The PSM or PLM is a manual reset, "tripfree" circuit protector. In normal position, a conductive snap-acting disk bridges the terminals maintaining
the circuit. Ac overload, the resistance heat caused by
current passing through the disk snaps the disk inco
reverse position, opening the circuit. le will remain in
this position until manually reset by che push button.
le cannot be held in closed position by the reset butcon
if o,crload conditions exist.
2. The AN3160 switch breaker also uses a
metal concacc. Ac oYerload, the thermal breaker opens
the circuit, and a spring pulls the handle to the "OFF"
position. After a shore time, che contact cools and the
breaker can be resec. Type AN3160swit ch breaker, as
used with che gun heaters, piiot heater, concacc heater,
and remote compass, arc "nc:1 trip-free." The contacts
may be held closed regardless of the amount of O"erload
by holding the switch in the "ON" position.

RESTRICTED

353

RESTRICTED

AN 01 -7S FF -2"

Section IV

L 7 SL
LOCATION - PA NE

A.

B.

1.

2.

3.
4.

L 75 R
LOCATION - PANE

Ma ch ine Gu n Re lay
En d)
Me in Sw itc h Bo x (LH
s
Cir cui t Pr ote cto r Bu
En d )
Me in Sw itc h Box (RH

6.

Ci rcu it Pr ote cto rs

Co nn on Re la y

7.

Ca me ro Re lay

s.

I
I
I

A.

---. -..._-.. . - .- .--.;.. --.

B.

l'

Fig ure 26 2 -

..
Ri gh t-H an d

xe s
Ma in Ju nc tio n Bo

I
I

'I
i

t
35 4

Le ft- Ha nd

RESTRICTED

I
l

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

...

;.,-; I

Secti on IV
Para grap h 20

!.

J ,. "

('

1. Oil Foam Line

2. Gene rator Termina l Block

3. Pitot Lines
4. Oil Dilut ion Line

u.e, --
-~
I

(On Airp lane

Seria l AF-4 42376 9 throu gh
AF44 -243 08
only)

':.;,:~

.Ao"

- '\ - ,,/

Figu re 263 -

LH Gene rator Rem oval

(b) REM OVA L.

1. LH GEN ERA TOR .

r
a. Rem ove afc outbo ard, inboa rd, and uppe
cowl ing on LH engine.
b. Disc onne ct blast tube from gene rator .
c. Brea k picot lines at union s and move back
for clearance.

d. Disc onne ct gene rator wires.

er
e. Remove nuts hold ing gene rator . Low
side.
ard
inbo
top
gh
comm utato r end and lift up throu

2. RH GEN ERA TOR .

l.

a. Rem ove aft inboa rd, outb oard, and bot

com cowl ing.
b. RemoYe lowe r induc tion system duce.
co
c. Remove section of blast cube attac hed
gene rator .
d. Remove oil pressure gage line.

09
e. Remove oil dilut ion line. (AF4 4-243
and subse quen t.)
f. Disconnect gene rator wires.

.I

I I

e
g. Rem ove nuts hold ing gene rator . Mov
oard
outb
gh
gencracor aft, rotat e unit, and remove throu
side above che supp ort bay diago nal strut.
( c) MAI NTE NAN CE.
or oil
J. Replace any brushes chat are gumm y
volt
high
a
ng
causi
oil,
rb
abso
soaked. (Bru sh surfaces
the
of
ut
outp
the
ases
decre
h
age conta ct drop whic
obis
oil
If
re.)
eratu
temp
its
gene rator and increases
and check
served in the gene rator , remove the gene rator
the drive pad oil seal.
o
2. Repl ace brushes if they are worn : Delc
ville
e-Ne
Leec
h;
lengt
ll
overa
Rem y-rep lace at %-in ch
erato rs used
-rep lace at Vz-inch overa ll length. (Gen
es ,cry
brush
me
consu
will
de
above 25,000 feer altitu
brushes
des,
altitu
such
ac
used
is
ane
rapidly. If the airpl
more
or
hour
muse be checked after each flight of one
dura tion. )
3. Whe n repla cing a brush, che new brush muse
r arou nd che
be seated by wrap ping No. 000 sand pape
the sand pape r
comm utato r, sand ed side out and puUi ng
r confo rms
in the direcrion of rotat ion. Be sure sand pape
es rest firmly
co conto ur of comm utato r, and chat brush
on sand pape r.
357

RESTRICTED

'

1
1

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF- 2

Section IV

Paragrap h 20

r
[

I
[

[
[

[
1.

2.

3.
4.

Jock Screw NJt

Jock Screw Assembly
Limi: Switch Electricol Connecto r
Limit Switches (Microsw itch)

5.
6.
7.

8.

Figure 281 -

Trouble
Actuator motor
runs continuous ly,
slipping dutch.

Possible C,mse
Limit switch
inoperaci,e
causing actuator
to jam.
Limit switch "'iring grounded.

Actuator does not

stop ir,stantant:
ouslr ..,,-hen cur
rent to motor is
shut off.

ap operates
> slow.

- 1

374

Cork ring on
brake d,~c has
become glazed.
Outch plate does
not engage cork
brake ring.
Jack screw binding
because of
corrosion.
Gears corroded.

Com
Comshcf t Lock Nut
Doub le Row Seering
Cork Broke Disc Feeing

9.
10.
11.

12.

Driven Disc
Solenoid
Motor Housing
Motor Elecrriccl Connecto r

Electric Dive Flap Aclualor

Trouble

Remedy
Adjust limit
switches. Replace
clutch plate assembly if damaged.
Check wiring and
plug in limit
switch circuit.
Replace defective wiring or
plug.
Remove dutch
plate assembly
and replace cork
ring.
Remove dutch
plate assembly
and replace.
Remove unit and
dean jack screw
assembly.
Remove actu:::or
and replace.

Possible Came

Remedy

Brake dragging.

Remo,e dutch
plate assembly
and replace.

Flap hinge bent.

Repair or replace.

;\focor rpm Jo..,,.

ciue co rough or
dirty commutat or.

Remo,e motor
assemblr and
replace.

Swiech loose in
mounting.

Tighten mounting
nuts.

Shut-off C':lm has

shifted position
on cam shaft.

Adiust cam and

tighten lock nut.

Flaps retract too

tightlr against
wing.

Jack screw retracts

too far in acruator.

Adjust jack shaft

nut.

Flap does not fit

snugly in retracted
position.

Actuau:1g arm
bracket improperly centered.

Loosen lock nut

on adjusting
bracket screw and
tura. to correct.

Limit switch fails

to shut-off motor
at proper instant.

RESTRICTED

l
[
Iu

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01- 7SF F-2

I~
.\\

'\

'

lI.

A.

I
r

u_

l
.~
I_
B.

Fig ure 327 -

PE- 94- A

1.

Dy ncm oto r Uni t

2.

M icro pho ne Ad ept er

3.

Ass em bly
Tra nsm itte r end Rec e iver

4.

Box (BC -60 2-A )

SCR -52 2-A Rem ote Con trol

5.

ON -OF F Sw itch

6.

Dim min g Ma sk Lev er

7.

es
Fre que ncy Ch ang e Sw itch

8.

T-R -REM Sw itch

9.

T-R-REM Sw itch Lock Lev er

10.

Box
Ide ntif icat ion ligh t Con trol

11.

trol
Bea con Rec eive r Tun ing Con

12.

Con trol end

Bec c~n Rec eive r Vol um e
ON -OF F Swi tch

Coc kpi t Con trol s

I__

I-

Rad io Co mp art me nt

atio n
SCR -52 2-A Rad io Ins tall
RESTRICTED

M-2 99

Sec tion IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01- 7SF F-2

l:q

A.

Rad io Com par tme nt

1.
2.
3.
4.

Rec eive r

5.

Tran smi tter '

6.

7
8.

Tran smit ter

Dyn amo tor
Mod ulat or

9.

Rad io Ran ge Filler

l
L

10.
11.

- ~~~~
B.

~-

Co ckp it C ont ro/ s

Figure

v?

2B -

Rece iver

Rece iver

Ant nna Rela y Unit

8C--453A
BC- ,SSA
8C--422A
8C-4 58A or
8C- 459A or
8C-6 96A
8C--457A
OM- 33A
8C-- 'S6A

tr S Iector Swi lch

Transsmit
Tran .
molter Pow er Swi tch
ter Con lrol Swi tch
Tran sm11
12.
13. T
k
elp hon e Plug (in "A" J
ac )
1-4. Tran smir ter Key
Volum Cantr al
15.
R ie r
1 . Roc
trol Swi rch
Con
ver
ecei
6
Recediver Tun ing o,a I and Cra nk
17. H
18.
ea st Sele ctor Swi tch

nst o/l ati on

SC R-2 74- N Rad io /

RESiRICTED

8C--45.4A

41

a,

e ~ --

l
l
i

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Section IV
Paragraph 21

Figure 331 -

SCR-695 Destructor Warning Light

(b) Attach RC-255-A control on bracket.

( c) Connect plugs.
(d) lnstal! . 20-ampere fuse in battery junction

box.

I
I
I
I

( e) Install PL265 on unused male receptacle of

RC255A control.
CAUTION

PL265 must be installed on unused receptacle

at all times to prevent accidental grounding
of exposed pins.
( 4) DESTRUCTOR.
Figure 330 -

Inertia Crash Switch

(a) ADJUSTMENT-INERTIA UNIT.

4. Insert receiver in boom as follows:

a. Hold set with plug side facing opposite
boom.
b. Insert in boom, top first.
c. After set is in boom, move forward and
turn so ,it is upright.
d. Slide set forward about 12 inches and
turn counterclockwise 90 degrees.
e. Line up pins with holes in rear of rack,
fasten thumb screws, and safety.

J. The inertia switch is reset by inserting a

screwdriver in the inboard side of the switch housing and
turning the slotted screwhead in a counteiclockwise direction to the stop. Wait approximately five seconds
and slowly release. The pendulum should then be
centered.

2. Pressure of arm will hold pin in vertical

position. (A horizontal force of six times force of gravity is required to trip trigger.) Switch is now set for
service.
(b) INSTALLATION.

Note

J. Be certain that destructor lights are "OFF."

Be sure thumb screws are tight.

5. Install antenna and cable plugs.

WARNING
Lights "ON" indicate that the destructor switch
has been tripped and must be reset. This must
be done before destructor tray is inserted in
set, otherwise a serious explosion will occur.

Note

Replacement AN-95-A antennas must be 14

inches long (total length).
(3) INSTALLATION OF COCKPIT
TROLS-S~R-695-A RADIO.
(See figure 329.)
(a) Install FT-345-A bracket.
432

CON-

2. When lights are "OFF," slide destructor

into set _and connect plug.
RESTRICTED

'.[
lI
_j

I
I
r

'

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Paragraph

22

22. ARMAMENT.
a. GENERAL. (Rt:ft:rence Draui11g 233878.)-The
armament compartment is located in chi: upper forward
portion of the fuselage, extending forward from station
95 (figure 339) . .Mounted in the compartment are four
.SO-caliber, type M-2 machine guns (AAF Dwg. No.
H39G5332), two on each side of the fuselage center line;
and one type AN-M2 20-mm aircraft cannon (AAF Dwg.
No. H41J9229), mounced on che fuselage cencer line
below the machine guns (figure 338) . Machine gun ammunition is contained in four drawer-type ammunition
trays of 300 rounds normal (500 rounds maximum) capacity each, mounted under the feed openings of their
respective guns (figure 348). Cannon ammunition is provided from a drawer-type tray of 150 rounds capacity
mounted on che right-hand side of che compartment at
station 75 (figures 348 and 353). Ammunition is fed co
the machine guns through feed chutes fastened co che
ammunition cray covers ( figure 348). Expended links and
cartridge cases are discharged through chutes leading co
openings in che skin below the armament compartment
( figure 351 ). Ammunition is fed inco che cannon by
means of an Al."1-Ml feed mechanism mounted on che
cannon (figure 353). Expended cannon cartridges, cases,
and links are discharged inco a comparcmenc between
bulkheads at scacions 75 and 87V2 on che lower right
hand side of the fuselage. The machine gun barrels are
equipped wich close fitting sleeve assemblies co prevent
air from blowing into the gun compartment. A blast cube
"l" (figure 339) seals che cannon opening. The armament compartment hoods and channel may be detached
by removing che pin ( or bolt) ac each end of the hood
channel. A type Al."1-N-6 gun camera, AF Specification
31353, is installed in che left bomb shackle fairing (fig
ure 354). Inside che cockpit enclosure an optical reflex
gun sight, U : S. Army Specification 93-24659, is installed
on che windshield jusc ahead of the pilot (figure 352).
(On AF44-24309 and subsequent airplanes, the gunsighc
is mounted on a bracket attached co che windshield
frame.) The machine guns and cannon are charged manually from che armament comparcmenc while che airplane
is on the ground. All che guns are fired simultaneously
by means of an electrical trigger switch on che RH grip
of the control wheel. A gun-sighting chart is fastened
. to che LH armament door, and machine gun cools are
scowed on che armament compartment LH rear web.

b. MACHINE GUNS. ( See figure 339.)

( 1) DESCRIPTION.-The four .SO-caliber machine
guns are mounted on quick-release trunnion fittings,
items "5" and " 7," bolted co gun channels in che fuselage
scruccure.

Figure 338 -

Gun Installation, Front View

(2) OPERATION.
(a) LOADING.

J. Enter double-loop end of cartridge link belt

into machine gun through feed opening until firsc cartridge is beyond belt-holding pawl.

2. Close cover, if open. _

3. Using gun charger, pull bole completely back
and release, allowing bole co recurn. See paragraph d
( 1) (a), following, for operation of charger.

4. Repeat operation 3, co load gun completely.

(Accion and cover muse be fully closed and extractor
muse grip cartridge in feed way.)
(b) UNLOADING.
I. Life cover, and remove belc.

2. Retrace bole and make visual inspection of

fcedway, T-sloc, and chamber co make certain chat gun
is unloaded.
3. Release bole and lower cover.
4. Relieve tension on firing pin spring by press
ing trigger button or sear mechanism.

(3) REMOVAL
(a) MACHINE GUNS.

I . Disconnect electrical conduit from firing

solenoid "6" (figure 340).
2. Release link ejection and ammunition feed
chutes at spring-loaded couplings accaching chem co gun,
and swing chuces dear of gun. (See figure 340, items
"2" and " 5," and insert on figure 341.)

3. Fold and pull charger handle '4". or "5"

through cube in pedestal (figure 355).
4, Release collar on rear mounting pose by turning locking ring clock wise as far as possible. Raise gun

RESTRICTED

445

RESTRICTED
AN Ol-7 5FF -2

IV

-- ...

--~~:

nl

!I

'i

I~

- - _!)
,-

..

- ( 11 '

(~

I, ;I

-'

I
'16. \.- --- '~

..._... '

~~_ ,,... -,-, !',,__

L:

r
1.
2.
3.
4.

7.
8.
9.

Con non Blo st Tub e Ass emb ly

Con non Cre dle Ass emb ly
20 MM Airc roft Con non
Mo chin e Gun Blo st Tub es
Ass emb ly
Moc:hi_ne Gun Fro nt Tru nnio n
te
Chu
tion
Ejec
e
Cos
Mo chin e Gun
Pos t
Mo chin e Gun Reo r Mo unti ng
ppe r Rig ht
.50 Col . Mo chin e Gun No. 1-U
r Rig ht
owe
3-L
No.
.50 Col . Mo chin e Gun
Figu re 339 -

446

l'jj'\
'r_ _ ~
::::r"'"
::E.___
~::::r:.___
ftl~
t I
Con non Clo mp Ass emb ly
Con non Cos e Ejec tion Chu te
esto l Tro ck
Con non Am mun itio n Tro y Ped
te
Chu
tion
Ejec
Link
Con non
te Adj ustm ent Pos t
Con non Am mun itio n Fee d Chu
Gun No. 4-L owe r Left
rs. .50 Col. Mo chinee Gun
No. 2-U ppe r Left
16. .50 Col . Mo chin
eve -Al l Mo chin e Gun s
Sle
re!
Bor
Gun
e
chin
17. Ma

10.
11.
12.
13.
14 .

Arm ame nt Com par tme nt

RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

()

Section IV
Paragraph 22

u
I
II

I
I
II
l,
11

il
IJ

'

.0
1. Charger Coble Adjusting Nut

4.

Front Trunnion Pin end Spring

2.

Link Ejectio_n Chute Attcchment

5.

Feed Chute Attcchment

3.

Gun Bcrrel Jccket Sleeve

6.

Machine Gun Solenoid

7.
Figure 340 -

Beck Plcte Assembly

Machine Gun Detail, Bottom View

slighcly. (See figure 341, item "3.") On Af44-23871

and subsequent airplanes, a quick-release knob replaces
che locking ring. Remove cotter pin and withdraw knob
from pose.

5. Withdraw spring-loaded pin in front mounting trunnion "4" (figure 340) about one-fourth inch.
If necessary, pry ouc on head of pin wich from trunnion
cool No. 197420 (figure 342) which is pro,ided in the
armament cool bracket ( figure 3 51). ( In che absence of
this cool, use a large screw dri,er.) Raise gun barrel co
clear trunnion, chen release pin.
6. Life gun slighcl }' off its mountings. If gun

1:

sticks, strike it sharply with che hand. Move gun aft until
muzzle clears blast cube and life out of airplane.

7. Remove trunnion pin and spring from gun

by caking ouc cotter pin. (See figure 340, item "4.")

L'i
l
~
.I
I

u..

Note

(b) BARREL.
1. Remove machine gun from airplane, being
careful not co disturb rear post adjustment, as ouclined in
paragraph b (3) ( a), preceding.
2. Remove barrel slee,e assembly by loosening
boles attaching scraps co machine gun, and sliding sleeYe
off barrel.
3, Release coYer latch and open cover.
-/. Release backplate la,cch lock and remove
backplate.

5. Pull driving spring rod co left and out of receiver (breech mechanism housing).
6. Remove bole in extractor.

7. Insc,t punch through hole in RH side place

and compress spring lock.

8. Withdraw buffer body barrel excension and

barrel from receiver. Remove buffer body from extension before completely withdrawing barrel.
9. Unscrew barrel from extension.

If gun is co be left out of airplane, remove lecachable pares of front trunnion and rear pose
from gun, and reinstall in airplane.
8. Remove barrel sleeve assembly by loosening
bol cs attaching scraps co machine gun breech mechanism.

(4) REPLACEMENT.-When installing a replacement machine gun, remove the charging pin and replace
with che longer pin No. 245047. (See figure 347, item
"6.") This change will assure that che charger hook will
fully engage pin.

RESTRICTED

447

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75 FF-2

:iio n IV
ra g roph 22

.,

'r.:.:

TO DETACH FEED CHUTES, PUSH SPRl~GTHE

PULL
AND
IN
HES
CATC
ED
LOAD
CHUTE AWAY FROM GUN .

I
1.

2.

Chor ger Cobl e Hond le, Stow ed

Moch ine Gun Chor ger Unit
5. Amm unitio n Troy
Figur e 341 -

Reor Moun ting Post

Feed Chut e

Mach ine Gun lnsto llatio n

(5) ADJU STM ENT .

oid
( a) Time each machine gun by adjus ting solen
es
notch
two
nut
ce
advan
then
fire,
just
nut until gun will
posiin
wire
safecy
and
tion
direc
same
in
from that point
tion. (See figure 350, item "3.")
ting
(b) Align each mach ine gun at rear moun
horiin
post. For latera l adjus tmen t, back off lock screw
ting screw
zonta l adjus ting screw. Turn horiz ontal adjus
.
in desir ed direc tion and reset lock screw
For vertic al adjus tmen t see inser t, figure 351.
scowed in
(Use speci al wren ches 193981 and 193982,
arma ment comp artme nt.)
448

3.
4.

(6) MAI NTE NAN CE.

led
( a) If airpla ne is t0 be flown with guns instal
cubes
f
rproo
wace
with
but not t0 be fired, prote ct barre ls
or paper held in place by mask ing cape.

been
(b) After each mission in which gu ns ha"e
s
acros
tape
ing
mask
of
fired, clean guns and place a patch
ls.
barrc:
of
muzzles co prote ct inccr ior
The mach ine gun barre l sleeves arc pro,iclcd
rccc~scd co
with nose caps "7" (figu re 343) which arc
seals.
r
pape
of
perm it instal lation

RESTRICTED

l:

L'

',,

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Section IV
Paragraph 22

JI

'-

..
--di

--

Figure 342 -

NOSE CAP MUST BOITOM

ON END OF BARREL JACKET

Removal ol Front Tr-unnion Pin

(7) INSTALLATION. -

v,e-8

Reverse removal procc-

1.

dure.

2.
3.
CAUTION

4,

When installing a gun, it is essential that both

front trunnion adapter and rear coll;r be prop
erly s<:.:red and locked. Failure to observe chis
precaution may cause gun to jump off mount
during fi~ing resulting in serious damage.

5.
6.

7.
8.

Link
Retainer Ring Strap
Retainer Ring
Sleeve Socket
Sleeve Assembly
Machine Gun Jacket end Barrel
Sleeve Nose Cap
Bushing

Figure 343 -

Installation of Machine Gun

Barrel Sleeve

(2) OPERATION. (See figure 353.)

Slip sleeve over barrel jacket until shoulder in

nose cap bottoms qn front end of barrel jacket. Securely
attach sleeve to machine gun.

( a) LOADING.
J. Charge cannon. Sec paragraph e (2), follow-

ing.

2. Install belt feed mechanism. See paragraph g

(9) (b) , following.

Note

I~

I
I_
I_

I.

Sleeve cap must bottom. Check to make certain

that narrow ledge "A" ( figure 343) inside nose
cap does nor catch on end of barrel jacket.
Sleeve can be adjusted by turning sleeve socket
until cap bottoms. Safery wire sleeve to retaining ring.

3. Feed double-loop end of cartridge-link belt

into feed chute (open side of links up at tray opening).

c. CANNON. (See figure 339.)

( 1) DESCRIPTION.-A 20-mm aircraft cannon is
mounted on the airplane center line just below the two
lower machine gur.s. A ~velded cradle assembly houses
the cannon and mounts it to the fuselage structure, with
an adju~cable forward mounting pose and a fixed rear
pedestal.

4. Rotate tensioning shaft of feed unit until

one set of teeth on sprockets is aligned with belt guide.
Push belt three or four rounds into sp.cocket teeth (by
finger pressure applied through access door in feed chute
adjacent to unit) : See paragraph g (8) and (9), following, for operation of feed unit and adjustment of feed
chute.
J. Rotate hexagon extension of tensiclning
ratchet with a wrench. (This draws belt inco feed m:.:cha.,...,_ .t:r1
nism until. a round is forced into place in cannon breech.) .... .~,

RESTRICTED

:t'~ : ~..

WARNING
Gun is now loaded.
449

)l

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Sed ior. rv
Por agr aph 22

firing sole noid .

(/) Disconn ect con dui t at can non
Rem ove sole noid .
" 1. " (Sec figure
( g) Remove ca nno n blas t cuhe

rwo mor e rum s

6. Rot ate ratc het app rox ima tely
, a series of
ding
v.in
ng. (W hen
to win d feed driv ing spri
so that it
ng
spri
d
Win
dou ble "cli cks" will be hea rd.)
k series.
dic
ble
dou
a
of
k
is held in place on second clic

339 .)

pos t by pul ling on

(b) Release fron t mou ntin g
unlo cke d (ho riimo
unlo ckin g cams unti l cams snap
.)
zon tal) pos itio n. ( See figure 345

Not e
be dep ress ed slig htly
not
If rack roll er can
add itio nal click.
one
ng
spri
(1/ inch ), win d
8

(h) UN LO AD ING .
t ( thro ugh feed
1. Dis con nec t belt at feed uni
uni t).
chu te access doo r adja cen t to feed
re 344 .)
2. Release feed unit . (See figu

k
I
I

J I~ SPACER

ent and
Fig ure 345 - Can non Adj ustm
t
Pos
ing
unt
Mo
Front

Rem ovo l of Can non

Feed Mec hon ism

Fig ure 344 -

cart ridg es
3. Empey mec han ism by pus hing
from mou th of unit .
Not e
ope n link chu te cov er
nd,
To rem ove last rou
h low er end of
and , with a screw driv er, pus
rota tes and last
fron t feed leve r so tha t it
n.
cart ridg e reta iner is with draw

AN D CRADLE.
(3) REMOVAL OF CA NN ON

chu te at quick-re
(a) Dis con nec t can non feed
348 .)
--. ~ease cou plin g. (See figure
.
~;! ' .
( h) Rem ove amm uait ion tray
feed
from
te
chu
( C) Dis con nec t link ejection
).
339
ur~
(fig
"
"13
g
plin
mec han ism at quick-release cou
rem ove fee ( !Dech( d ) Raise lock ing leve r and
._.
.)'
344
re
figu
anis m with feed chu te. (See
ual cha rger from
( e) Rem ove han dle of man
.)
stow age clip. (See figure 346

?;f ,

450

RESTRICTED

hiin dle up and out ap

TO CHA RGE : Pull char ger
l bolt enga ges trigg er
prox ima tely 8 inch es or unti
mec hani sm.

Fig ure 346 -

Mo nuo l Can non Cho rge r

1[

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

(i) Release clamp "10" on cannon pedestal. (Sec

figure 339.)

( j) Move cannon forward, engage cradle wheels

in tracks, and slide cannon and cradle assembly forward
out of nose of airplane.
CAUTION

When sliding cannon out, be careful to prevent

cannon from striking gun-supporting structure.
Use a .stand or support in removing the cannon
as it weighs approximately 115 pounds.

(1) DESCRIPTION.-T~e chargers are operated

manually by means of handles m the armament compartment. Two handles are stowed on each outboard panel
of the lower left and right machine gun pedestals. (See
figure 355, items "4" and "5," and figure 348.) Each
handle is connected by a cable to a gun charger mounted
on the side of the gun. The chargers are mounted on the
inboard sides of the guns to facilitate installation of
electrical gun heaters.

(2) OPERATION. (See figure 347.)

( 4) DISASSEMBLY.
Note
Cannon and cradle must be removed from the
airplane.

(b) Disconnect tie rod "9" (figure 353), anchoring magazine carrier to cradle.
(,) Slide cannon aft out of cradle.

( a) Remove charger handle from stowage dip

and pull out until trigger "I" engages beveled shoulder
on outer slide "3," thus holding machine gun bo.lt in
rear position.

Note
Trigger lock "2" must always be pinned in
forward (unlocked) position.

ii
I
II
l1

( b) Return handle to original position and replace in dip.

(,) Trip trigger lever "1"

(5) ADJUSTMENT.

I
I

to

release :nachine gun

bolt.

(a) Loosen pedestal clamp "10" (figure 339),

allowing cannon and cradle to rotate freely.
(b) Remove cannon-blast tube from nose of

fuselage.
(,) Bore sight cannon as outlined in paragraph h,
following. Make adjustment at vertical and horizontal
adjusting screws on front support as indicated on figure
345.

( d) Replace blast tube. Tighten pedestal clamp.

(3) REMOVAL.
( a) Fold and pull handle through tube in
machine gun pedestal.

( b) Remove four machine screws "4" ( figure

347) attaching charger to gun.
( 4) ADJUSTMENT.-Adjust the cable length at
threaded cable terminal "5" (figure 347) to accommodate various gun positions.

Section IV
Paragraph 22

d. MACHINE GUN CHARGING.

( a) Remove lock nuc, coil spring, and adjacent

parts from muzzle:end of cannon.

I' '

. ~ r

e. CANNON CHARGING.
(1) DESCRIPTION. - A spring-type cannon
'charger is mounted on the lower' RH side of the cannon and is operated manually from the armament compartment to charge the gun. The charger handle is
stowed in a dip on the compartment fire wall at the lefc
of the cannon. Charging is accomplished by pulling the
charger handle co engage a piston in the charger wich
the cannon bolt. Further movement of the piston retracts the bolt to a point where it is caught and held by
the trigger mechanism. The charger spring returns the
piston and handle co their original positions.

l'.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.

Charger Trigger
Trigger Lock
Outer Slide
Mounting Screws
Cable Adjustment Nut
Charging Pin

Figure 347 -

Machine Gun Charger

(2) OPERATION. (See figure 346.)

( a) Remove charger handle from stowage dip.
( b) Pull handle up,. out, and forward, about
eight inches, until bole engages trigger mechanism.

(,) Return handle to original position and replace in clip.

RESTRICTED

451

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Section IV
Paragraph 22

_rr~
.,.
;"

1.
2.
3.

Machine Gun Charger

Quick Release Couplings
Connon Feed Chute
Figure 348 -

~ 1
\-

-: ~

4. LH Mochine Gun Charger Handles, Stowed

5.. Machine Gun Feed Chutes ~
6. Mochine Gun Ammunition Troys

Machine Gun Ammunition Trays and Feed Chut e s

f. ARMAMENT

FIRING CONTROL-The firing

control for machine guns, cannon, and camera, consists
of a trigger switch on the right grip of the control
whc:el, a master armament sv,itch on the control column
junction box, a G-9 firing solenoid on the side of each
machine gun receive:, and an AN-M2 firing solenoid on
the under side of the cannon receiver.
The master armament switch has three positions:
"OFF," "GUNS AND CAMERA," and "CAMERA."
The guns can be fired only when th e master switch is
in the "GUNS AND CAMERA" position, but the gun
camera may be operated in either the "GUNS AND
CAMERA" or " CAMERA" position by pressing the
452

liV

trigger switch. (For additional information see figure

323.)

g. ARMAMENT ACCESSORIES.
(1) GENERAL-The accessory list includes all
equip~i~t necessary to operate the guns and cannon.
A gun camera and gun sight are included as part of the
accessories.
(2) MACHINE GUN AMJ'vlUNITION TRAY. (See figure 3-18.)-Four drawer-type ammunit ion trays
of 300 rounds normal capacity ( 500 rounds maximum)

each are carried beneath the machine guns. On some

airplanes, a wooden filler is bolted in bottom of each

RESTRICTED

,:.I-;I
Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Paragraph

22

ii : ii' .

r----

t}~......~~~~~~

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
il
I_

I
I
I
I
I

1.
2.

3. Machine Gun Ammunitio n Troy Trocks

Gun Sighting Chart
Machine Gun Cose-eject ion Chute Adjustmen t
A.
t
Adjustmen
Oute
Feed
Gun
Machine
5. Connon Feed Chute Adjustmen t
Figvre 349 -

Armament Compartm ent, Left-Hand

CAUTION

tray, limiting t~e tray capacity to 300 rounds. The

trays roll in guide tracks and are locked in place by engaging and turning handle pins in slorted openings at
the outboard ends of the tracks. Ammunitio n loading
procedure is indicated on the side of each tray. Each
rray weighs IO to 14 lb empty, 107 lb when load~d

When placing tray in airplane be sure top of

tray firs properly inside tray cover.
(3) MACHINE GUN A1111CN ITI0N
FEED CHuTES.
(See figure 3./l. item 4 : a11d fig11re 348.)

with 300 rounds, and 165 lb when loaded with 500

rounds. Co"ers are pro"ided to close the tops of the
trays and are bolted to the .gun-suppo rring structure.
The in\'erted ends of the tray covers are formed to guide

( a) DESCRIP TION.-Am munition feed chutes

guide the ammunitio n from the era~ to the machine gun
feed openings. The feed chutes are mounted on pins
bolted to the tray covers and are attached co the guns
by means of spring-load ed quick-release couplings. ( See

the ammunitio n into the feed chutes.

insert, figure 341.)

RESTRICTED

453

-'i,~
,
t!ai><""

''

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Section IV
Paragraph 22

\\:'hen ins talled. th e lip nf the feed chute should

be even with, or slightly above, the bottom surface of
the machine-gun-feed opening.
(h) ADJUST]\1NT.-The feed chutes are adjustable vertically to accommodate changes in positions
of the machine guns. The chutes and tray covers are
attached by means of a sliding joint consisting of two
knurled fittings held in place by a bolt. Adjustment
is made by loosening the joint and moving the tray into
position. (See figure 349, item "2.")

(b) ADJUSTMENT.-The case-ejection chutes

are adjustable in a manner similar to the feed chutes.
The hinges on the lower ends of the chutes are slotted,
and adjustment is made by loosening the attaching screws
and moving the chutes into position. (See figure 349,
item ''4.") When correctly adjusted, the top of the
case chute should be 1/8 inch below the lower surface of
the machine gun breach.

(6) GUNSIGHT-LYNN MODEL L-3.

(See figure 352.)

(a) DESCRIPTION.-The Lynn gunsight is a

compact optical reflex sight having an integral reflector
glass set at 45 degrees. The sight is mounted to a bracket
which is attached to the windshield frame structure at
the sides of the windshield.
(b) OPE.R ATION.-Turn sight lamp "ON" and
"OFF" either by rheostat control on control column or
by single-pole, double-throw switch on lamp holder
"6." The lamp has two independent filmaments, and the
switch is wired so as to permit selection of either filament. The brilliance of the reticle image is controlled
by the r~eostat. For complete electrical information,
see paragraph 20 w (4), this section.

( c) TROUBLE SHOOTING.
1.
2.
3.
4.

5.

Link-eiection Chute
Quick Release Couplings
Machine Gun Solenoid
Cose-ejection Chute
Upper Left Front Trunnion

Figure 350 -

Upper RH Link-eiection Chute

Probable Ca.u se

Fogging of lenses.
(Moisture condensing on lens assem
bly inside gun
sight body.)

Hermetic sealing
of sight body no
longer effc:ctive.

Replace aad realign gun sight.

Sight lamp inoper

Burned out lamp.

Replace lamp,

Electrical short,
loose electrical
connection, faulty
switches, or faulty
rheostat.

Check electrical
installation.

Bonding link
(ground) not
installed.

Install link.

Excessive parallax.

Improper adjustment of the main

lens assembly.

Replace and realign ){Un sight,

Gun sight out of

alignment.

Improper alignment.

Realign gun sii;ht

:is directed in paragraph h, following.

Azimuth adjust
ment screws not
seated.

Realign gun sight.

Check that screws
arc firmly seated.

Elevation adjust
ment knob rotated
from bore sight
setting.
M:ountiog bracket
shifted as a result
of using sight as a
handhold.

Reset knob to original alignment as

indicated br the
de,iation dial.
Realign i;un sight.

alive.

(4) MACHINE GUN LINK-EJECTION CHUTE.

(See figwe 350.) - Tubular link-ejection chutes are pro .
vided to guide the expended links into the case-ejection
chutes. Each link-ejection chute "l" slides into ovalshaped openings on the inboard side of case-ejection
chute "4" and attaches to the machine gun by a springloaded, quick-release coupling "2,"
(5) MACHINE GUN CASE-EJECTION CHUTE.
(a) DESCRIPTION. (S ee figures 339 and 351.)
-A case-ejection chute extends downward from each
machine-gun breach leading to an opening in the fuselage skin below the armament compartment, permitting
expended cartridge cases and links to be discharged overboard. The upper portions of the case-ejection chutes
are quickly removable, b eing fastened by sliding clips
at the top and hinges at the bottom. The hinge pins
are removable by hand to provide for removal of the
chutes from the airplane; however, th e machine guns
must be removed first.
454

Remedy

Trouble

RESTRICTED

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 0175F F2

Paragr aph 22

l.
2.
3.
4.

Trouble

[
.[
IT

Ele,acion adiustmenr knob inoperaci, e.

:1

5. Broke Moster Cylinde r (Ref.)

Machin e Gun Adjusti ng Tools, Stowed
6. Brake Flu id Reservo irs (Ref.)
Posts
ent
Adjustm
Rear
Gun
e
Machin
Wrench , 193981
7.
Gun Levelin g Lugs
W re nch, 193982
8.
gs
Openin
Ejection Chute
Figure 351 - Armam ent Compa rtment , Right-H and
3. If necess.i.:~ co rcmo,e bracket from windRemedy
Probabl e C.:we
shield. remo,e boles accaching structu re co windsh ield
:',[ounci nc br:icker
loose.

Tichten b:acket.
Realicn i;un sii:i:t.

End play in shafr

of ele,:11ion ad iusrmt:ur knob.

Looseu sec screw in

end of shafr.
shorren shafr
sli.chdy and rc1i1mctn ,cc ere"
Reali.en ,cun sic:nt.

Exccs~1ve ad iuscmenc in one

direction .

Re:,lace and :c,

:ilic:n ,cun sii.::11.

frame.
CAUTIO N

Do nor pull on brackc:c or use gunsign r as a

handho ld.
( e) REPLA CE>fE: :'-/T.-In order co replace the
::-.:o. S44 >fazd:i !:imp (type G-9. 2S-V. 21-21. Cp. doubleconracc base), pull o ut spring- loaded lamp holder "6."

(d) RDfOV AL.

l. Disconn ect electrical plug '"i" a c gunsigh c.

2. Rt:mov e four machin e scre"s holding ,1gnc

co mou.rri ng bracket .
RESTRICTED

Note
A dip is pro,ide d on gunsigh t bracket co hold
a spare !:imp in readine5s for insralla cion by
piloc. On Af<i.;-2 4309 and subsequ ent airplanes. cwo additio nal bulhs Jrt: scowed on LH
side of windsh ield cockpit ,,cb.
455

Se ct io n IV
22
Pa ra gr ap h

RESTRICTED
AN 01 -7 5F F- 2

'

f
r
-+

7.
1.

2.
3.

t 4.
ou nt in g Br oc ke
W in ds hi el d M
5.
t
ke
G un si gh t Br oc
6.
Ly nn Gu ns ig h1

or
Re1icle Re fle ct
ot h Si de s)
tm en t Sc re w (B
us
dj
A
h
ut
m
A zi
t H ou sin g
G un si gh t Li g~
t
Ly nn G un si gh
Fi gu re 35 2 -

the gu ns ig ht so
\""T. -A dj us t
is pu al le l
(f ) ADJCSTMEI
th e pi lo t's eye)
m
ro
(f
t
gh
si
ai r sp ee d.
th at th e lin e of
sir ed in di ca te d
fli gh t at th e de
of
e
lin
e
th
to
b, follov.in g. )
(S ee pa ra gr ap h
t re tic le by
ju st m en t of si gh
ad
l
ca
rti
Ye
e
ak
J. M
hc base. Tu rn
ft side of gunsig
le
on
..
"8
ob
tu rn of kn ob
m ea ns of kn
le image. (O ne
tic
re
ise
ra
t
to
kn ob cl oc kw ise
ovemenc of si gh
to on e- m il m
nt
le
Ya
ui
d
eq
en
e
( 4 cl ic ks ) is
t~crew in opposic
lo ck ed , loosen se
re w. )
tsc
se
cn
ht
tig
lin e. If kn ob is
re
t sli gh tly an d
af
sh
w
re
sc
un
of sh af t,
Note
Yiacion of
s in mi ls an y de
te
ca
di
in
"
"9
al
di
e
Th
m its or ig in al
ju st m en t kn ob fro
th e el ev at io n ad

al ig ne d, lo os en
n gu ns ig ht is re
he
'
\'X
t.
en
nm
ig
al
to ze ro .
al an d re se t di al
sc re w ho ld in g di
tic le by m ea ns
ad ju st m en t of re
l
ra
te
la
e
ak
M
. 2.
each si de of gu nws "5 ," on e on
re
sc
g
t
in
st
ju
ad
ar d w hi ch si gh
of azim:.ith
re w on si dt to w
tsc
se
en
os
Lo
si gh t b:1se.
op po si te screv..
an d th en tig ht en
is to be cu rn td
'TD
N TR A Y A1
AM M UI \"" IT IO
iun
m
am
n
A
(7 ) C A ~N O N
)3, ite m .. ]. '"
35
e
ur
fig
e
Se
rs
(
ro lle
LO A D I:s ;G .
is m ou nt ed on
r01.::ds ca pa ci ty
e tra y
Th
.
on
nn
ca
tio n tra y of ! 50
d sid e of th e
an
-h
hl
rig
e
ch
trays an d is rein tracks on
er am m un iti on
ib
al
).c
.;(
e
th
to
r. Th e tra y
is si m ila r
th e s;1me m an ne
in
ltd
al
.
st
in
m o, ed an d
w ith 15 0 ro un ds
12 8 lb lo ad ed
d
an
y
pt
em
lb
w ei gh s 36

RESTRICTED

45 6

8.
9.

ec tio n
El ec tri ca l Co nn
1m en t Kn ob
us
dj
A
El ev at io n
ia tio n Di al
El ev o1 io n D ev

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN Ol-75FF -2

.r

r
-1 \
~

=I

IJII
--..

I .

r
I]

1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Ammu n ition Troy Assem bly

20-MM Conno n
Conno n Pedest al Assem bl y
Conno n Cradle Assem bly
Feed Chu te Assem bly
Clomp Assem bly
Feed Mecha n ism Locking Lever
20-MM Feed Mecha nism
Cradle Tie Rod
Block

Figure 353 -

"
J

J
~

Canno n Feed System

457
RESTRICTED

I
/ ~

...,
RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF -2

n I
[

Section IV
Paragr aph 22

T.

2.

Camera Fairing
,Y.ounti ng Studs

3.
4.

Figure 354 -

Gun Camera Installa tion

Note
A minus blue filter having approxi mately the
transmi ssion characte ristics of a W'ratte n No.

I
l.l

12 is provide d with each lens assembly. Caiibration s on,.. diaphra gm are correcte d for use
with filter, therefo re, do not remo,e it from
lens except for cleanin g.

3. OVERR UN CONT ROL-A n overrun control mechan ism is incorpo rated into the camera body
co permit che camera to continu e caking pictures after
the trigger swicch has been released . The overrun time
is approxi mately S seconds after release of the switch.
( c) REMO VAL. (See figure 35-1.)
1. Disconn ect electrical conduit ac camera.

2. Remove four nuts "2" from camera mount

ing studs.

.~

3. Remove camera.

Alignm ent Bolt

Catch, Camer a Mounti ng Plate

(d) MAINT ENAN CE.

1. LENS AND FILTE R.-To clean cwo exposed surface s of che lens, use a lens tissue, or a soft,
dean, dry, lincless cotton or linen cloth. Duse off any
gritty particle s with a soft clean brush before using paper
or cloth.
CAUTION

Do not use 'l\'ater or any ocher liquid under

any circums tances on lens. If rubbing wich a
dry cloth is not sufficient, dampen surface by
breachi ng on it. Never touch Jens wich fingers
as chis wiII corrode highly polishe d surfaces .
Clean filter in same manner as lens, and score
only in a dry place in cases provide d.
2. SHUTT ER. - Never remove a shutter for
cleanin g. If cleanin g is require d, replace entire camera
and return deft:ccive unit co a sub-dep ot for o,erhau l.
(e) ADJUS TMEN T.-The camera mount is adjustable when che bole "3" (figure 354), concrol ling the
modifie d ball and socket, is loosene d.

RESTRICTED

459

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7 5FF- 2

Section IV
Para grap h 22

locked
3. Swin g clam ps " 8" 90 degr ees from
posit ion and remo ve heat er unit.
s of prote ct( r) J\fA INT ENA NCE .-A s a mean
if they conheat
ing th t: gun heat er '9,ires from excessive
on of cord
orti
p
g
tact the heate r units , wrap conraccin
safety
brass
with
with " fiber-gl ass" tape and secure
wue.

Note

ra when Ir will be necessary to reali gn gun came

gunnew
a
e,er guns ight is sync hron ized to
nr.
mou
in
e
sigh ring, or if camera becomes loos
for
,
wing
follo
(Ref er to para grap h b (3),
align men t proc edur e.

h. ARM AME NT BOR E SIG HTI NG.

1.
2.
3.
l .

5.
6.
7.
8.

Disc onne ct Plu~ s-Gu n Heat ers

Mac hine Gun Cove r (Ref.)
Low e r Righ t Moc hine Gun
Gun
Cha rger Han dle- Upp er Righ t Mac hine
Gun
ine
h
Mac
t
Righ
r
owe
dle-L
Cha rger Hari
Upp er Righ t Mac hine Gun
Elect r ic Gun Hee ter
Heet er Clam ps
Figu re 355 -

Elec tric Gun Hea ter

)
(13) GUN HEA TER S. (See figur e 355.
24-volt
( a) DES CRI PTIO N.-T he heate rs are
The mach ine gun
d-c, 100- to 108-'9,att two-wire units .
Part No. 50GRSheate rs, H and A Man ufac turin g Co.
nted on the top
L4S and -RS (or equi valen t) , are mou
receivers. Tv.o
and outb oard sides of the mach ine gun
gun cover plate
levers "8" clam p heat er "7" to mach ine
ufac turin g Co.
"2." The cann on heat er, H and A .Man
ped in a simi lar
Part No. 20C5S ( or equi vale nt), is clam
cann on receiver
man ner to the top and left side of the
just behi nd the feed unit.
h box
The cont rol sv.ic ch is on the main switc
in the cockpit.
(b) REM OVA L. ( See figur e 355. )
junc tion
1. Disc onnect electrical plug s "l" at

box.
2. Raise gun co,e r "2."
460

ine guns ,
(1) GEN ERA L. -Th e guns ight, mach
with the
ce
rdan
acco
in
cann on, and came ra arc adju sted
r side of
unde
the
to
ned
guns ighti ng char t whic h is faste
the arma men t wmp artm ent hood .
prov ided
Thre eset s of leve ling data poin ts are
s are mou nted in
in the airpl ane. Two fixed sets of plate
nels: Long itudi nal
the cockpit on the uppe r fusel age chan
fusel age (figu re
reference line level ing plate s para llel to
to later al axis
359) , lateral level ing plates are para llel
of gun level ing
of airpl ane (figu re 358) . The third set
, are mou nted in
lugs, which are adju stabl e (figu re 360)
verti cal web and
the arma men t com partm ent on the RH
fusel age refer ence
arc set at an angl e of 0 14' to the
s exist ing beline. To comp ensa te for sligh t difference
ing lugs of each
tween ,ario us airpl anes , the gun Je"el
airpl ane are set iridhidually.
b bobs,
Alig nme nt screws, for attac hme nt of plum
airpl ane cente r
are located 3}'8 inches to the left of the
at stati on 25 ~~6
line, one on the fusel age nose section
onta l stabi lizer ,
horiz
the
of
and one on the lead ing edge
ight is first adguns
The
e.
circl
each iden tified by a red
r that the sigh t
juste d at a pred eterm ined spee d, in orde
then the mach ine
line '9,ill be para llel to the line of fligh t,
posts , and the
guns are adju sted at their rear mou cting
so that their
cann on at its first fron t mou nting post,
ed rang e.
desir
the
at
line
t
sigh
the
line of fire inter sects
mach ine guns ,
For the meth od of adju sting guns ight,
para grap hs.
cann on, and came ra, see their respective
the thrus t
Figu re 363 sho'9,'S the angl e of attac k of
ated air
indic
the
to
line of the airpl ane with respe ct
ions.
lerat
acce
and
s
speed for vario us load ing cond ition

figur e 356. )
(2) GUN SIG HTI NG CHA RT. (See
een the
betw
e
angl
the
s
-Th e gun sigh ting char t show
speeds
air
ated
indic
us
flight line of the airpl ane at Yario
ding
(Loa
data.
ing
level
and the line estab lishe d by the
ive
posit
a
at
load
fuel
-Fu ll usefu l load Jess one-half
acce lerat ion of one g.)

m poin t
The solid verti cal line, whic h is the datu
ates the setti ng
for the horiz onta l axis of the char t, indic
arma men t comof the gun leve ling lugs , locat ed in the
partm ent.

RESTRICTED

Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN O1-7SFF-2

ARMAMEN T INSTALLA TION ORA WING NO. 233878

CANNON INSTALLATION ORAWING NO. 234098

600

~- ro,

soo
I

-f\4400

...

'
'
l

".,.,"'

HORIZONTAl DISTANCE FROM ~

SHIP TO <i_ CAMERA LENS
46.688 LEFT
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE FROM 't.SHIP
TO \. OF LINE-UP PLATE NUTS ON
LEFT HAND SIDE 3.875
COCKPIT LEVELING PLATES SET
PARALLEL TO F.R.L.

JOO

''1

GUN
I l

..L I .I

I'

1-

ADJUSTMENT

2~,

I
20

0
I

,.

H-

L1

11

40

100 MILS

80

60

PARALLEL TO GUN LEVELING LUGS

I
I
I

NOSE UP l~USELAGEI

NOSE DOWN
100

H l+t,'

..
200

21.944
26.44"
21 .944
26.444
28.950

VERTICAL DISTANCE FROM 't_ CAMERA

LENS TO LINE OF SIGHT 39.820

"-

::r:

...

14' (REF)

::>
0

VERTICAL DISTANCE FROM 't_ GUN

AT TRUNNION BOLT TO ~OF GUN
SIGHT REFLECTOR - RIGHT UPPER
RIGHT LOWER
LEFT UPPER
LEFT LOWER
CANNON

Figure 356 -

5 _ _ _D-'--EG.c. R.;.;Ec.cE.c. S_ _
REFER TO OWG. 202607

Gun Sighting Chart

RANGE YARDS

500

450

400

350

----- -

LEVEL

so

100

150

200

250

300

SIGHT LINE

SIGHT LINE MARK

rm

GUNS
TABLE-INC H SEPARATION
OF TRAJECTORY ANO SIGHT LINE

AT EACH 50 YARDS OF RANGE

II
l

RANGE YARDS

50

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

UPPER CAL .50

15

10

-4

+3

+5

1"6

... 6

... 5

LOWER CAL .50

19

13

-1

+2

+4

1"6

+6

+5

-4

-o

+4

-t6

... 6

+5

+4

20 MM

22

INSTALLATIO N

15

23.75

Figu;e 357 -

Bore

21.38

17.25

21. 40

Sighting Chart

RESTRICTED

-9

1"4

461

I
Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2
FORWARD

f/J

- ------ -

r
I]

- ....

RELEASE UNIT
A. BOMB SHACKLE

8. RELEASE UNIT

iU

u
Ll
LI

OPERATIO N
LOADING:
CAUTION -Test electrical '"RELEASE," "ARM" and "SAFE" circuics for proper operation before loading. (See figure 322.)
I. To cock release unit move link "1" forward and then move cocking arm "4" co extreme
aft posi cion.
2. To open hooks move cocking arm "4" forward and at same time move link "l" aft which
will force stop "2" down. Return cocking arm "4" aft co hold stop "2" down, allowing
free movement of hooks "5" by operating link "l."
3. Place bomb (or rank) in position. Mo,e link "J" co extreme forward position to engage
hooks "5" in bomb (o r tank) supporting lugs. Move cocking arm "4" forward to allow
stop "2" to engage link "l." Return cocking arm "4" aft.
NOTE-Wh en loading bomb move safery hook "14"' to rear to open arming ring and
release hook "14" co engage ring.
:
RELEASING
l . When arming swicch in cockpit is in either "SAFE" or "ARM" position, pushing electrical
release button in cockpit energizes solenoid "20" moving lever "18" from lever "17."
by
Spring "10" forces plunger "6" forward moving cocking arm "4" forward. This arm,
means of clevis "J J," pulls hook "3" to rear, unlocking link "l." The weight of the bomb
(or tank) moves hooks "5" forward releasing bomb (or tank).
2. As plunger "6" moves forward, the lip on washer "8" pushes safery hook "14" co the rear
opening switch " 15." Opening switch "15" de-energizes the arming and release solenoids
and turns off the amber light in cockpit indicating that the bomb (or rank) has been
released.
ARMING (Bomb Only):
I. To release armed-plac e arming switch in cockpit on "ARM" (red arming light glows).
This energizes solenoid ''1 6" moving plunger "9," pulling hook. "13" directly under
safety hook "14." When bomb is released, hook "13" pulls arming wire from bomb.
2. To release safe-place arming switch on "SAFE" (green safe light glows) . This indicates

bomb is dropped safe since hook "13" scays in forward position.

Figure 364 -

3. Hook
4. Cocking Arm
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13 .
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

Hook
Plunger Assembly
Spring
Wosher
Plunger Assembly
Spring
Clevis
Connector Assembly

...

Hook
Hook
Switch Assembly
Solenoid
lever
lever Assembly
Plunger
Solenoid
Cose Assembly

Bomb Shackle Assembly and Operation

RESTRICTED

LI

1. Link Assembly
2. Stop Assembly

465

RESTRICTED

AN 0175FF-2

r~e tio n IV

a9 rap h 22

bly , Co mp let e
Sh ack le Fa irin g As sem
2. Co ble , Rig ht
3 . Co ble , lef t
As sem bly
4. Ha nd le an d Co ble
vis
5. Cle
6. Int ers tat e Sh ack le
g
7. Gu n Ca me ra Fa irin

1.

ckles, pul
NO TE : To release sha

Figure 36 5 -

l up on han dle s.

se
Bo mb Ma nu al Re lea
Dr op pa ble Ta nk an d

stake and , compene. Se t tar get ov er oth er

stakes, adele vat ion berween two
sat ing for difference of
e ma rk
t its ho riz on tal sig ht- lin
jus t tar ge t he igh t so tha
lector.
ref
t
icl e image on gu nsi gh
is at same ele vat ion as ret
icle to coincide 'l\'ith
f. Ad jus t gu nsi gh t ret
lin e mark.
tar get ho riz on tal sig hts, cannon, and camera.
(h ) Al ign machine gun
telescopes, bore sig ht
1. Us e pro pe r sig hti ng
e up wi th
me nts so tha t they lin
gu ns an d ma ke adj ust

telescopes
e ma rks on tatgec. If
the ir respective sighc-lin
be bo re
ne gu ns an d can no n can
are no t available, ma chi
ov ing backou gh bar rel s aft er rem
sig hte d by sig hti ng thr
chanism.
pla te gro up an d bole me

RESTRICTED

46 6

Note
disconnect am mu nit ion
ns,
gu
Be for e adj ust ing
ng ed gu n positions nefee d chutes because cha
these attachments.
cessitate rea dju stm en t of

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7 5FF -2

Sect ion IV

Par agra ph 22

Trou ble

Sa(e ty hook not

oper ,uing .

Pou ible Cam e

Rem edy

Tab on wash er
'"8" hrok en.

Repl ace pare.

Tab on wash er "8"

not meet ing face of
cam on hook .

Adju st with plier s.

Mud in hook sloe.

Scra pe clean with

suita ble tool.
Repl ace insul ation .

Shor t circu it whe n

relea se unit oper ating .

Conn ecto r "12'" insula tion worn by

plun ger "19. "

Rele ase unit oper ates slow ly.

Strik in,: shoe of

sv.it ch "15"
brok en.
Drr bear ing surfaces.
Spri ng " JO" weak .

Repl ace switc h.

Lubr icate with

~rap hite.
Repl ace sprin g.

l.
2.
3.
4.

(4) REM OV AL
( a) SHACKLE.
I. Ope n access doors.

5.

lock from
2. Rem ove man ual release cabl e
cock ing arm .
.3, Uns crew win g nuts.
4. Deta ch electrical cond uit.
s.
5. Remove shackles and detach clevis bolt
16 b (4), this
(b) FAI RIN G.- (Se e para grap h
"'
sect ion. )
~:.-

.)
( 5) DISASSEMBLY. (See figure .364

6.
7.

Figu re 366 - Dro ppa ble Tan k

and Bom b Sha ckle Sup port

, forc e
.3. If spri ng "10 .. is cock ed (compressed)

d object and mov e

head of plun ger "6" agai nst a soli
releases le,e r "17 "
is
(Th
leve r "18 " dow n against spri ng.
sure on head of
pres
se
and plun ger "6." ) Slowly relea
nd.
exte
to
plun ger, allo win g plun ger
CAU TIO N

(a) SHACKLE.

plun ger is
Do not oper ate release unit unless
rb force
abso
to
ct
obje
d
soli
nst
held firmly agai
is assembled
of releasfog spri ng ( or unle ss uni t
m shac kle) .

to release unit
I. Rem ove pin atta chin g arm "4"
plun ger. '

se unit to
2. Rem ove cwo pins atta chin g relea
.
case
from
unit
shac kle case assembly. Slid e release
shackle
.3. Rem ove pin atta chin g hoo k "3" to
case.
arm "4"
4. Slid e hoo k "3", clevis "11 ," and
.
ther
s toge
from case. Rem ove pins hold ing item
pin) .
~ Rem ove stop assembly "2" (one

6. Rem ove spri ng "7" (one pin );

s "5" to
7. Rem ove two pins atta chin g hook
shac kle case.
from case.
8. Slid e hoo ks and link assembly "1"
.
Rem ove pins atta chin g hoo ks to link
( b) RELEASE UN IT.
shackle case
1. Rem ove release unit from
eding.
prec
(a),
assembly. Ref er to steps I and 2 of
unit cove r
2. Rem ove screw atta chin g release
r.
to case. Care fully pry off cove
468

Holes
Low er Fair ing Boo t Atta chm ent
Inte rsta te 0-82 0 Sha ckle
Elec trica l Disc onne ct Plug
Rele ase Unit
Acc ess Doors
Hoist Sup port s (Ex tend ed)
Sha ckle Hoo ks

4. Remove lever assembly

"18 " (one pin) .

plun ger
5. Remove sole noid "20, " spri ng and
).
noid
"19 " ( one screw in sole
(one nut) .
6. Remove sole noid assembly "16 "
7. Remove conn ecto r assembly "12. "

8. Remove switch assembly .-15."

spri ng, and
9. Remove hoo k "13 " (one pin,
arm ).

and spri ng).

10. Remove hoo k "14 " (one pin
in end of
11. Inse rt scre w driv er into slot

l lip of was her "8"

plun ger "6" and rota te plun ger unti
faces ope n side of case.
of was her and
12. Inse rt screw driv er und er lip
pry was her from plun ger groo ve.

RESTRICTED

f
l
L

,--

:[
Section IV

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Paragra ph 22

CAUTION

11

Ii

Hold plunger head against solid object to prevent injury when spring "10" is released.
13. Remove plunger and, spring.

(6) ASSEMBLY. (See figure 364.)

(a) SHACK LE.-Rev erse removal procedu re.
Note
Pin attachin g forward end of release unit to
shackle case is undersize to permit a slight
"float" of the release assembly during move,
ment of the plunger to avoid bending of release
mechanism.

(b) RELEASE UNIT.

1. Insert plunger "6" and spring "10" in body

of unit.

2. Compress spring by pressing plunger head

against solid object.

3, Rocace plunger head until small hole in

plunger groove is upward.

4. Insert washer while plunger spring is compressed.

Check to sec chat washer fits tightly on plunger

before releasing pressure on plunger head.
Perform step 5 before releasing plunger.

(7) HANGI NG OF BOMBS .-See Section V, para-

graph 3.
j. ARMOR PLATE AND PILOT'S PROTE CTION.
(See figure 367.)

'I

14.35
2 .86
8.83
5 .33
3.93
1.77
9.78
5.00
8.78
2.88
1.53
20.70
16.46

(1) ARMOR PLATE .-The armor plate consists

of small pieces of %-inch and/ or J,4-inch face-har dened
steel placed in the armame nt compart ment and cockpit.
To facilitate handlin g, removal, and replacement, the
pieces are small and are attached separately in their
respective places. The pilot is protecte d from frontal
attack by armor plate mounted on the aft bulkhea d of
the armame nt compart ment and by bullet-pr oof glass in
the front windshi eld panel. Two pieces of armor place
line the back and bottom of the pilot's seat and give
protecti on from below and behind. A single piece of
armor place mounted behind and above the seat provides
addition al reanvard protectio n. Circular defiecrors on the

50.50

Figure 367 -

Station

125.0
98.0
96 .5
94.6
94.6
94.6
94.6
95.4
94.6
99.9
94.6
94.6
94.6
96.5
138.0
147.5
156.0

Fuselag e Armor Pla te

curbosup ercharge rs protect the pilot from possible

fragmen tation of supercha rger rotor blades.
Note
When installin g armor plate be sure side with
"FACE" stenciled on it faces side of initial
impact. When removin g and installin g armor
place be sure to remove and install bonding for
each place. Remove armor plate paint beneath
bonding for positive contact.

GLASS WINDS HIELD.

he front panel of the
"1.")-T
item
(See figure 367,
bullet-p roof glass to
of
panel
a
of
made
windshi eld is
protectio n.
place
armor
forward
the
supplem ent

RESTRICTED

13 .66
1.53

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

1.4-lnch

73.32

and rotate plunger to normal position.

6. Bend washer lip to move hook just clear of
arming ring sloe when plunger is in released position.
7, Perform seeps 1 through JO of paragrap h
( 5) ( b), precedin g, in the reverse order.

Weight (Lb)

2
CAUTIO N

5. Insert screw driver into plunger head sloe

I.

%-I nch

{2) BULLE T-PROO F

469

Section IV
Paragraph 23

23.

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

OXYGEN EQUIPMENT.

a. GENERAL. (See figurl!S 368 a11d 369.)-The oxygen installation is a built-in, three bottle, low pressure,
demand-type system consisting of the following units
linked cogethcr by ~1.. -inch aluminum tubing: three type
F-1 oxygen cylinders, Specification 94-40330; a filler
Ya!ve, Specification 40326B, with British adapter, Army
Drawing 42A6950; seven check valves, Specification
40324B; a type K-1 pressure gage, Specification ANG
13; a type G-1 pressure signal, Specification 94-32376.
with warning lamp (AF44-23 769 through AN44-24121);
a type A-3 flow indicator, Specification ANI-12; and a
type A-12 oxygen demand regulator, Specification 40370.
The pilot's demand mask is personal issue and is not
furnished as a part of the ?xygen system in the airplane.
Two oxygen cylinders are located in the LI1 boom,
one forward of the battery compartment, "3" (see insert,
figure 369) and one just aft of the wheel well bulkhead,
"1" (see insert, figure 369). The third cylinder of the
system is located in the RH boom, corresponding to the
position of cylinder "1." A separate filler line from the
filler valve in the RH wheel well connects the cylinders,
and check valves are provided to insure no escape of
oxygen from the filler plug or from the system in case
one cylinder develops a leak. The pressure gage is
mounted just below the instrument panel, and the fiow
indicator and demand regulator are located between the
pilot's legs forward of the nose wheel dome. On some
airplanes a pressure signal is installed on the instrument
panel which provides a visual warning, when the system
pressure drops below 100 lb/ sq in.

1.

Demond Regulator

2.

Emergency Valve
Flow Indicator

3.
4.

( 1) Cl1eck regulator for proper operation :is follows: \Xlith emergency valve closed and auto-mix in
"OFF" position, and outer elbow gland removed or tube
to mask disconnected, momentarily close off outlet v,ich
thumb or palm of hand. If emergen~y valve or second
stage regulating valve is leaking, second stage diaphragm
will press against cover. If this occurs in less than two
seconds' time, regulator should be replaced.
(2) Test op~ration of shutters in flow indicator by
inserting eraser end of pencil through large threaded
hole in back of instrument, and press gently against
bellows and release. Failure of shutters ro open and
close indicates a weak or broken spring, or a defective
shutter assembly. If this takes place, replace indicator.
(3) Connect indicator to supply system, raise pressure in indicator to 10 lb/ sq in. and shut off supply.
If, at the end of 5 minutes, shutters have not begun to
close, bellows and body assembly do not leak.

Oxyge;i Pressure Warning Light

(AF44-237 69 to AF44-24 l 2 l)

5.

Knurled Elbow Nut

6.

AUTO-MIX Control

7.

Mask Connector

8.

Supply Hose Supporting Clip

Figure 368 -

b. GROUND OPERATION.

470

Oxygen System Cockpit Controls

( 4) Check oxygen pressure to make sure it is approximately 40:> lb/ sq in.

( 5) Make sure mask and breather rube connections
are tight, and knurled collar on regulator-breather-tube
attachment is secure.

c. TROUBLE SHOOTING. (See figure 369.)

Trouble

Probable Cause

Remedy

Pressure gage
reading drops
when system is not
being used.

Leak in system
between check
valves "K"
and "L".

Check tubing,
fittings and
instrumenu for
possible leaks.

Pressure in
system lost when
one cylinder leaks.

Check \'ahe stuck

or installed
backwards.

Inspect check
"ahcs and re,erse
or replace.

Oxygen gage fails

to register when
system is on.

System empty.

Recharge
cylinders.

Gage stuck.

Tap gage lightly

to release hand.

RESTRICTED

.RESTRICTED

AN 01 -75 FF -2

Se cti on IV

VI ~

LOOKING OUTBOARD

A. Butterfly Va lve
6. Pu sh- pu ll Co ntr ol
C. Co ntr ol Kn ob
D. Int ens ifie r Tu be
be
E. Sp ot De fro ste r Tu
t
F. Flo or Ou tle
er Ma nif old s
G. Pil afs Foot Wo rm
ste r Tu be
H. Wi nd shi eld De fro
SU 8Sf 0Uf NT
AF'4-2"468"4 AN D

Fig ure 371 -

an d Flo w Di ag ram
ng Sy ste m Lo cat ion
He ati ng on d De fro sti

RESTRICTED

47 8

Se cti on IV

RESTRICTED

AN 01-7SFF-2

r
'

I'
~

Ii
II

[I

m
I[

I
_I_
j
I

't
I .

Ic
:..

46 84
W AR ME RS . (A F -2
(b ) PI LO T'S FO OT
foo t
he
)-T
1.
37
e im er l, figure
(Se
)
nt.
ue
seq
sub
d
an
bo lte d to the
t ma nif old s wh ich are
wa rm ers "G " are Ba
co ntr ol sta nd
r sid e of the ce nte r
co ck pit floor on eit he
pla te of the
da ls. Ho les in the top
un de r the rud de r pe
t. Th e RH
air ov er the pil ot' s fee
ma nif old ; dir ect wa rm
to wh ich is
: at its for wa rd en d
ma nif old ha s an ou tle
"H ." Th e LH
iel d crefroster tub ing
att ac he d the wi nd sh
the wr ap pe d
ma de at the en d of
wa rm er co nn ect ion is
tub ing .
sp ot deTU BE S. -A flexible
(t") DE FR OS TI NG
t sid e of the
we d in a cli p at the lef
sto
is
"
"E
e
rub
r
ste
fro
y pa rt of the
y be dir ect ed at an
pil ot' s ~e3t an d ma
op y fra me to
be cli pp ed to the can
can op y. It may als o
e. A va lve
of the cockpit en clo sur
dir ect air alo ng the top
t air. A second,
e co ntr ols Bow of ho
at the en d of the tub
d the ins tru tub e is loc ate d be hin
pe rm an en t de fro ste r
tion of the
s air to the fro nt sec
me nt pa ne l an d carrie
wi nd shi eld .

Pa rag rap h 24

tap e ma
ap pin g of asbestos
( a) Ad dit ion al wr
surfaces.
c
ho
sed
po
ex
es to co ve r all

be pu t on he ate r tub
in the
eral ho les an d cracks
(b ) Th ere are sev
oc he r
d
an
ll
we
o the nose wh eel
s are
co ck pit which lea d int
ing
en
op
e
Th
e.
fuselage str uc tur
na te
int eri or pa rts of the
mi
eli
to
ric
fab
d
tap e or do pe
sea led wi th AN -T -12
ces for air
eck the fol low ing pla
dra fts of co ld air . Ch
leaks:
mi ng
ate r cube elbows co
I. Cr ack s aro un d be
ou t of m:iin be am .
am
le pa ne ls in ma in be
2. Ed ge s of rem ov ab

be hin d pil ot' s scat.

figof co ck pit floor. (See
3. Cr ack s alo ng ed ge
ure 372, icem "4 .")

(2 ) RE MO VA L.

1.)
LV E. (Se e figure 37
(a ) BU TI ER FL Y VA
~g er co ve r pa ne ls.
J. Re mo ve sup erc ha
g clevis on pu sh- pu ll
Re mo ve pin co nn ec tin

2.

.
co nrr ol to va lve lev er
fro m tub ing .
:,. Lo ose n hose cla mp
mp ho ldi ng va lve to
4. Re mo ve bo lts in cla
ov e valve.
su pp ly pip e an d rem
OB S AN D
(b ) CO NT RO L KN
RO L.
PU SH -P UL L CO NT
on
ntr ol bra ck et an d clip
I. Re mo ve boles in co
on
ob
ng kn
an d co tte r pin s ho ldi
rea r wi nd shi eld fra me
co ntr ol rod .
"l "
str ip an d div e fillet
2. Re mo ve ret ain er
(fi gu re 37 3).
duri ng cen ter -se cti on lea
3. Re mo ve screws sec

.
ge
ed
d rem ov e lea din g
ing ed ge to "i ng , an
an d
ne l "2 " (fi gu re 96 )
-f. Re mo ve co wl ing pa

2).
pa ne l "1 2" (fi gu re 19
housg clips alo ng concrol
5. Un scr ew mo un tin
ing len gth .
lve.
clevis on bu tte rfl y va
6. Re mo ve pin fro m
g
un it thr ou gh lea din
7. W ith dra w co ntr ol
ed ge section.
.
(3) M AI NT EN AN CE
No te

ducts
system, dip en ds of
On .issembly of du ct
int ,
pa
er
pp
me tal lic sto
an d pa int seals wi th
s.
los
at
he
03 , to prevenc
Specification LA C l-7

Pil ot' s Se at Su pp ort

2. Pi lot 's Se at
Va lve
3. Ve nti lat or Inl et
pe
To
g
lin
4 . Cr ac k-s ea
m Ou tle t
ste
Sy
ng
5. LH He ati
be
Tu
f
6. Pil ot' s Relie
ort Pin
7. Pil ot' s Se at Su pp

1.

ft Af t Vi ew ;
Co ck pit Flo or, Le
-24 68 3
44
AF
gh
ou
AF 44 -23 76 9 thr

Fig ure 37 2 -

io
of flo or jus t aft of rad
-f. Ho le in rig ht sid e
jun cti on bo x.
.
ha nd pu mp plu mb iag
5. Ho les in floor for
n
the r bo ot aro un d co lum
G. Co ntr ol co lum n lea
an d ar floor lin e.
on
in co ve r ov er engine-c
7. Ho les an d cracks
co ck pit Boor.
trol cables at rea r of
be am
mncl riveted to ma in
8. En ds of ""U " ch,
web.

RESTRICTED

47 9

RESiRICTEO
AN 01- 75F F-2

Sec tio n IV
Po rog rup hs 24 25

ancenna transmission
9. Ho le in coc kpi t for

!inc:.

rud der cable cue-out in

10. Le ath er seals at

cIf ven tila tor fails co fun

(3) MA IN TE NA NC E.,
lve
Ya
ve
mo
Re
ve.
igned in val
tio n, fel t seal is misal
h
wit
e
bas
ve
val
to
l
fel t sea
disassemble , and cem ent
.
ent
cem
ber
syn the tic rub
(4) RE MO VA L.
dive
et ret ain er scrip and
( n) Remove dive fill
and
),
373
pan el "14 6" (fig ure
fill et on lef t side and
e to inl et.
dis con nec t flexible tub
thr ou gh base inro up per
(b) Re mo ve fou r bol ts
she ar web.
( c) Re mo ve un it.

floor.

con tro l sta nd , side win11. Ai r seals at eng ine

and con tro l col um n.
do w, fillet Dz us holes,
so
ig but ter fly valYe "A "
(4) AD JU ST ME NT .-R
en
wh
n
itio
pos
htl y in "O FF "
tha t Yalv'.! is closed tig
ful l "O FF ."
te
kno bs in coc kpi t in~ ica

D MISCELLANEOUS
25 . FURNISHINGS AN
EQUIPMENT.
e figure 374 .)
a. PIL OT 'S SE AT . (Se
de
Th e pil ot's seat is ma
( 1) DE SC RI PT IO N. ,
176
-S-RR
AN
clo th, Specification
fro m mo lde d phe nol ic
ovrem
a
on
e
nose wh eel dom
and is mo unt ed above the
ed in
. Ar mo r pla te is ins tall
me
fra
r
able, we lde d tub ula
dle ,
han
A
t.
sea
bac k of the
the bo tto m and on the
for
ed
vid
pro
is
t,
e of the sea
loc ate d on the rig ht sid
har
er
uld
sho
the
a release for
hei gh t adj ust me nt, and
uld er
er lef t-h and side. A sho
ness is pla ced on the low
my
Ar
.S.
U
1,
B-1
e
typ
a bel t,
harness, AC 41G 872 5, and
equ ipare gov ern me nt- fur nis hed
Specification 94-306 7,
wi th the sea t assembly.
me nt, and are inc lud ed

1.
2.
3.
4.

5.
6.
7.

Fig ure 37 3 -

Div e Fillet
Po nel "14 6"
Ho se
Ad op ter
ip
Div e Fillet Re toi ner Str
Ve nti lat or - lnt ok e
Ve nti lat or - Ex hau st

'

tem
Co ckp it Ve nti lat ing Sys

STEM. (See figure 373.)

b. VE NT IL AT IN G SY
the
old air is sup pli ed to
( l) DE SC RI PT IO N. -C
ble
lla
tro
con
a
ts
''2 " which connec
coc kpi t thr ou gh a hos e
e
edg
g
din
lea
the
an op eni ng in
,e nti lat or valve "4 " to
t
aus
exh
e
abl
ust
adj
fillet "1. " .An
of the lef t wi ng dive
lkh ead
the lef t sid e of the bu
Yent "5 " ii. pro vid ed on
dra uhy
in
ma
the
ich
tm ent on wh
aft of the rad io com par
ible fro m
td. Th is ven t is access
lic res erv oir is mo unc
(fig ure 3).
remoYable pan el "83 "
"4 "
o op en, tur n ven tila tor
(2) OP ER AT IO N. -T
til
un
tor
tila
ven
n
To close, tur
un til ou tle t is on top .
ou tle t faces dow n.

(2) RE MO VA L.
or
att ach ing silh oue tte arm
( a) Re mo ve "U " bol ts
to
ary
ess
nec
t
no
is
assembly. It
pla te to sea t sup po rt
s
ot'
pil
ng
ovi
rem
en
ple tel y wh
rem ove arm or pla te com
ven t
uld be sup po rte d to pre
seat; how eve r, pla te sho
e figure
sup po rt mo unt ing s. (Se
dam age to low er rub ber
374 .)
)
clamps "12 " (fig ure 374
(b) Re mo ve fou r hos e
sup po rt assembly.
att ach ing sea t fra me co
ure
wi thd raw pin "7" (fig
(c) Re mo ve nut s and
flo or bra cke t.
3 72 ) fro m sea t sup po rt
pla ne.
( d) Lif t sea t fro m air
ce.-R ev ers e removal pro
(3) lN ST AL LA TI ON
dur e.

RESTRICTED

48 0

No te

or bra cke t pin on RH

Replace sea t sup po rt flo
rd sid e of bracket.
sid e wit h nu t on for wa
"B ,"
UI PM EN T. ( Si:e im ert
b. PY RO TE CH NI C EQ
figure 374 .)
ic
An AN -M -8 pyr ote chn
( 1) DE SC RI PT IO N. e
typ
,
der
hol
tol
ing 42-44 ; a pis
pis tol , Or dn anc e Dr aw

:.
RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

r
I
I
I
I

~.

.. .

-I
I
I

1.

Spare Gunsight light Bulb (Ref)

2.

Bullet-proof Windshield

3.

Cockpit Heat Control Knob

4.

Spot Defroster Tube

5.

Silhouette Armor Plate

6.

Shoulder Strap

7.

Flare Pistol Support

8.

Pilot's. Seat

9.

First Aid Kit Stowage Box

10.

Map Cose

1 t.

Safety Belt

12.

Pilot's Seat Quick Removal Clamps

'

Section IV

A.

Forward View

fr~
. :.
:7;'>~:([J

.,,

".'

:.--l,)1.rt-__,..:~a::a

\ i.

:-

.....

..-i .: ..

,.,

\-

'

d
~

L
B.

Figure 374 -

I~

C.

Aft View , Left-hand

Aft View , Right-hand

Fuse/age Furnishings

RESTRICTED

481

-- - ....

Section V

RESTRICTED

Paragr aphs 1 3

AN 01-75FF -2

SEC TION

USEFUL OR MIL ITA RY LOA D INS TAL LAT ION ,

WE IGH T AN D BAL ANC E
1. 50 CAL. MACHINE GUN.

I
I
I

I
I
I
I

r
I
I

a. GENE RAL-T he ammun ition for each machine

gun is carried in a drawer type tray located beneath each
machine gun. The capacity of each tray is 500 rounds
(165 lb) but normal load is 300 rounds (107 lb).
h. LOAD ING. (See figure 376.)-A mmuni tion loading procedu re is indicate d on the side of each tray and

is as follows :
( l) Remov e tray from airplan e.
(2) Place end of ammun ition belt in outboar d
corner of tray with shell pointin g forward.
(3} Feed belt inboard in bottom of tray, then re
verse directio n and lay second layer of belt over first
layer of belt. Continu e laying succeeding layers over preceding layers until desired capacity is reached.
( 4) Place loose end of ammun ition belt in out
board corner of tray and install tray in the cracks provided on the floor of the armame nt compar tment.
(5) Feed loose end of belt through feed chute into
machin e gun until first shell clicks into place. (See figure 376.)
(6) Lock ammun ition tray in cracks by turning grip
handle into locking sloe. (See figure 348.)

2. 20 MM CANNON.
a. GENE RAL-T he ammun ition for the cannon is
carried in a drawer type tray mounte d on the right-ha nd
side of the cannon. The tray capacity is 150 rounds
( 128 lb).

h. LOAD ING. (See figure 376.)

( 1) Remov e tray cover.

(2) Place end of 20 mm ammun ition belt in out
board corner of tray with shell pointin g forward .
(3) Feed belt inboard in bottom of tray, then reverse directio n and lay second layer of belt over first
layer of belt. Continu e laying succeeding layers over
precedi ng layers until desired capacity is reached.
( 4) Place loose end of ammun ition belt in out
board corner of tray and feed belt through _ammun ition
chute into automa tic feed mechanism.
(5) Place cover on tray and lock into position.

3. BOMBS.
a. GENE RAL-A n Intersta te D-820 bomb shackle is

mounte d under the main beam at wing station 48 L&R.

Figure 376 -

Machin e Gun and Cannon Loadin g

Each shackle is capable of support ing one 2000 lb bomb

(maxim um capacit y).
b. LOAD ING. (See figure 377.)
( 1) Remove lower fairing boot of support . Screws
to replace those on fairing boot will be found in inside
stowage bags. (See Note below and figure 366.)
(2) Open nose and side access doors.
(3) Loosen bomb shackle from support by unscrewing each wing nut as much as required.
( 4) Remov e fuel line hose and clamps below wing

fitting and cap fitting.

RESTRICTED

487

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SFF-2

Section IX

Gi>>>>>>FITIING AN667

FITTING AN669

iwummmc:'-'-'_____,4-----
FITTING 23776.ol

FITIING AN668

mnmmmnnumu~5.Si-SS::
FITIING 201723

; > : i i > ~ immm1rrnuumm1m11

FORK 2:26675

FITTING 233149

~D

@ '.5>Qi} 1
SCREW
199555

SCREW BARREL

BARREL
199554

SLEEVE
199556

uxr

:n

SLEEVE

199556

NUT AN31S-3R

BARREL
198358

SLEEVE
198360

STUD 198357

@B

BUSHING
AN 111-6

I
I

,-,
I
I

BALL
RA1862

FIVE FULL
TUCK SPLICE

SERVE WITH 6CORO LINEN THREAD

APPLY TWO COATS OF SHELLAC TO SERVING

BALL
RA1862

YOKE RA2500

BARREL
198358

~"""""~~-----;;

NICOPRESS OVAL
SLEEVE 28-6-X

SLEEVE
198360

YOKE RA2482

~
,--:

-,,...-,.~_ .....=;;;;;;i;'..................;;;;;;;.~
BUSHING
221849

NICOPRESS OVAL
SLEEVE 28 -3-M

FITIING 2;261'29

~
. STOP

226160

@lJ~~;_t;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;.;;;;I).

~mjttm,Wt~i,]JUif.uJUiW,fiiwfi1JJiffilbl:;;))----l')is=;:zi--

I~
FORK 226156

@)

)<> )

BARREL ANl 55 -46

Figure 380 -

233295

SLEEVE
22696.ol

NUT
AN316-4R

STOP
226963

~~

~~o,m,l

fir'

1D

FITTING AN669 -6

Cable Fittings

RESTRICTED

521

Sectio n X
Fuel System

RESTRICTED
AN 01-7SF F-2
CAUT ION

FUEL SYSTEM

Connect and thorou ghly groun d the airplane

and the refuel ing tank.

Preflight

ary
Check quanti ties of fuel in all tanks. Fill if necess
No.
Form
and enter the quanti ties on the Flight Repor t,
lA. Fill the fuel tanks v.ith 100+ octane fuel, Specifica81,
tion AN-F- 29 or AN-F-28. Specification AN-VV-F-7

CAUTION :

...;. ,.......
...,
':., ,, .._

.I,':

Amen dment 5, may also he used.

_--::: .

..~:."

Note

Each time a fuel tank is to be .filled, drain all

straine rs and tank drains to remove any accumulat ion of foreig n matte r or water in the
sumps. Resafety all drain cocks proper ly.

AlWAYS GROUND Flll!R HOS! OR CONIA.IN U

. ......._--~
.....

t- -

r~._. . ..-~.
... . .en\

.:.

"'

II
11

Figure 384 -

Groun d Plug

WING TANK SOLE NOID VALVE.- If rough engine

are
operat ion is noted, and if the outer wing tanks
from
fuel
ng
drawi
is
only
pump
empty and the engine
ff
the main tanks, inspect outer wing tank solenoid shut-o
The
.
system
fuel
main
the
into
e
leakag
valve for air
condit ion is not experi enced with the main boost pump
"ON. " Refer to Section IV, parag raph 16 i.

II

CAUTION

(1

Resafe ty drain cocks before flight.

all
TANK SELE CTOR VALV ES.-T urn valves throug h
braces
tank positions to check for bindin g. Check sv.ay
r
of 300-gallon dropp ahle tanks, if installed, for prope
ned
adjust ment (brace s should be secure but not tighte
co the extent of stressi ng rods).
PRL.\ 1ER.- Inspec t fuel system prime r for leaks when
r
locked in the "OFF " positio n with the right-h and booste

pump "ON. "

Figure 383 -

'
Fuel Drains , Lower Fusela ge; P-38L -1
CAUT ION

Inspec t the reserve fuel tank vent line fo r

prope r install ation and tightness of conne cting
fittings. (This line is locate d under the oii tank
filler cap access door and can be conve niently
inspec ted when checking or replen ishing the oil
~upply.)

Daily

for
Inspec t all clamps and brackecs which suppo rt rubes
of
signs
for
lines
fuel
rage,
cracks, security, and ancho
for
pump
boost
fuel
g,
wear due to vibrat ion or chafin
of
leaks, and all o,erd ow or drain lines for security
beion
extens
and
ge,
stoppa
mount ing, kinks, breaks, or
colyond the cowlin g. (This is necessary to avoid the
ge.)
fusela
and
g
cowlin
the
lection of fuel vapor s inside
Remo ve and dean all fuel straine rs and inspect them
for breaks or tears.

RESTRICTED

535

~,
I
,1

I
I
I
I
I
I

r
1

I
l
l
I
I
I

RESTRICTED

AN 01.7SFF2
Check radiators, expansion tanks, and hose connections
for leaks, particularly at radiator cores and in area of
welds. Check system drain plugs for tightness and
safetying.
Drain and flush the coolant system. Fill with fresh
ethylene glycol, Specification AN-E-2. (See Section IV,
paragraph 14 a (3).)

Section X
Manifolds and Turbosuperchargers

SUPERCHARGER REGULATOR SENSING LINE.Open drain cock in each forward boom wheel well co
remove moisture from supercharger regulator sensing
line. Check for leaks and loose or broken fittings. (See
figure 389.)

Remove control valve hydraulic oil filter located in hydraulic pressure line between shut-off valve (item
"AC," figure 206) and control valve (item "AA," figure
206). Disassemble filter (see Section IV, paragraph 19 /
(3) ), and remove filter element. Oean element thor
oughly with kerosene or white unleaded gasoline.
Inspect element carefully co see chat it is not broken
or damaged. Replace if damaged.
100120 Hour Inspection

PRESSURE RELI~F V.A.LVE.-Remove scum, foam,

and gum deposits from coolant expansion tank pressurerelief-valve by flushing with clean hot water. Force a
small stream of water ( no wider than an ordinary
pencil)" through the valve in both directions.
Figure 389 -

CAUTION
Subjecting valve to high water pressure may
damage the valve aneroid.

Turbosupercharger Regulator
Sensing Line

Daily

Engine Overhaul

TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE.-Remove, dis

assemble, clean and inspect coolant temperature control
valve. See Section IV, paragraph 19 f (2).

ENGINE VALVES
Inspection

Inspect and readjust at first 5-hour and every 200-hour

inspection thereafter: all rocker arm bracket stud nuts
and all valve tappet clearance.
Refer to Section IV, paragraph 8 f (2).

Inspect supercharger air intake .filter for contamination.

Remove and clean in solvent if dirty. After cleaning,
spray with lubricacing oil, Specification Al'J'-VV-0-446,
and drain for two hours. Inspect security of attachment
of blast cubes. Inspect exhaust system for general condition, evidence of cracks, security of attachment, missing
or broken boles, pulled or loose studs, blown gaskets,
and cracked exhaust flanges.

EXCLUDER PLUGS.-When operating in arid or arccic

regions, install air intake and exhaust stack plugs as
soon as possible after engine scops. (See Seccion III,
par:1graph 2 g.)

200240 Hour Inspection

Inspect and adjust valve mechanism. Check for broken

springs. Check for condition of cylinder head cover
gaskets. (On cold engine 10 co 30C (50 . co 100F) ),
intake valve should be set to a clearance of .015 inch and
the exhaust valve co a clearance of .020 inch.) While
valve covers are removed, inspect discribucor shaft upper
ball bearings for excessive wear or side motion of the
bearing in the housing. If chis condition is evident, refer
to T.O. 02-SA-39 for detailed service information.

TURBOSUPERCHARGER CLEARA..i'lCES.-Check as
shown in figure 390.
Check for %rinch clearance between wheel and deflector

ring.
TURBOSUPERCHARGER.-Check for broken boles.
See Section IV, paragraph 17 c (2).

Preflight

Inspect for warpage of deflector ring. Replace deflector

ring if warpage has seriously distorted the nozzlcbox or
nozzlebox diaphragm. Inspect weld around base of deflector ring and nozzlebox. Inspect deflector ring for
cracks and gouges. (Cracks or gouges will not be cause
for replacement unless rhe ring is split or ruptured.)

SUPERCHARGER WASTEGATE.-Check the operation by placing bacrery switch co "ON" and operating
wascegare co see if it completely opens and closes.

TURBINE BUCKETS.-If any bucket is screeched co

the point that the band does not have the support of the
adjacent bucket, replace the supercharger. Minor elonga

MANIFOLDS AND

TURBOSUPERCHARGERS

RESTRICTED

539

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Section X
Manifold s and Turbosup ercharge rs
' t..:0.'.:!tf

~-

-.
.
.
t
.;..
(';_---:.:.:;.-:-~'Y
. ....
.

- ,~

r,.

)""

, .

- .,.;... .

' .

Y. 1 ' ""

"' ,

Cl.\r ...,-;:1.(,1,

- -

; v :.1,:1,l ,

,,...1.',EASUPHl-AT- -~ ECUAlt Y '

\_

<.PACED PO IIHS

r ro;, t-Jrv-..-

Ar ~:, cr11 ro
H~lll [ :; St.l=>fO'.:t-it.. PG
1 2~
()Q.'i FP S,
SEPVl( E or-rr .:.1 1,i c
CLEAR.t.NC E !'i0 .1 60

---- ---~ -

tl ii f
'W P"'

BUCKET
..STRETCH .. MAXIMUM .020

'I .

I.
1,

I'

I
I

Figure 390 - B Type Turbosup ercharge r

Service Inspectio n Clearanc es

tion of buckets due to initial stretch is not a cause for

alarm. Replace the superchar ger if there are cracks of
any narure in buckets or wheels.
NOZZLE BOX.-C heck for balloonin g. This is evidenced by a rising of the metal between stays. Look for
cracks and cupping near welds in area o~ stays.
W ASTEGA TE SYSTEM .-Inspect to determine that
it works freely. Control arm clevis nut should not be
' ;. .. tight. Apply penetrati ng oil to wastegate operating parts.
. In case of wastegate warpage, disassemble and straighten
gate and shaft. Dress shaft ends to remove deposits.
{,~
Replace v,astegate assembly if this does not give freedom
of operation .
;
{
Check spindle linkage (indicated by arrow, figure 391)
for seizure, as rapid corrosion at this point due to
/.
exhaust gases may result in the binding of the control,
v.ith resultant loss of control of turbo-spt:cd and manifold pressure. Lubricate if necessary.

EXHAUS T MANIFO LD PACKIN G CLAMPS .-Packing clamps should be adjusted and maintained not tighter
than just snug when cold, thus allowing for expansion of
the manifold joints when hot.
540

25-30 Hour Inspection

C-2 TURBOS UPERCH ARGER REGULA TOR.-In spect

for security: all mounting bolts on the regulator control
box and overspeed generator , all pressure connections
between the regulator control box and the point where
the pressure-sensing line connects to the turbosupe rcharger compress or discharge duct, and all mechanical
linkages between the cockpit and the regulator control
box and between the regulator control box and the waste
gate. See Section IV, paragrap h 10 b (2).
Inspect the el cctric wiring from the airplane power supply co the regulator control box and the overspeed generator for chafing, the disconnec t plug on the overspeed
generator for loose wires and for tight mechanical j~ncrion of the two parts of the connector , and the flexible
cable that connects the turbosupc rcharger oil pump to
the overspeed generator for tight fittings.

RESTRICTED

Section X
Propellers and Accessories

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Draw off a small amount of oil from che curbosupercharger supply tank and inspect for dire or sediment.
If the oil contains sediment which will damage highspeed bearings, drain, flush, and refill with clean oil.
(If oil remains clean, it may continue to be used indefinitely or until necessary co change grade.)

'"""-

INTERCO OLER FLAP ACTUATO R GEAR BOX.Pack gear box with grease, Specification AN-G-10,
through zerk ntting on lower part of housing casting.
Fill box until grease squeezes out of vent hole a~ cop of
casting.

31

. :. ...

-...

:r-A.~ 7. :. :

Figure 391 -

INTERCO OLER FLAP ASSEMBLY.-Check for the

following: cracks, especially at attachment of actuating
unit ; full crave! (flap should open 5V2 (::: 1/.i) inches;
security of attachment .
A-2 MANIFOL D PRESSURE REGULA TOR.-Che ck
manifold pressure regulator for proper mounting, Se
curity of attachment , and proper attachment of oil
pressure lines, and oil drain lines. Inspect for excessive
oil leakage at die servo piston rod. Replace unit if oil
leakage is excessive.

Turbosupe rcharger Waste Gate

Note
Close and safety drain cock before engine
is run.

Note

AIR INTAKE scooe, AIR FILTER, AND BUTIERFLY VALVE.-Inspe ct security of mounting and control attachment .

A small amount of oil seepage at the Jl!rvo

piston rod may occur; however, the leakage
should not exceed one drop per minute at
normal temperatur e of 71 degrees C ( 160 degrees F) and normal pressure of 50 lb/ sq in.

EXHAUST SYSTEM. -Irupect system for cracks and

small holes. Check packing and clamps in system. For
torque values, see .figure 191.

ll

INTERCO OLER.-Ch eck duct hose connections for security and rightness, and for signs of deteriorati on of
neoprene as evidenced by hardening or cracking. Remove grease and dirt from jack shaft. Inspect incercooler
core for cracks.

C-2 TURBOSU PERCHA RGER REGULA TOR.-Che ck

overspeed generator for bearing friction by removing
the cable housing nuc and rocacing the drive shaft key
by hand. (Key should rocace freely without any evidence
of binding or bearing friction.),

SUPERCH ARGER OIL TANK.-C heck tank bond

strap co ascertain that it has sufficient clearance of adjacent cubing.

Normal Engine Overhaul

50-60 Hour Inspection

C-2 TURBOSU PERCHAR GER REGULA TOR.-lnsp ect

wascegace-drive mechanism for evidence of binding.
Check linkage between the regulator control box and .
the cockpit for proper relation of cockpit lever position
and the gap under the calibrating nut on the control box.
See figure 118.

11

200-240 Hour Inspection

TuRBOSU PERCHAR GER.-lnsp ect all lines for evidence of deterioratio n and cest all control lines and
connection s for tightness. Inspect for cracks in the
sheec-metal parts of che exhaust manifold and che nozzle
bo_x. Inspect wastegate control push-pull rod clevis for

e.,.,dence of corrosion.

500-600 Hour Inspection

C.2 TURBOSU PERCHAR GER REGULATOR. - Re

move regulator control box and overspeed generator and
send co repair depot for overhaul.
TURBOS UPIRCHA RGERS.- Remove and send co
depot for overhaul.

PROPELLERS AND ACCESSORIES

Preflight

For operationa l check, refer co Section III, paragraph

2 g, and Pilot's Flight Operating Instructions, T.O.
0175-l.

Daily

Check propeller for proper inscallacion; spinners, bolts,

RESTRICTED

541

RESTRICTED

Secti on X
Po....,er Plan t - Gene ral

AN 01-75 FF-2

glas for tears

ing of adjus ting mechanism. Check plexi
k cond ition
Chec
s.
screw
and
bolts
nd
and cracks arou
of top hatch
and oper ating mech anism of side canopy.
from bindi ng.
release and inspect hinges for freed om
, clamps, and
Check security of aft canopy supp ort strut
rube for
relief
cente r supp ort assembly. Inspe ct pilot 's
the seat
r
unde
kinks or breaks. Be sure it is coiled
ity of
secur
ct
prop erly and is easily available. Inspe
linen patches and cock pit seals.

50-6 0 Hour Inspection

Fir,ure 392 -

se mechanism
Inspe ct cond ition of emergency hatch relea
ys, and cover
cables, clean wher e they pass over pulle
ification ANthem with rust- preve ntive comp ound , Spec
y hatch hinge.
C.52, type 2. Check security of emergenc
if over the
Check dace safety belt v.as last tested, and
and test the
time limit for the type B-11 belt, remove
specified time
belt, or replace by one tested with in the
perio d.

Hand Cran-I< Stow age, LH Whe el Well

100- 120 Hour Inspection

LIN G.-I nBUL KHE AD ASSEMBLY, FRO NT COW

ing for
hous
gear
spect bulk head forw ard of reduc tion
or
weld
and
cracks, and if cracks are foun d, stop-drill
repla ce bulkh ead.
the engin e
CYL IND ER HOL D-D OWN NUT S.-W hile
at a time
,Id, cighten nuts as follov.s: Loosen one nut
poss with out loadi ng
~ .. ... bring . it in conta ct with the
110 degrees.
the stud. Tigh ten by turni ng throu gh 90 to
ten exhaust
Cotte r each nut after final tight ening . Tigh
flange nuts.
Engine Over haul Inspection

es after 480
GEN ERA L-C hang e and overh aul engin
s requi red
unles
time
ing
runn
nt)
perce
hour s (::::: 20
engin e part.
soon er by malf uncti onin g or failu re of an
are availnts
ceme
repla
when
ds
perio
ge
At engin e chan
those with less
able, repla ce all accessory pump s ( except
. This includes
than 100 hour s senice since last over haul)
electric- and engine-driven units.
flight tt'sting of
If gene ral infor mati on on grou nd and
T.0. 021-4A.
newl y-ins talled engin es is desired, refer to

COCKPIT
Daily

loration, and
Inspe ct wind shiel d for cracks, chips, disco
for cracks,
glas
plexi
ct
security of attac hmen t. Inspe
will cause
that
er
matt
gritty
scratches, and presence of
scratches.
After Fligh t
Clea n if necessary.
tube.
Inspect pilot 's relie f
25-3 0 Hour Inspection

t (incl udin g
Inspe ct pilot 's seat for security of attac hmen
fi.inccionfor
and
,
ition
supp orts and brack ets), for cond
544

100- 120 Hour Inspection

cables, clean,
SIDE CAN OPY .-Ins pect the oper ating
AN-C-52,
ion
ificat
Spec
,
ntive
and cove r with rust-preve
py for
cano
side
of
anism
mech
type 2. Inspe ct oper ating
ng.
tioni
func
er
wear, damage, and prop
Annu al Inspection

st the safety
SAF ETY BEL TS.- Rem ove and weig ht-te
belts on Janu ary 1 of each year.

FLIGHT CONTROL MEC HAN lSM

Preflight

full travel
A.IL ERO NS.- Oper ate ailero ns throu gh their
es runengin
with
a numb er of times. Perfo rm oper ation
dirt or
any
is
there
(If
ning and ailer on boos ters "ON ."
valve
ol
contr
o;
der
meta l parti cles in the boos ter cylin
be
thus
and
tion
opera
g
they will jam the valve durin
ff.)
discovered prior to takeo
25-3 0 Hour Inspection

s, fair-leads,
Inspe ct all turnb uckle s, pulleys, guide
s for prop er
horn
and
rods,
-pull
push
brackets, fittings,
. Check cables,
attac hmen t, gene ral cond ition , and safety
are not chafing
push -pull rods, and horn s to be sure they
k cables for
struc tural members or insta llatio ns. Chec
hour ). (Ref er
prop er tensi on ( first 25-, subse quen t 100to Section IV, para grap h 4.)
the cables and
Wipe all accessible parts clean ( except
to be frayed
d
foun
are
that
s
fair-l eads) . Cont rol cable
serviceable
dered
consi
be
will
en)
(indi vidu al wires brok
any onein
wires
en
brok
six
unless there are more than
er of
numb
the
note
fully
inch leng th of the cable . Care
over
pass
s
cable
the
e
wher
ly
brok en wires , parti cular
misor
,
loose
en,
brok
for
ct
Inspe
pulle ys or guide s.
ol
contr
a?y
in
exists
on
moti
lost
If
align ed pulleys.

RESTRICTED

I
I
[

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Section X

DRAG STRUT PIVOT

POINT "B" TO BE

Va ~~6 1N. BELOW

DEAD CENTER OF

AC

-B

TEST

TO
FOR

1.

ADJUS TMEN T

BREAK -OVER -CtNTE R :

Secure one end of o five-foot string in

the nose wheel well.

2.

Run the string over the top of the spacer

on the torque tube "C."

Hold the string so that it just touches
the lower edge of the_ head in the strut

3.

attachmen t bolt "A."

The string must be ~:-inch of touching the outside circumfere nce of head of
11
the drag strut pivot boh 8."

4.

Figure 396 548

Nos~ Landing Gear Adjustmen t

RESTRICTED

_ __ I

- 3 .

RESTRICTED
AN 017 5ff.2

Sed ion X

Mai n Land ing Gea r

.....
-

-4

and brak e lines for

BRA KE LIN ES.- Che ck hydr aulic
fully insp ect the
Care
g.
leak age and security of mou ntin
rupt ures , and
ss,
lene
britt
flexible hose lines for agin g,
leaks.

re""

-l, r"

A. RETRACTED

L.

253 0 Hou r Inspection

in figure 33.
Lubr icate the land ing gear as outl ined
and weld ed join ts
Insp ect shock strut s, brac es, iittin gs
of attac hme nt
ition
cond
and
for cracks, bends, secu rity,
fittings.
t air pres sure by
SHO CK STR UT. -Rel ease shoc k stru
level is even _
fluid
remo ving air valve body and see that
ir if necesrepa
nce
with fille r hole ; cond uct main tena
b (2). Add
5
h
grap
para
sary, as outli ned in Sect ion IV,
valve body,
air
ll
insta
6,
fluid, Specification AN- VV- 0-36
and infla te strut .
506 0 Hou r Inspection

CIR CUI T. - Insp ect

LAN DIN G GEA R WA RNI NG
, see Section IV,
cond ition . Check for faul ty swit ches
para grap h 20 q (2) .
d in the follo wing
Check func tion of gear as expl aine
para grap hs:

IMPORTANT
on main
Alw ays check DO WN posi tion first
nt with
stme
adju
t
stru
land ing gear s, as drag
stme nt
adju
UP
the
ge
chan
gear dow n does not
stru t
drag
the
of
nt
stme
near ly so muc h as adju
~t.
stme
adju
X!N
DO\
the
ges
with gear UP chan

8. EXTENDED

Figu re 400 -

Mai n Lan ding Gea r Adju stme nt

Dail y
ition of strut s, brac es, drag
cond
ral
Insp ect for gene
k thor ough ly all
links , and retra ctin g mec hani sm. Chec
weld s on strut s for crac ks.
of the whe el well ,
Wip e dean all accessible port ions
sm of the land hani
whe el well door , and actu atin g mec
axle bub for
and
t
ing gear door s. Insp ect the shoc k stru
clot h satu a
with
ns
fluid leaks. Wip e shoc k stru t pisto
0-36 6.
VVANion
ficac
rate d with hydr aulic fluid , Sped
550

Wit h gear in UP posi tion :

. Oea ranc e mus t
Chec k clearance betw een gear and lines
be% inch .
into axle. (See figu re
Chec k the clistance up lock exte nds
with gear lock ed,
up;
gear
399. ) Put putt y in axle , run
measure impr es
and
gear
r
lowe
pull dow n on gear , then
remo ve the two
,
rrect
inco
is
nt
stme
sion in putt y. If adju
lock groo ve. Tur n
bolts hold ing lock latch pin in up
" of pin, coun terup lock pin clockwise to redu ce "bite
clockwise to incre ase "bit e."

RESTRICTED

RESTRICTED
AN 01-75FF-2

Section X
Oxygen Equipment .

S Sttip
f1111ell...l

IJ

II

I
I[

Figure 401 -

Dive Fillet Clearance

Figure 402 50-60 Hour Inspection

Inspect for elongated bolt holes and tightness of bolts.

Inspect for corrosion. Inspect interior of wheel wells for
general condition; loose or missing bolts, nuts, screws,
rivets, cotters, or safeties; evidence of interference. Inspect wheel well doors for proper dosing and security
of linen patches over lightening holes. Inspect security
of attaching bolts around aft canopy and inspect plexiglas for tears or cracks. Inspect security and condition
of tie-down straps in the baggage compartment. When
inspection plates are removed, examine the condition of
the fibre stop nuts.

filling and lacer cools. This pressure drop does

not necessarily indicate a leak. After attaching
filling cylinder to system line, open regulator
valve on cylinder slowly until a pressure of
approximately 425 lb/ sq in. is registered on
the gage. Do not charge the system co a pressure in excess of 450 lb/ sq in.

WARNING
Take every precaution when using oxygen
equipment to prevent contamination with oil
or grease. Fire or explosion will result when
slight traces of oil or grease come in contact
with oxygen under pressure. Make sure chat all
lines, instruments, clothing, _and ocher items
are free from oil, grease, and ocher foreign
matter.

100-120 Hour Inspection

{J

LI

Check tension of main landing gear door control cables

as per Section IV, paragraph 3 c (2).

NIGHT FLYING EQUIPMENT

Preflight

Check the operation of the position, cockpit, !anding,

and recognition lights.

OXYGEN EQUIPMENT

L
l
l_

Oxygen Filler Valve and

British Adapter

Preflight

Check demand regulator for completeness and proper

operation. With AUTO-MIX and EMERGENCY
VAL VE in "OFF" position, depress the diaphragm,
accessible through che hole in the cover.
CAUTION

Check for sufficient oxygen as indicated by a pressure of

~00 lb/ sq in. to 425 lb/ sq in. immediately after recharging.
Note

Before filling oxygen system, thoroughly dean

all dirt, oil, and grease from the filler box.
Filler couplers without cover box must be
very carefully cleaned before being used. Afrer
filling bottles, pressure may drop as much as
30 lb/ sq in., as oxygen becomes heated during

Do not use any sharp-pointed instrument co

depress the diaphragm.
A noticeable stream of oxygen should pass through
the elbow indicating that the oxygen is flowing freely.
Release the buccon and open the EMERGENCY valve
to ascertain that it is in operating condition. Breathe
through mask with regulator emergency control and
AUTO-MIX control ''OFF" to ascertain that flow indicator is operating correctly. Check for sufficient oxygen

RESTRICTED

553